IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


iE21    12.5 


■  50 


mf 


Ik4    ■ 


2.2 


1.1  I^-^IIM 


1.8 


1.25   ||U 

1.6 

.< 6"     — 

^ 

Its. 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


23  WEST  ma:n  street 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 
(716)872-4503 


its 


Z 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions  /  institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


■■  ■;vii,'«»iai;ig?v';r',;{'?!ait!tiafi!^;  • 


Technical  and  Bibliographic  Notes/Notes  techniques  et  bibliographiques 


The  Institute  has  attempted  to  obtain  the  best 
original  copy  available  for  filming.  Features  of  this 
copy  which  may  be  bibliographically  unique, 
which  may  alter  any  of  the  images  in  the 
reproduction,  or  which  may  significantly  change 
the  usual  method  of  filming,  are  checked  below. 


L'Institut  a  microfilm^  le  meilleur  exemplaire 
qu'il  lui  a  6t6  possible  de  se  procurer.  Les  details 
de  cet  exemplaire  qui  sont  peut-dtre  uniques  du 
point  de  vue  bibliographique,  qui  peuvent  modifier 
une  image  reproduite,  ou  qui  peuvent  exiger  une 
modification  dans  la  m^thode  normale  de  filmage 
sont  indiqu^s  ci-dessous. 


» 


Coloured  covers/ 
Couverture  de  couleur 


I      I    Coloured  pages/ 


I      I    Covers  damaged/ 


D 


D 
D 
D 
D 


Couverture  endommagde 


Covers  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Couverture  restaui6e  et/ou  pellicul^e 


I      I    Cover  title  missing/ 


Le  titre  de  couverture  manque 

Coloured  maps/ 

Cartes  g^ographiques  en  couleur 

Coloured  ink  (i.e.  other  than  blue  or  black)/ 
Encre  de  couleur  (i.e.  autre  que  bleue  ou  noire) 

Coloured  plates  and/or  illustrations/ 
Planches  et/ou  illustrations  en  couleur 

Bound  with  other  material/ 
Reli6  avec  d'autres  documents 


D 
D 
D 

n 

D 
D 
D 


Pages  de  couleur 

Pages  damaged/ 
Pages  endommagdes 

Pages  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Pages  restaur^es  et/ou  pelliculdes 

Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxed/ 
Pages  d6color6es,  tachet^es  ou  piqudes 

Pages  detached/ 
Pages  d6tach6es 

Showthrough/ 
Transparence 

Quality  of  print  varies/ 
Quality  indgale  de  I'impression 

Includes  supplementary  material/ 
Comprend  du  materiel  supplementaire 


D 


D 


Tight  binding  may  cause  shadows  or  distortion 
along  interior  margin/ 

La  reliure  serr6e  peut  causer  de  I'ombre  ou  de  la 
distortion  le  long  de  la  marge  intdrieure 

Blank  leaves  added  during  restoration  may 
appear  within  the  text.  Whenever  possible,  these 
have  been  omitted  from  filming/ 
II  se  peut  que  certaines  pages  blanches  ajout^es 
lors  d'une  restauration  apparaissent  dans  le  texte, 
mais,  lorsque  cela  6tait  possible,  ces  pages  n'ont 
pas  6t6  film^es. 


D 
D 


Only  edition  available/ 
Seule  Edition  disponible 

Pages  wholly  or  partially  obscured  by  errata 
slips,  tissues,  etc.,  have  been  refilmed  to 
ensure  the  best  possible  image/ 
Les  pages  totalement  ou  partiellement 
obscurcies  par  un  feuillet  d'errata,  une  pelure, 
etc.,  ont  6t6  filmdes  d  nouveau  de  fapon  d 
obtenir  la  meilleure  image  possible. 


D 


Additional  comments:/ 
Commentaires  suppldmentaires: 


* 


This  item  is  filmed  at  the  reduction  ratio  checked  below/ 

Ce  document  est  film6  au  taux  de  reduction  indiqu6  ci-dessous. 

10X  14X  18X  22X 


26X 


SOX 


12X 


16X 


20X 


24X 


28X 


32X 


re 

Idtails 
)s  du 
nodifier 
}r  une 
ilmage 


The  copy  filmed  here  has  been  reproduced  thanks 
to  the  generosity  of: 

Library  of  Congress 
Photoduplication  Service 

The  images  appearing  here  are  the  best  quality 
possible  considering  the  condition  and  legibility 
of  the  original  copy  and  in  keeping  with  the 
filming  contract  specifications. 


L'exemplaire  film*  fut  reproduit  grdce  d  la 
gAnirositA  de: 

Library  of  Congress 
Photoduplication  Service 

Les  images  suivantes  ont  6t6  reproduites  avec  le 
plus  grand  soin,  compte  tenu  de  la  condition  et 
de  la  nattetA  de  rexamplaire  filmA,  et  en 
conformity  avec  les  conditions  du  contrat  de 
filmage. 


es 


Original  copies  in  printed  paper  covers  are  filmed 
beginning  with  the  front  cover  and  ending  on 
the  last  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, or  the  back  cover  when  appropriate.  All 
other  original  copies  are  filmed  beginning  on  the 
first  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, and  ending  on  the  last  page  with  a  printed 
or  illustrated  impression. 


The  last  recorded  frame  on  each  microfiche 
shall  contain  the  symbol  -^^  (meaning  "CON- 
TINUED"), or  the  symbol  V  (meaning  "END"), 
whichever  applies. 


Les  exemplaires  originaux  dont  la  couverture  en 
papier  est  imprimte  sont  film6s  en  commenpant 
par  le  premier  plat  et  en  terminant  soit  par  la 
darnlAre  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'improssion  ou  d'illustration.  soit  par  le  second 
plat,  salon  le  cas.  Tous  les  autres  exemplaires 
originaux  sont  filmis  en  commengant  par  la 
premiAra  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impression  ou  d'illustration  et  en  terminant  par 
la  dernidre  page  qui  comporte  une  telle 
empreinte. 

Un  des  symboles  suivants  apparaftra  sur  la 
dernidre  image  de  cheque  microfiche,  selon  le 
cas:  le  symbole  — ►  signifie  "A  SUIVRE ",  le 
symbole  ▼  signifie  "FIN". 


Maps,  plates,  charts,  etc..  may  be  filmed  at 
different  reduction  ratios.  Those  too  large  to  be 
entirely  included  in  one  exposure  are  filmed 
beginning  in  the  upper  left  hand  corner,  left  to 
right  and  top  to  bottom,  as  many  frames  as 
required.  The  following  diagrams  illustrate  the 
method: 


Les  cartes,  planches,  tableaux,  etc..  peuvent  dtre 
filmis  d  des  taux  de  rMuction  diff6rents. 
Lorsque  le  document  est  trop  grand  pour  dtre 
reproduit  en  un  seul  cliche,  11  est  film6  d  partir 
de  Tangle  supArieur  gauche,  de  gauche  d  droite. 
et  de  haut  en  bas,  en  prenant  le  nombre 
d'images  nicessaire.  Les  diagrammes  suivants 
lllustrent  la  m^thode. 


errata 
I  to 

t 

i  pelure, 

on  d 


D 

32X 


1  2  3 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

PZ 

"  3    y 

IH7645E 


ENOCH  THE  PHILISTINE 


-— *t 


I 


M 


ENOCH ■ 


I  UK 
IlILISTINK 


A   TRADITIONAL   ROMANCE  OF 
PHILISTIA.  EGYPT 


A.NK     [HE 


CkKAT    I'VkAIVIII) 


nv 


LE  ROY   HOOKER. 


CHICAGO  AND  NEW  YORK- 
KAN)..  M.XAi.l.V  \  CnMi'.W'Y 

rUBLISHERS. 


y\ 


1.">M,^i.|. 


Copyright.  ,8,8,  by  Kana,  McNuUy  &  Co. 


—  .'i . 


Ifc?^. 


.-.■.V- 


FOREWORD. 

Whosoever  shall  do  me  the  honor,  and  himself 
what  I  trust  will  be  the  pleasure,  of  reading  this 
archaic  romance  will  do  well  to  remember,  as  he 
reads,  the  following  hints: 

I.  That  venerable  document,  "The  Roll  of 
Enoch."  written  by  Enoch  the  Elder,  before  the 
Flood,  and  introduced  at  some  length  in  this  narra- 
tive, IS  probably  not  now  in  existence. 

2.  The  account  of  the  lock  built  at  the  end  of  the 
canal  in  Gizeh,  certainly  the  first  engineering  work 
of  the  kind  ever  made  by  man,  is  not  to  be  discred- 
ited because  the  foundation  of  the  Pyramid  is  now 
one  hundred    feet   above    the    level  of  the  Nile 
There  are  evidences  to  show  that  at  some  far  dis- 
tant period  an  earthquake,  or  other  cosmic  disturb- 
ance,  elevated  the  country  to  the  west  of  the  Nile 
Witness,  the  "river  without  water,"  whose  bed  is 
yet  plainly  to  be  seen  several  miles  westward  from 
the  Nile  and  parallel  to  its  course.     In  that  early 
convulsion  of  nature  the  plateau  on  the  west  was 
thrown  up  so  high  that  the  waters  once  flowing  in  the 
now  dry  river  bed,  and   fertilizing  the  soil  border- 
ing upon   it,  found   way  to  the   sea  through    the 


I:; 


»:'■ 


IV 


FOREWORD. 


Pyramid  was  not  more  than  tl^'-^y  '^ 

'■         lontW   the  ancient   sacred  cubit,   eciual  to 
was   evidently   tnc  aii<->v  ,..„,,ii  frac- 

rwcntyflveot  our  modern  inches  and  a  small 

tion  more.  *  ♦  • 

*  .*      iiol    irrititude   I    acknowledge    my 

With    boimdlcsh    graiuuui. 

^---r-Tro'rtJrrrrT" 

the  Pyramid,   and  to  the  venera 

mxidists.  ^^p  Author. 


:sort.  In 
mlcd  the 
ibovc  the 

surcmenta 
,  cfiual  to 
imall  frac- 


vleilgc    my 

Etjypt  and 

ebrew  Tal- 

AUTHOR. 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


CHAPTER  I. 

At  the  noontide  of  a  day  in  summer  I  was  reclining 
under  the  shadow  of  my  pavilion.  The  heat  was 
excccdinjj  great,  and  I  was  burdened  in  spirit  with 
a  foreboding  of  evil ;  but  wherefore  I  could  not  tell. 
The  God  of  Heaven  had  prospered  me  in  every  way, 
I  knew  not  anything  to  make  me  afraid. 

Admon,  my  father,  was  the  chiefest  of  all  the 
shepherd-kings  of  Philistia.  Of  man-servants  and 
maid-servants  and  men  trained  to  the  sword,  the 
javelin  and  the  bow  he  had  a  greater  number  than 
any.  His  flocks  and  herds  covered  the  plain  where- 
on we  were  encamped  as  far  as  the  eye  could  see. 
Of  his  camels  and  dromedaries  and  horses  there 
were  a  great  multitude. 

Moreover,  there  was  none  like  my  father  for  wis- 
dom and  righteousness,  so  that  when  there  was  any 
dispute  between  the  other  shepherd-kings  concerning 
the  pasture  lands  or  the  mixing  in  of  cattle  and  sheep, 


e  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

or  for  any  cause  whatsoever,  and  they  could  not 
come  to  an  agreement  among  themselves,  then  thev 
said:  Let  Admon  judge  between  us,  and  we  .'HI 
abide  by  his  decree.  , 

By  reason  of  his  diligence  and  his  wisdom  m  all 
things,  my  father  had  fame  in  all  Philistia,  and  m 
Babylon,  and  in  Damascus,  and  in  Salem  of  the 
Jebusites,  and  in   Tadmor  of  the   desert,  and   in 
Thebes  and  Memphis  of  Egypt.     The  merchants 
thereof  sought  him  out  that  they  might  buy  o.  him 
cattle  and  sheep  for  the  slaughter,  and  fine  wool  for 
the  weavers  of  Babylon,  and  camels  for  burden,  and 
horses  and  swift-footed  dromedaries  for  the  use  of 
kings  and  princes  and  men  of  war.  _ 

And  so  it  came  to  pass  that  my  father  waxed  nch 
in  silver  and  gold  and  precious  stones;  and  m  gar- 
ments  of  price  made  in  Babylon;  and  m  shields  and 
swords  and  bows  of  steel,  excellent  in  workmanship 
and  of  cunning  device,  wrought  by  the  artificers  of 

Damascus. 

Because  my  father  was  grown  old-he  was  an 
hundred  and  fourscore  years  of  age-we  had  built  a 
palace  near  to  the  springing  of  the  mountam,  about 
a  day's  journey  from  the  plain  where  we  pastured 
our  flocks  and  herds.  This  we  did,  albeit  we  were 
shepherds  and  lived  in  tents,  that  my  father,  m  the 
infirmity  of  his  age,  might  dwell  at  ease. 


could  not 

then  thev 

id  we   ^■'ill 

idem  in  all 
tia,  and  in 
em  of  the 
rt,  and   in 
merchants 
buy  o£  him 
ne  wool  for 
jurden,  and 
r  the  use  of 

waxed  rich 
md  in  gar- 
shields  and 
workmanship 
artificers  of 

—he  was  an 
e  had  built  a 
mtain,  about 
we  pastured 
beitwe  were 
father,  in  the 
e. 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE.  7 

Now,  I  was  the  youngest  and  only  remaining  son 
of  this  Admon  of  Philistia;  for  my  six  brothers  were 
all  slam  by  Hanac  the  Robber  and  his  men.     I  was 
tall  of  stature,  and  was  come  to  the  full  strength  of 
tny  life,  being  two  score  years  of  age.     Men  said  of 
me:     He  is  straight  like  a  goodly  cedar;  the  wild 
roe  IS  not  fleeter  of  foot,  neither  is  the  lion  stronger 
than  Enoch  the  son  of  Admon.     And  I  was  greatly 
beloved  of  my  father;   for  I  was  the  child  of  his 
old  age;    and  beside  me  there  was  none  to  come 
after    him    and   inherit   the   great  riches  he   had 
gathered  together,  nor  to  multiply  his  seed  in  the 
earth. 

I  was  at  peace  with  all  the  people  of  the  plain  save 
Hanac  the  Robber.  Him  I  hated  because  he  was  a 
midnight  thief,  and  stole  from  my  father's  flocks  and 
herds.  But  I  hated  him  most  of  all  because  he  slew 
my  brothers  when  th'.y  pursued  after  him  to  take 
again  the  beasts  he  had  stolen.  This  he  did  while 
I  was  yet  a  child.  Every  day  thereafter  I  prayed 
the  God  of  Heaven  to  bring  me,  in  due  time,  face  to 
face  with  Hanac. 

Howbeit,  it  was  passing  strange  that  my  soul  was 
cast  down  within  me  on  that  day  when  I  reclined 
under  my  pavilion  at  noontide.  For  my  heart's 
desire  was  to  be  fulfilled  on  the  morrow.  My  father 
had  sent  forth  Salmon  the   scribe,  and  with   him 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


8 

a  band  of  ten  armed  with  sword  and  spear  to 
UTto  the  paUce  ZiUah,  the  daughter  of  my  mo  h- 
er's  brother,  that  I  might  take  her  to  wife.  Fwe 
dal  ourne^  "ad  they  gone  forth;  and  theevent.de 
!nhe  morrow  would  fulM  the  time  of  the.r  commg 

"'now  of  an  the  daughters  of  Philistia,  ZiUah  was 
Jf:;est.  She  was  delicately  formed  and  « 
the  thrifty  willows  by  the  water.brook.  Her  cheeks 
*cre  dusky  and  red  like  the  evening  cloud  when  the 
Tis  L'  Her  eyes  shone  as  they  were  poh^ed 
adamants  set  in  onyx  and  alabaster.  ^^  «  °^ 
them  was  tor  brightness  as  the  sun,  but  soft  .nd 
*nL  as  the  moon.  The  roses  of  Sharon  were  no 
Tl  f  ragmnt  than  her  breath  nor  the  opemng  buds 

thereof  more  ^'^^^^ ^.Z^^^"^^^^^ 
soft  like  the  answenng  of  the  turtle  aove 
t  Wtime,  washer  voice.    Among  wome^there 
was  none  so  fair  as  ZiUah;  among  men  there  was 
HeTblessed  as  I;  for  I  was  to  have  her  to  w.fe, 
"going  down  of  the  sun  on  the  morrow  I  was 
t  m-t  her'at  the  gate,  and  bring  her  m  to  my 
fether,  that  he  might  lay  hishands  upon  us  and  bless 
us  in  the  name  of  the  God  of  Heaven. 

Notwithstanding  all  these  things  wh.ch  we^  fo 
„y  good,  I  was  not  joyful,  but  contrar,w.se  my  soul 
was  burdened  above  measure. 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


spear,  to 
:  tny  nioth- 
vife.  Five 
tie  eventide 
leir  coining 

,  Zillah  was 
nd  tall,  like 
Her  cheeks 
id  when  the 
jre  polished 
the  light  of 
3Ut  soft  and 
:on  were  not 
jpening  buds 
Sweet  and 
e  to  her  mate 
women  there 
sn  there  was 
J  her  to  wife, 
norrow  I  was 
her  in  to  my 
,n  us  and  bless 

hich  were  for 
riwise  my  soul 


CHAPTER    II. 

As  I  reclined,  and  was  sad,  there  came  in  unto  me 
Corner,  the  captain  of  my  father's  men  of  war  and 
he  looked  on  my  face,  and  said:  Wherefore  is  my 
lord  heavy  of  heart?  And  I  answered,  I  cannot  tell 
thee.  A  foreboding  of  evil  is  upon  me,  and  it  rest- 
eth  on  my  soul  as  a  horror  of  great  darkness.  Go  I 
pray  thee,  to  the  top  of  the  little  hill  and  look 
toward  the  east,  and  tell  me  if  thou  seest  aught 

Then  Gomer  went  forth  and  looked  long  toward 
the  east,  and  came  again,  saying:  My  lord,  there 
IS  the  appearance  of  one  riding  this  way,  but  so  far 
off  that  I  cannot  tell  whether  a  stranger  cometh  or 
one  of  my  lord's  own  people. 

Whereupon  I  arose  and  took  my  swiftest  horse 
and  rode  forth  to  meet  him  that  came.  While  he 
was  yet  a  great  way  off  I  knew  it  was  Salmon  the 
scribe  that  came,  and  saw  that  he  rode  as  one  in 
haste  and  in  distress.  When  we  were  come  near 
together  Salmon  caused  his  dromedary  to  kneel  and 
when  he  had  alighted,  ran  and  stood  beside  my  horse 
and  bowed  himself  down  to  the  ground;  but  I  was 
speechless  and  could  not  ask  him  wherefore  he  came 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

to  me  alone  and  in  distress.  Then  Salmon  lifted 
himself  up,  and  looking  on  my  face  with  tears,  said: 
Oh  let  not  my  lord  be  angry  with  his  servant,  for  I 
bring  evil  tidings.  In  that  instant  my  speech 
returned  to  me,  and  I  cried  out,  vehemently,  What 
be  thy  tidings?    And  he  answered : 

Alas  my  lord,  we  were  journeying  homeward,  I 
and  the  band  of  ten,  and  ZiUah,  thy  wife  that  was 
to  be.  and  her  two  handmaidens,  with  the  camels 
laden  with  her  apparel  and  her  jewels  and  all  that 
her  father  gave  her;  for  he  did  not  send  her  unto 
thee  empty  handed.     And  last  night,  while  we  were 
encamped  at  the  ford  of  the  great  river,  we  were  set 
upon  at  midnight  by  Hanac  the  Robber  and  more 
than  two  score  of  his  men.     They  came  upon  us  like 
a  whirlwind,  or  ever  we  were  aware,  and  smote  thy 
father's   men  of  war  that  they  died  there,  all  of 
them,  by  the  ford  of  the  great  river.     And  they  took 
captive  ZiUah  and  her  handmaidens,  with  the  horses 
and  the  camels  and  all  the  treasure  that  her  father 
had  given  to  Zillah,  and  carried  them  away  toward 
the  mountains  where  Hanac  hath  his  stronghold. 
In  the  confusion  and  the  darkness  I  escaped  alive, 
and  made  haste  to  come  to  thee  with  the  tidings 
rather  than  to  go  to  thy  father,  for  he  is  an  old  man 

and  feeble. 

Then  my  wrath  against  Hanac  raged  in  me  as  a 


Imon  lifted 
tears,  said: 
srvant,  for  I 
my  speech 
ently,  What 

lomeward,  I 
ife  that  was 

the  camels 
and  all  that 
md  her  unto 
hile  we  were 
,  we  were  set 
)er  and  more 

upon  us  like 
ad  smote  thy 
there,  all  of 
^nd  they  took 
ith  the  horses 
lather  father 
away  toward 
s  stronghold, 
escaped  alive, 
;h  the  tidings 
is  an  old  man 

ed  in  me  as  a 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE.  „ 

storm  ready  to  break  forth ;  but  I  held  it  in  restraint 
awamng   the  time   when  I   should   find  him   and 
reckon  wUh  him  for  my  brothers  and  for  the  virgin 
Zillah.     Unto  Salmon  the  scribe  I  said  • 

Thou  hast  well  done  to  bring  this  to  me,  and  not 
o  tny  father.  Peradventure  there  is  ye  time  to 
dehver  the  beasts  and  the  treasure  and  Zillah  ^ut  f 
the  hands  of  Hanae,  and  to  return  to  the  palace  gate 
before  the  gomg  down  of  the  sun  to-morrow  Th  s 
-what  thou  Shalt  do.      Thou  shalt  come  with  me  to 

ndTr""''  "'  ''"^  ^"'^^  ^"^  -^^-h  thyself 
and  thy  beast  until  :norning.    And  then  thou  shalt 

thee    7  :  '^'^'^  ''  ^"^^  ^P-^  -  -"  bring 

-about  a  furlong  from  the  gate.      But  take  thou 
good  heed  that  neither  my  father,  nor  any  of  the 
people  of   the  palace,  see    thee.      If  the 'ood  o 
Heaven  be  w,th  me  I  will  come  to  thee  under  the 
palm  trees  at  the  going  down  of  the  sun  to-morrow- 
and  w  Ibnngwithme  Zillah  and  her  maidens  and 
all  that  Hanac  carried  away.     Then  we  will  go  i„  to 
my  father  at  the  appointed  time,  as  though  all  had 
been  well  with  thee  in  thy  journey;  and  afterward 
when  he  shall  know  assuredly  of  the  welfare  oJ 

thafn         tr  "*^^'^"'  "^  ^^"  ^^"  J^-  of  all 
hat  Hanac  d.d  at  the  ford  of  the  great  river.     But 

If  I  come  not  to  thee,  thou  shalt  wait  under  the  palm 


,a  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

trees  until  the  sun  is  well  down,  and  then  go  into 
the  palace  and  show  thyself  to  my  father      And 
when  thou  tellest  him  of  what  befell  thee  and  theni 
that  were  with  thee  at  the  ford,  see  that  thou  speak 
wisely,  lest  my  father  die  of  his  sorrow  for  Zillah 
and  for  me.     Tell  him  how  thou  camest  to  me  with 
all  speed,  and  that  I  have  gone  forth  to  overtake 
Hanae  and  his  men.     Tell  him  that  I  will  surely 
deliver  the   captives  and   the  treasure   out  of  hts 
hand;  and  that  I  will  purge  the  world  of  Hanac 

before  I  return. 

When  we  came  to  the  encampment  I  called  Gomer 
the  captain,  and  told  him  of  all  that   Hanac  had 
done.    Then  I  sent  him  out  to  gather  together  a 
score  of  men  that  had  been  tried  in  battle.     These 
I  armed  each  with  a  sword  and  shield,  and  a  bow  of 
steel  and  a  full  quiver  of  arrows.     Also  I  gave  to 
each  man  a  horse,  strong  and  fleet;  albeit  I  pur- 
posed that  when  it  came  to  the  battle,  they  should 
fight  on  foot.     Moreover,  I  made  the  men  prepare 
food  for  themselves  and  for  the  horses,  to  take  with 
them,  lest  they  should  be  faint  with  hunger 

When  all  was  made  ready  we  rode  forth  a  half 
days  journey,  to  a  point  at  the  foot  of  the  moun- 
tains where  I  knew  a  path  by  which  I  could  get 
before  Hanac  on  the  way  to  his  stronghold;  for  he 
was  cumbered  with  the  spoil  he  had  taken  at  the 


k\\  U 


II 


len  go  into 
ther.      And 
e  and  them 
;  thou  speak 
V  for  Zillah 
t  to  me  with 
to  overtake 
[  will  surely 
!   out  of  his 
Id  of  Hanac 

called  Gomer 
Hanac  had 
:r  together  a 
attle.  These 
and  a  bow  of 
Iso  I  gave  to 

albeit  I  pur- 
!,  they  should 
I  men  prepare 
s,  to  take  with 
linger, 
e  forth  a  half 

of  the  moun- 
;h  I  could  get 
nghold;  for  he 
d  taken  at  the 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE.  ,3 

ford.      And  I  knew,  also,  that  near   to  the  place 
where  I  would  get  before  him  there  is  a  valley  so 
strait  that  only  four  horsemen  can   ride  abreast  in 
passmg  through  it,   the  sides  thereof  being  naked 
rock,  and  exceeding  high  and  steep.     There  I  pur 
posed  to  meet  Hanac,  and  to  deal  with  him  as  he  had 
dealt  with  my  brothers  and  with  my  father's  serv- 
ants and  with  the  maiden  Zillah. 

The  sun  had  not  yet  gone  down  when  we  came  to 
the  foot  of  the  mountains.     But  because  the  beasts 
were  weary,  and  because  we  did  not  desire  to  be  at 
the  head  of  the  valley  before  the  dawn,  we  tarried 
there,  at  the  foot  of  the  mountains,  until  midnight 
And  there  I  called  upon  the  God  of  Heaven  to  be 
with  me  in  that  which  I  had  undertaken  to  do      I 
built  an  altar  of  stones,  and  kindled  thereon  a  fire  of 
ohve  wood.     Then,  with  my  own  hands,  I  slaugh- 
tered a  firstling  of  the  flock,  which  I  had  made  one  of 
the  men  carry  before  him  as  he  rode.     And  when 
the  sun  was  sinking  out  of  our  sight,  I  laid  the  parts 
of  the  firstling   upon  the  live   coals;   and,  as  the 
smoke  of  the  burnt  sacrifice  went  up,  I  stood  before 
the  altar  and  prayed  to  the  God  of  Heaven,  and  said  • 
If  thou  wilt  hear  me  now.  Oh  Lord  God,  and  wilt 
keep  the  virgin  Zillah  while  she  is  in  the  hand  of 
Hanac  that  she  come  to  no  harm;  and  will  bring  me 
to  meet  this  Hanac  in  the  valley;  and  wilt  make  my 


14 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


hand  and  the  hands  of  them  that  are  with  me  to 
be  strong  against  him,  to  discomfit  and  slay  him,  and 
to  deliver  the  virgin  Zillah  and  bring  her  to  my 
father  in  safety,  then  will  1  be  thy  servant,  to  do  thy 
will  in  all  things  whatsoever  thou  shalt  command  me 
to  do,  all  the  days  of  my  life. 

When  I  had  made  an  end  of  my  prayer,  I  caused 
Gomer  and  all  the  men  of  war  to  stand  round  about 
the  altar,  and  I  made  each  man  draw  his  sword  and 
point  it  into  the  smoke  of  the  altar,  and  I  made  them 
swear  by  God  that  they  would  stand  with  me  in  the 
battle  and  would  strike  and  spare  not  until  Hanac 
and  his  band  should  be  cut  otf . 


-»^,  «•«-.»--  .r  •i-  — 


[NE. 

are  with  me  to 
ind  slay  him,  and 
3ring  her  to  my 
lervant,  to  do  thy 
lalt  command  me 

prayer,  I  caused 
;and  round  about 
iw  his  sword  and 
and  I  made  them 
id  with  me  in  the 

not  until  Hanac 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


15 


CHAPTER  III. 

At  the  break  of  day  we  came  to  the  head  of  the 
valley,  and  I  sent  the  men  aside  to  put  the  horses  in 
a  safe  place  where  we  might  find  them  again  after 
the  battle. 

Now,  there  was  with  me  Jason  the  trumpeter,  one 
of  my  father's  herdsmen ;  and  he  was  skillful  to  find 
the  strayed  cattle,  for  he  followed  the  marks  of  their 
feet  by  the  sight  of  his  eyes  as  a  dog  followeth  by 
the  scent  of  his  nostrils.     Him  I  sent  into  the  valley 
alone,  that  he  might  look  on  the  marks  therein  and 
tell  me  whether  Hanac  had  already  gone  by.     When 
he  had  gone  but  a  little  way  he  turned  again  and 
said :    My  lord,  it  is  now  three  days  since  the  foot  of 
man,  or  of  any  beast,  hath  passed  this  way;   and 
then  they  went  toward  the  plain,  and  not  toward  the 
stronghold  in  the  mountains.      When  I  knew  that 
we  had  got  before    Hanac  and  would    take  him 
unawares,  I  was  glad,  and  gave  thanks  to  the  God 
of  Heaven. 

The  length  of  that  valley  is  about  three  furlongs. 
At  the  end  of  it  that  is  toward  the  east,  where  it 
groweth  broader,  on  either  side  are  wide  clefts  in 

the  rock.     There,  in  the  spaces  behind  the  cloven 
a 


i 


,4  KNOCH,  THK  PHILISTINE. 

rocks,  I  hid  Gomer  and  ten  of  the  men  with  Vim; 
and  I  charged  them: 

Lie  ye  here  in  wait  until  Hanac  and  all  that  are 
with  him  have  passed  by,  and  until  ye  hear  the 
sound  of  the  trumpet.     Then  get  ye  up  and  pursue 
hard  after  them  into  the  valley,  and  shoot  them  with 
your  arrows  until  your  quivers  be  empty;  and  when 
yc  shoot  see  that  ye  find  the  life.     When  ye  have 
no  more   arrows  cast   away  your   bows  and   your 
quivers,  lest  yc  be  cumbered,  and  smite  with  the 
sword      Suffer  no  man  to  pass  by  you  out  of  the  val- 
ley neither  spare  ye  any,  but  slay  until  there  be 
none  left  alive.     And  if  it  be  so,  in  the  heat  of  the 
battle,  that  any  of  you  come  near  unto  ZiUah  and  her 
handmaidens  beware  that  ye  harm  not  them  when 
ye  shoot  with  the  arrow  and  smite  with  the  sword. 
And  do  ye  nothing  at  all  to  Hanac,  save  to  keep  htm 
from  going  your  way  out  of  the  valley;  for  Hanac  .s 

for  me  alone.  „  i 

Then  I  returned  to  the  head  of  the  valley,  and 
when  I  had  charged  the  ten  who  were  to  be  with 
me  what  they  were  to  do,  I  hid  eight  of  them.  But 
Jason  the  trumpeter  and  Enos  the  giant  I  kept  to 
stand  with  me  in  the  middle  of  the  way;  for  they 
were  men  of  valor,  and  were  skillful  archers,  so 
that  they  could  pierce  with  their  arrows  the  wild 
roe  running  never  so  swiftly,  and  the  eagle  flymg  in 


he 
bu 
th< 
re> 
Jaf 

r 

J 

shji 

of 

be 

be; 

of  a 

qui( 

him 

see 

plac 

and 

then 

the 

past 

therr 

W 

lo!  I 

more 

notp 

at  las 

all  oi 

came 


.^^.  „(.^i.t..-r^- — ■-— ■ 


en  with  Vim; 

d  all  that  are 
ye  hear  the 
ipand  pursue 
oot  them  with 
(ty ;  ilnd  when 
Vhen  ye  have 
)ws  and   your 
mite  with  the 
out  of  the  val- 
until  there  be 
he  heat  of  the 
Zillah  and  her 
lot  them  when 
rith  the  sword, 
ve  to  keep  him 
^ ;  for  Hanac  is 

he  valley,  and 
vere  to  be  with 
of  them.  But 
giant  I  kept  to 
!  way;  for  they 
iul  archers,  so 
irrows  the  wild 
e  eagle  flying  in 


KNOCH,  TIIK  I'mLlSTIN'rc.  ,7 

heaven.  To  Enos  I  gave  char^^c :  Do  nothing  else 
ln.t  keep  watch  over  the  life  of  Zillah  to  the  end  of 
the  battle,  lest  Hanac  in  his  wrath,  and  to  be 
revenged  on  me.  should  seek  to  slay  her.  And  unto 
Jason  I  .said: 

Thou  also,  after  thou  hast  sounded  the  trumpet 
Shalt  be  joined    with  Enos    to   care    for    the    life 
of  Zillah;    for,     if    she    perish    this    day.     it     will 
be  death  to  me  and  to  my  father  also.     Therefore 
be  ye  strong-hearted  and  vigilant,  and  if  the  hand 
of  any  man  be  lifted  against  her  let  your  arrows  be 
qu.ck    bke  the  lightning  out  of  heaven,  to  pierce 
hmi  before  his  hand  can  strike.     And  when  ye  shall 
see  me  in  battle  with  Hanac,  then  press  ye  in  to  the 
place  wheresoever  Zillah  and  her  damsels  shall  be 
and  stand  one  of  you  before  and  the  other  behind 
them.     So  shall  ye  separate  them  from  the  fury  of 
the  battle  until  ye  shall  be  able  to  take  them  out 
past  the  head  of  the  valley;  there  shall  ye  guard 
them  until  I  come  to  you. 

While  I  was  yet  speaking  I  lifted  up  my  eyes,  and 
lo.  Hanac  and  his  company  were  already  advanced 
more  than  a  furlong  into  the  valley;  but  they  had 
not  perceived  that  we  three  stood  in  the  way  When 
at  last  they  saw  us,  they  stood  still  where  they  were 
all  of  them  save  Hanac  and  two  of  his  men-  these 
came  near  unto  us.     And  Hanac  reviled  us.  and  cried 


ENOCH,  THE  I'llILISTINE. 
,"„  a  wrriblc  voice.    Who  arc  yc  that  ,. and  in  the 
„ay  that  Hanae  goeth!    And  1  an^ereJ  h™- 

1  am   Enoeh  the  »on  of   Admon,    a,  thou  wel 
vLZi      And  thou  art  Hanac  the  Robber,  a  man  of 
bW  td  a  ravishcr  of  «omen.     Thou  shalt  Ro  th,H 

flLr     Neither  shalt  thou  return  by  the  way 
„aynofartl  er     Nc,  ^^^^  ^^^  ^^ 

rrrmtttytrandforthevirginzma. 

Th  n.  in  execeding  wrath,  Hanac  ™-=<l  ^"j; 

r:CorArrV::ne.eavetheein  twain 
"";rh"e""w  hi»  great  two-handed  sword 

rid  straightway  they  stood  with    me.  fac.n. 
H^nac    each  man  having  his  arrow  drawn  to  th. 

TT  When  he  saw  that  we  were  the  stronger,  and 
head.     When  he  sa  ^.^  ^^^  ^^^ 

that  we  had  bows  of  steel,   w 

-rrr-hrrrr«:^^:»^'- 

nrn^e^  desired  to  removeZi-^o^of 

--i^i:\hr::r  >::"-- 

,„g:     I  have  the  .^  ^^^^^  ^ut  now  deliver 

canst  not  escape  me.     aui 


:  stand  in  the 
red  him : 

as  thou  well 
bbcr,  a  man  of 
m  Shalt  go  this 
:urn  by  the  way 
t  stand  and  an- 
e  virgin  Zillah. 
•oared  upon  me 
»d :     As  I  dealt 

thee  also,  thou 
e  thee  in  twain 

o-handed  sword 
horse  to  spring 
the  men  in  hid- 
vith    me,  facing 
w  drawn  to  the 
the  stronger,  and 
;as  his  men  had 
d  his  horse,  and 
•ehind  that  they 

nove  Zillah  out  of 
in  to  Hanac,  say- 
,  valley  that  thou 
I  wilt  now  deliver 


ENOCH.  -fliifHlLIStlNfi.  ,9 

into  my  hand  Zillah  and  her  handmaidens,  and  all 
the  beasts  and  the  treasure  thou  didst  take  at  the 
ford  of  the  great  river,  peradventure  I  will  trpat 
with  thee  for  thy  life.  But  he  raged  against  me  so 
much  the  more,  and  swore  by  his  many  gods  that 
he  would  have  Zillah  brought  straightway,  and  wotikl 
slay  her  before  my  eyes. 

Then  I  made  Jason  sound  the  trumpet.  And 
when  I  heard  a  tumult  of  battle  at  the  rear,  and 
saw  that  those  in  front  were  amazed  and  terrified 
thereat,  I  gave  the  word,  and  my  men  let  fly  their 
arrows  into  the  horsemen  and  the  footmen. 

I    went  before    and   alone   to  meet    Hanac.      I 
carried  in  my  right  hand  my  naked  sword,  and  in 
my  left  hand  a  dagger.     When  we  were  come  near 
together,  Hanac  caused  his  horse  to  rear  upon  me, 
and  he  struck  at  me  furiously  once  and  again  and 
many  times;  but  I  warded  off  the  blows,  awaiting 
my  time,  for  I  knew  what  I  would  do.     At  last, 
when  his  sword  was  sweeping  downward  and  back' 
ward  with  the  great  force  of  the  blow  he  had  deliv- 
ered,  I  sprang  in  upon  him  and  passed  quickly  to 
his  left  side.     As  I  passed,  I  struck  my  dagger  into 
his  horse,  even  into  his  heart,  and  he  sank  beneath 
his  rider.      And  before  Hanac  could  recover  him- 
self I  was  upon  him,  and  thrust  my  sword  through 
his  body  three  times-once  for  Zillah,  and  once  for 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE, 
tny  brothers,  and  once  for  my  father,  whose  name  he 
had  contemned^  ^^^  ^^^^  ^ 

When  I  knew  that  tiani't  wuui«  .     ,  t 

S.  haste  to  see  how  it  fared  with  Zillah.     And  I 
"w  that  she  and  her  maidens,  with  Jason  before 
hi  and  Enos  behind  then,,  stood  midway  between 
tZ  that  fon,ht  with  Gomer  and  them  *a.  'on,h 
with  me.     And  I  saw  that  our  enem.es  had  no  spmt 
left  in  them  because  that  Hanac  was  slam  and  they 
':  re  beset  behind  and  before,  and  were  be.ng  sho 
Throngh  with  arrows,  while,  as  yet,  they  could  not 
come  at  us  with  their  swords. 

But  I  saw  also  that  Enos  and  Jason  had  been  sore 
wounded   in  pressing   in  to  the   place  where     h 
damsels  were.    Then  I  called  Nathan,  one  of  the 
eSt  who  were  wi.h  me,  and  bade  him  cast  away  h,s 
bow  and  quiver  and  come  with  me  to  the  defense  of 
the  women.     So  we  two  fell  upon  Hanac's  men 
uriously  with  our  swords,  at  the  ".'>'--* 
valley  and  they  were  fain  to  press  over  to  the  other 
Id    Id  let  us  pass.      But  I   made  Nathan  face 
toward  th.  women,  and  I  faced  the  other  way  go.ng 
backward,  lest  they  should  strike  us  ('omj^^'^^ 
so  we  came  to  the  place,  and  I  stood  wt*  Ja^n 
before  the  women,  and  Nathan  stood   w  h  Enos 
Lwnd  them;  and  the  hand  of  God  was  w„h  ns  so 
that  we  kept  them  from  all  harm,  and  slew  of  the 


E. 

ivhose  name  he 

rise  no  more  I 
Zillah.     And  I 
h  Jason  before 
iidway  between 
lem  that  fought 
les  had  no  spirit 
i  slain,  and  they 
were  being  shot 
,  they  could  not 

m  had  been  sore 
jlace  where   the 
than,  one  of  the 
ilm  cast  away  his 
to  the  defense  of 
an  Hanac's  men 
right  side  of  the 
5  over  to  the  other 
ade  Nathan  face 
!  other  way,  going 
I  us  from  behind, 
stood  with  Jason 
stood   with  Enos 
od  was  with  us  so 
n,  and  slew  of  the 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


21 


robbers  as  many  as  were  next  us.  When  the  arrows 
were  all  shot  away,  my  men  drew  the  sword,  as  I 
had  commanded,  and  smote  them  that  remained 
until  they  all  lay  dead  in  the  valley— Hanac,  and 
forty  and  five  men. 


32 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


CHAPTER   IV 

When  the  battle  was  come  to  a  full  end  I  made 
haste  to  the  place  where  Zillah  was,  and  bowed 
myself  before  her,  and  said.  Is  it  well  with  thee,  my 
beloved?  And  is  it  well  with  thy  damsels?  And 
she  answered.  It  is,  indeed,  well  with  us,  my  lord 
Enoch,  since  we  see  thee  and  thy  servants  round 
about  us,  and  are  delivered  out  of  the  hand  of  Hanac. 
There  hath  no  evil  befallen  us,  save  that  we  have 
been  in  great  fear,  and  are  famished  with  hunger, 

and  weary. 

Whereupon  I  began  to  say  unto  one  of  my  serv- 
ants,  Go  quickly  and  bring  hither  food  and  wme,- 
but  Zillah  cut  short  my  words  and  cried,  vehemently, 
Not  so,  my  lord!  Not  so!  See,  I  pray  thee,  how 
grievously  wounded  and  ready  to  faint  are  thy  two 
servants  that  stood  between  us  and  death  until  thou 
camest'  As  the  Lord  liveth  we  will  neither  eat 
bread,  nor  drink  wine,  nor  refresh  ourselves  in  any 
wise  until  their  wounds  be  bound  up! 

Then  I  perceived  that  Enos  and  Jason  were  hurt 
nigh  unto  death.  So  I  caused  the  men  to  open  a 
path  through  the  dead,  for  they  cumbered  the  way. 
And  we  carried  Enos  and  Jason  out  of  the  valley 


0 

S{ 

V 

o 
d 

C( 

h 


end  I  made 
,  and  bowed 
vith  thee,  my 
msels?  And 
us,  my  lord 
rvants  round 
md  of  Hanac. 
that  we  have 
with  hunger, 

le  of  my  serv- 
(d  and  wine, — 
1,  vehemently, 
ray  thee,  how 
nt  are  thy  two 
eath  until  thou 
ill  neither  eat 
iirselves  in  any 

ason  were  hurt 
men  to  open  a 
bered  the  way. 
Ltof  the  valley 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE.  13 

and  laid  them  tenderly  under  the  shade  of  a  ^eat 
tree,  and  gave  them  wine.  Then  Zillah  called  for 
water,  and  she  and  her  maidens  cleansed  the 
wounds;  and  when  they  had  stanched  the  blood  and 
poured  in  oil  they  bound  them  up;  so  Enos  and 
Jason  were  comforted. 

Afterward  I  caused  the  men  to  search  among  the 
spoil  until  they  found  a  tent,  and  of  skins  enough  to 
cover  the  ground  under  it.  When  I  had  pitched  the 
tent  and  made  the  ground  soft  with  skins  I  prayed 
Zillah  and  her  maidens  to  recline  there  while  we 
prepared  food  and  wine  that  they  might  eat  and 
drink.  When  they  had  so  refreshed  themselves  I 
besought  them  to  sleep  until  mid-day;  for  then  we 
must  needs  set  forth  and  ride  swiftly  toward  the 
palace,  so  that  we  could  go  in  to  my  father  at  the 
appointed  time. 

While  the  maidens  slept  I  called  Gomer  and  asked 
of  him  how  it  had  fared  with  the  men.  And  he 
said,  Alas,  my  lord,  beside  Enos  and  Jason,  who  are 
wounded,  other  two  of  thy  servants  lie  dead  in  the 
valley;  but  they  have  all  approved  themselves  men 
of  valor,  as  witness  thine  enemies  who  have  this 
day  bitten  the  dust. 

I  was  grieved  exceedingly  for  the  dead;  but  I  was 
comforted  in  that  I  had  delivered  the  captives,  and 
had  requited  Hanac  for  the  evil  he  had  wrought  to 


J4  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

„y  father's  house,  and  for  all  he  had  purposed  in  his 
heartconcerningthevirgiuZillah.   Before  my  depart- 
ure  I  commanded  Gomer  what  he  should  do,  saymg-. 
Thou  Shalt  carry  Enos  and  Jason  some  ™ay  from 
this  valley,  down  the  mountain  side.      And  when 
hou  hast  f^und  a  pleasant  place  pitch  there  the  tent 
wherein  the  damsels  are  now  sleepmg;  and   thou 
L  two  of  the  men  shall  abide  with  Enos  and  Jason 
and  nourish  them  until  they  can  be  removed  to  the 
lampment  without  harm.     And  thou  Shalt  send 
five  of  the  men  to  take  again  the  horses  we  brought 
hither  to  the  encampment;  and  they  shall  carry  wUh 
them  my  father's  servants  that  were  slam  m  the 
b^tue,  Ind  bury  them  among  their  own  people. 
After  three  days  the  five  men  shall  return  to  thee 
tn  the  mountain  side  with  food  and  wine  and  horses 
enough  for  the  ioumey,  when  ye  shall  remove  Enos 
Zi  Jason  to  the  encampment.    But  go  now  and 
!a*er  together  all  that  was   ZiUah's  and  al    my 
fr*er-s  iLts  that  were  taken  at  the  ford  of  the 
';la.  river.     And  separate  nine  of  the  «en  jnte 
Nathan,  to  ride  with  Zillah  to  the  palace.     But  ^e 
thou  nothing  that  was  Hanac's;  for  I  purpose  that 
*e  and  all  that  were  with  him,  and  all  that  was  h, 
shlu  rot  in  this  valley.     And  when  we  shall  be  wel 
Tour  way  thou  shalt  slaughter  all  the  beast,  that 
remain  in  the  valley;  for  they  were  Hanac  s. 


>sed  in  his 
ny  depart- 
lo,  saying: 

way  from 
And  when 
re  the  tent 

and  thou 
and  Jason, 
oved  to  the 

Shalt  send 
we  brought 
1  carry  with 
slain  in  the 
wn  people, 
urn  to  thee 
e  and  horses 
emove  Enos 
go  now  and 
and  all  my 
3  ford  of  the 

men,  under 
:e.  But  take 
purpose  that 
that  was  his, 
shall  be  well 
e  beasts  that 
mac's. 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE.  35 

As  the  day  waxed  toward  its  noontide  I  wakened 
the  maidens  out  of  their  slumber,  and  gave  them 
food.      Then  I  sent  them  forth,  with  the  camels 
bearing  Zillah's  apparel  and  the  treasure  her  father 
had  given  her,  under  the  care  of  Nathan  and  the 
nine  men  separated  by  Gomer  to  ride  with  them. 
And  I  charged    Nathan  to  ride  at   such  speed  as 
would  bring  them  to  the  palm  trees,  where  Salmon 
would  be  in  waiting,  before  the  going  down  of  the 
sun. 

When  I  had  thus  ordered  all  things  for  the  com- 
fort and  safety  of  the  women,  and  had  seen  them 
depart,  I  called  for  my  horse  and  went  forth  another 
way,  alone.  For,  after  the  custom  of  my  people,  it 
was  not  seemly  that  I  should  journey  in  the  com- 
pany of  my  espoused  virgin. 

Because  I  desired  to  be  before  Zillah  and  her  train 
I  rode  very  swiftly,  and  came  to  the  palm  trees 
while  Salmon  was  yet  a  great  way  off.  When  he 
came  near,  and  perceived  that  I  was  already  there 
and  alone,  Salmon  was  astonished  and  ran  and  fell 
down  at  my  feet  and  cried  out,  weeping,  Alas' 
Alas!  my  lord!  But  I  raised  him  up  and  comforted 
him;  for  I  perceived  that  he  thought  Hanac 
had  prevailed  against  me,  and  that  I  alone 
had  escaped  alive.  So  I  said  unto  him,  It  is  not  as 
thou  thinkest,  Oh  Salmon.    The  God  of  Heaven  was 


-'-*>-:'-**''  '    'f.^ 


r 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


>6 

„ith  me  in  the  battle.  The  captive,  are  free,  and 
Z  ,  come  to  thee  here  before  the  snn  .s  do«n.  As 
r  Hale  I  have  left  him,  and  all  that  were  wth 
him,  I'every  beast  and  everything  whatsoever 

..at  was  his,  to  rot  ;;  *-— was  none  of  my 
When  I  came  to  the  palace  uici  .^    .1,,* 

faler's  honsehold  that  knew  of  the  calam.ty  * 
Z  befallen  ZiUah.     So  I  went  straightway  m  to 
my  father,  that  he  might  know  of  my  commg. 

Now    my   father's  eyesight    had    grown   d,m 
Ja7^  of  his  great  age,  and  he  wist  not  who  . 
T^Lt  drew  near.     But  when  he  heard  my  vo.ce 
Test*  tched  forth  his  hand,  and  said,  Blessed  be 
1 1    d  God  of  Heaven,    It  is  indeed  thou,  my 
.„.  mine  onlyson,forthyb™*ers  are     a^^^ 

:::<:'^iir"e;r<iri;for  all  this  day. 

have  been  in  heaviness. 

Then  I  answered  my  father,  and  said,  It  is  wel 
with  me,  and  also  with  the  virgin,  my  spouse,  for 
IZ  had  word  of  her  journey,  and  am  come  that  I 
r;reti:eher  to  wife  from  thy  hand.    When  we 
halhad  further  conference  I  prayed  him  Suffer  me 
now  to  go  and  prepare  the  servants,  that  the  bnde 
Z  J  guests  we  have  bidden  may  ^^J^^^J^^^^ 
the  gate  with  due  honor.     And  he  sent  me  forth 
with  words  of  blessing. 


of 
br 

po 

ru 

he; 

adi 

en( 

an< 

ma 

ant 

anc 

goo 

nee 

ope 


free,  and 
jwn.  As 
were  with 
hatsoever 

one  of  my 
amity  that 
way  in  to 
ling. 

•own  dim, 
not  who  it 
d  my  voice 
Blessed  be 
a  thou,  my 
lead!  Is  it 
11  with  the 
[  this  day  I 

1,  It  is  well 
jpouse,  for  I 
come  that  I 
.  When  we 
n,  Suffer  me 
at  the  bride 
;  received  at 
ent  me  forth 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE.  a; 


CHAPTER   V. 

When  the  sun  was  low  we  went  forth  to  the  gate 
-I,  and  the  young  men  and  maidens,  both  of  our 
own  household  and  of  the  guests  who  had  come  to 
be  with  us.  And,  behold,  Zillah  and  her  train 
were  already  there.  And  I  perceived  that  they  had 
set  up  her  pavilion,  and  that  her  maidens  had 
arrayed  her  in  bridal  attire. 

Her  vesture  was  a  garment  of  azure,  like  the  vault 
of  heaven  for  color,  and  exceeding  fine;  and  it  was 
broidered    with    needlework    of    gold.       It    was 
gathered    close    about    her    waist  in  a    girdle    of 
pohshed  silver;  and  the  clasp  of  the  girdle  was  of 
rubies  and  pearls  set  in  fine  gold.     About  her  fore- 
head  and  her  hair  was  a  golden  circlet  adorned  with 
adamants  and   sapphires.      Bracelets  of  fine  gold 
encircled  her  wrists,  and  bands  thereof  her  ankles- 
and  when  she  walked  the  silver  bells  of  her  anklets' 
made  soft  music.     Her  shoes  were  of  beaten  silver 
and  gold,  wrought  most  cunningly  into  fine  scales 
and  set  fast  on  leather   with    needlework       The 
goodliest  pearls  were    coiled    five-fold   about    her 
neck;  and.  falling  below  them,  was  a  garland  of 
opening  rosebuds  that  trembled  on  her  bosom 


,g  ENOCH.  THE  PIIII.ISTINE, 

Now,  among  my  people,  all  these  """8» '"  ^^ 
adornment  of  a  bride  have  a  meanmg,  hke  words 

-r  rXr:-  her  heart  *t«ea  „nto  m. 

--r/r^rere-rreirdte 

pearls,  My  love  is  ^h^^^^'  ^J  ^^^     ,„d  the 

oo.,r,>iires    Like  heaven  my  love  is 

sapphires    L  R  ^^^  ^^^^.^^  ^^„  ^,, 

adamants.  My  love  will  .         ^  j„  ;»=  yirp-initv 

if  and  the  rosebuds,  My  love  .s  yet  m  .ts  v.rgmUy 
arf  wm  blossom  into  greater  sweetness;  and  the 
TeLrily  heart  laughs  and  sings  with  the  ,oy  of  my 

'"when  I  saw  Zillah  thus  arrayed,  and  for  me,  I 

•  I   1  with  her  beauty  and  with  the  sweet- 
„as  -v.*ed;  'h  her  b  J^^  ^^^^^  ^^^^^  ^^^_ 

„ess  of  her  love    an  y     ^^  a  woman. 

XndTSaunrh::,  Fairest  of  the  daughters  of 
f,  r  I  thai  thou  shouldst  love  me,  and 
:o:;r:erMo:rJ  would  have  said,  but  Zillah 

""H^t'tree^I^ear,  my  lord  Enoeh,  and  arise. 
Such  "J  I  am  I  am  well  eontent  to  eome  to  thee, 
,  have  found  favor  in  thy  sight.     Because  my 
smee  I  have  founa  shouldst 

f«ther  covenanted  with  thy  tatner  ui»i 

^-tra^:i:rxnris™^*err:^:: 

Cometh  a  maiden  ^^^  „^ultiplied  an 

But  now  I  come  to  thee  mm  gu 


gs  in  the 
ke  words 


unto  tne, 
; ;  and  the 
e;  and  the 
;   and  the 
ig  can  tnar 
ts  virginity 
i;   and  the 
J  joy  of  my 

i  for  me,  I 
the  sweet- 
before  her, 
h  a  woman, 
laughters  of 
jve  me,  and 
i,  but  Zillah 

1,  and  arise. 

ome  to  thee. 
Because  my 

thou  shouldst 

odwill,  as  be- 
in  marriage. 

multiplied  an 


ENOCH,  THK  PHILISTINE.  39 

hundred  fold  because  of  thy  great  love  to  me,  and 
because  of  thy  valor  which  delivered  me  this  day 
out  of  the  hand  of  Hanac.  If  it  seem  good  unto  thee 
let  us  now  go  unto  thy  father  lest  he  be  troubled;  for 
the  time  of  my  coming  is  overpast. 

Whereupon  I  arose  and  took  Zillah  by  the  hand 

and  led  her  toward  the  palace;  the  young  men,  with 

Salmon,  following  after  and  singing  a  song  of  loves 

and  the  damsels  playing  on  cymbals  and  dancing 

along  the  way.    When  we  were  come  into  the  palace 

I  sent  Salmon  with  all  the  guests  to  the  hall  where 

the  banquet  was  spread;   but  I  took  Zillah  alone 

unto  my  father.     When  he  knew  by  my  voice  that 

we  were  before  him  he  drew  near  to  Zillah   and 

passed  his  hands  over  her  face,  and  said : 

Yea,  thou  art  fair,  my  daughter;  the  bloom  of  life 
IS  on  thy  cheeks;  thou  art  the  seed  of  the  righteous 
that  IS  blessed.     I  have  desired  thee  and  none  other 
to  be  helpmeet  unto  my  son  when  I  shall  have  gone 
the  way  of  all  flesh.     For  I  know  thee,  what  spirit 
thou  art  of,  and  that  thou  wilt  not  turn  away  his 
heart  from  doing  the  will  of  the  God  of  Heaven      I 
would  have  thee  to  know  that  it  falleth  to  my  son  to 
break  the  seal,  and  read  the  writing,  and  do  that 
which  IS  commanded  in  the  writing  of  Enoch  who 
walked  with  God  before  the  flood.     When,  there- 
fore, the  time  shall  have  fully  come  see  that  ye  be 


,.';> 
;•:? 
^f 


.■> 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


.V  thereto      Make  no  delay,  but  be  instant  in 
ready  thereto.  ^i^i^g  at  the  time  and  in 

your  obedience  to  ^^^^^f f^^^^^f      f  our  forefather 
the  manner  set  down  m  the  wntmg  ^^^ 

T?  ^„v.      What  the  work  shall  be  1  itnow  nut 
Enoch,     wnai  uic  ^uich  is  jrraven  on 

„,„e  ,  yet  co»,d  see  «  «aj  *     wh,c.  .  r^^_^  ^^^ 

*"  "Tthe  Stat  Tptteived  that  U,o  time  »^ 

jrzi:n;r;'.-ana,up„n...e.. 

he  said:  t  «5,r«.  >i*>r  to  thee  in 

a.d  love  Hta,  and  ='-«  -»  f-^^^/^^';^, 

i.,1Zillah  forth  to  the  banqueting  hall.    As  we  5 
.  thi  head  of  the  table,  and  all  the  guests  round 

:i::r^;^-e.soup.a..-gMun^^ 
*'rrrd"z°iwf^-^-°" 

nii  di:.  half  of  the  wine,  and  I  the 


ren 
em] 
it  \\ 


nstant  in 


ne  and  in 
"orefather 
not.    But 
graven  on 
mark  the 
time  was 
mst  break 
work. 
',  to  kneel 
o'lr  heads, 

r  to  thee  in 
nceforth  ye 
of  Heaven, 
So  shall  ye 
ease  of  your 
lies  so  that 
f  the  forest 


ENOCH.  THK  I'HILISTINE. 


31 


remaining  half  to  the  last  drop.  Then  I  lifted  the 
empty  cup  on  high,  and  let  it  fall  to  the  floor,  and 
it  was  broken  into  small  pieces.  This  was  to  signify 
that  the  wine  of  our  love  was  for  us  alone,  and  that 
none  other  might  taste  it  or  even  drink  from  the 
cup  which  had  contained  it.  When  the  guests 
heard  the  sound  of  the  breaking  they  shouted  as 
with  one  voice,  May  you  be  happy! 

After  that  night  we  continued  to  make  merry 
other  six  days,  as  my  people  were  wont  to  do  at 
marriages. 


T 


1  arose  and  I 
As  we  stood 
juests  round 
jht  unto  me 
id  new  to  the 
;.  After  our 
B,  and  I  the 


>> 


3»  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


CHAPTER   VI. 

On  a  clay  in  sprinRtime— it  was  the  year  after  I 
tfx.k  Zillah  to  wife— I  was  with  the  sheepmaster  and 
the  shepherds  at  the  time  of  shearing.  And  Salmon 
the  scribe  sent  one  from  the  pahice  unto  me,  saying, 
Thy  father  calleth  for  thee  in  haste,  that  he  may 
bless  thee,  and  give  thee  charge  concerning  certain 
things  of  moment  before  he  dies. 

Then  I  knew  that  my  father  was  about  to  die; 
therefore  I  rode  swiftly  all  the  night,  and  came  to 
the  palace  before  the  sun  had  risen.  When  I  went 
in  unto  my  father  I  perceived  straightway  that  his 
eyesight  had  returned,  for  he  knew  me  when,  as 
yet,  I  had  not  spoken.  He  greeted  me  with  tender 
love,  and  when  he  had  embraced  me  and  caused  me 
to  sit  near  him,  he  said: 

It  hath  been  made  known  unto  me  that  I  shall 
presently  go  hence.  Of  his  great  goodness  the  Lord 
God  hath  lifted,  for  a  season,  the  veil  of  darkness 
from  mine  eyes  that  I  may  look  once  again  upon 
these  heavens,  and  upon  this  earth  whereon  I  have 
sojourned  so  long,  and  upon  thee,  my  son.  By  this 
I  know  that  my  days  on  the  earth  shall  be  few;  and 
that  it  behocveth  me  to  .speak  to  thee  while  there  is 


yet 

bcf 

trai 

Em 

floe 

dca 

furl 

wri 

cnc, 

pas! 

the 

star 

the 

he  r 

ther 

case 

of  t 

opcr 

assu 

life 

certj 

of  E 

stars 

mem 

upon 

be  d( 

of  tl 


itii. 


1 


•ar  after  I 
Master  and 
nd  Salmon 
ne,  sayinK, 
at  he  may 
ing  certain 

r)ut  to  die; 
lid  came  to 
hen  I  went 
ay  that  his 
B  when,  as 
with  tender 
I  caused  me 

that  I  shall 
:ss  the  Lord 
of  darkness 
again  upon 
jreon  I  have 
Dn.  By  this 
be  few;  and 
hile  there  is 


>;N0CH.  TIMC  I'HILIsriNK. 


J.1 


yi't  time  of  certain  things  which  thou  must  kn-.w 
before  I  die.     Thou  hast  known  from  thy  youth  tlic 
tradition    of   our   house— how    that   our  forefather 
Enoch  walked  with  the  God  of  Heaven  before  the 
flood,   and   was  taken   from   among    men    without 
death.     Rut  it  is  needful  that  thou  shouldst  know, 
further,   that  before  he  was   taken   he  prepared  a 
writing,  and  scaled  it  with  a  seal,  and  put  it  it.  an 
encasement  of  brass;  giving  charge  that  it  should 
pass  by  inheritance  from  father  to  son  throvgh  all 
the  generations  of  his  children  until  certain  of  the 
stars,  by  their  place  in  heaven,  should  signify  that 
the  time  had  come  when  he  would  have  the  writing  to 
l)e  opened  and  read  by  that  son  of  Enoch  having  it 
then  in  possession.     When  my  father  gave  the  en- 
casement into  my  hands  I  made  careful  observation 
of  the  stars,  and  perceived  that  the  time  for  the 
opening  would  not  come  in  my  day.     But  I  am  well 
assured  that  that  time  is  now  near  at  hand;  for  my 
life  hath  been  prolonged  past  all  expectation.     It 
certainly  falleth  to  thee,  my  son,  to  receive  the  Roll 
of  Enoch,  and  to  observe  the  movements  of  the 
stars  and,  at  the  appointed  time,  to  open  the  encase- 
ment and  read  the  writing.    There  are  words  graven 
upon  the  brass  that  signify  the  time  when  this  must 
be  done.     After  I  am  gone  from  thee,  and  the  days 
of  thy  mourning  are  ended,  give  all  diligence  to 


■mt^^-y-;  — -r-v.^rta.-*.-:^ 


I 


i 


34  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

attend  to  this  matter;  for,  though  I  know  not  whrt 
is  written  in  the  roll,  I  am  none  the  less  persuaded 
that  the  words  of  thy  forefather  Enoch  will  reveal 
some  great  thing  to  be  done  by  thee. 

Thereupon  my  father  arose  and  went  into  the 
treasure-room  of  the  palace,  and  came  again  bearing 
in  his  hands  the  encasement  of  brass  wherein  the 
Roll  of  Enoch  was;  and  he  gave  it  into  my  hands, 
saying.  Be  thou  faithful  to  do  the  will  of  our  father 
Enoch,  whatsoever  it  shall  be. 

The  encasement  was  four-square,  and  measured, 
each  way,  about  half  a  cubit.  On  one  side  of  it 
were  graven  these  words: 

Son  of  Enoch,  open  this  encasement  of  brass  and 
break  the  seal  and  read  the  writing  thirty  years  and 
one  day  before  the  Pleiades  shall  stand  over  the 
place  where  the  River  of    Egypt  flows  into    the 

Middle  Sea. 

Three  days  after  my  father  delivered  the  Roll  of 
Enoch  into  my  hands  he  died,  his  age  being  an 
hundred  and  eighty  and  one  years,  and  we  buried 
him  in  the  cave  of  Ardath,  which  is  about  ten  fur- 
longs from  the  palace.  There  my  mother,  also,  is 
buried,  and  my  brothers  whom  Hanac  slew,  and  all 
the  dead  of  my  kinsfolk  of  four  generations. 

We  mourned  for  my  father  thirty  days  and  then 
as  many  more,  because  that  in  all  Philistia  there 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


35 


•w  not  whrt 

i  persuaded 

will  reveal 

nt  into  the 
jain  bearing 
wherein  the 
)  mj'  hands, 
if  our  father 

d  measured, 
le  side  of  it 

of  brass  and 
rty  j'ears  and 
md  over  the 
ws  into    the 

d  the  Roll  of 
ige  being  an 
id  we  buried 
bout  ten  fur- 
)ther,  also,  is 
:  slew,  and  all 
tions. 

[ays  and  then 
Philistia  there 


was  none  like  him  for  wisdom  and  righteousness ; 
moreover,  the  poor  and  the  widowed  and  the  father- 
less said,  Let  the  name  of  Admon  be  blessed,  for  he 
thought  on  us  in  our  distress. 

When  the  days  of  mourning  were  twice  fulfilled  I 
bethought  mc  of  the  Roll  of  Enoch,  and  all  that  my 
father  had  commanded  me  concerning  it.     I  read 
again  the  words  on  the  encasement,  and  pondered 
the  whole  matter.     Then  I  perceived  that  I  must 
go  forth  to  the  land  of  Egypt  and  observe  the  stars 
from  the  place  where  the  River  of  E.<jypt  flows  into 
the  Middle  Sea.     Because  I  would  be  sure  of  the 
time  I  determined  that  I  would  not  be  alone  in  this 
thing.     Therefore  I  sent  unto  two  of  my  kinsmen, 
Job  who  dwelt  in  the  land  of  Uz,  and  Melchizedek, 
King  of  Salem  and  Priest  of  the  God  of  Heaven ; 
for  they  had  skill  to  tell  the  movements  of  the  stars, 
and  to  reckon  their  distances  and  the  times  and 
seasons  of  their  appearing  in  this  place  and  that 
place  in  heaven.     Unto  each  of  these  my  kinsmen 
I  wrote: 

Son  of  Enoch,  I  pray  thee  to  meet  me  on  the  shore 
of  the  Middle  Sea,  midway  between  the  great 
branches  of  the  River  of  Egypt,  at  the  going  down 
of  the  sun  when  next  the  moon  is  new.  I  need  thy 
skill  in  reading  the  stars,  to  aid  me  in  determining 
what  day  I  ought  to  open  a  writing  prepared  by  our 


36  ENOCH.  THE  PHU^ISTINE. 

father  Enoch,  and  which  hath  come  to  -  by^^^^^^^ 
ance.     Enoch  the  son  of  Admon  calleth  thee. 

nrav  thee  fail  me  not. 

My  messengers  brought  n>e  v,ord.  when  they 
r2Z,  that  both  Job  and  Melchizedel.  would 
meet  me  as  I  had  desired  them. 


>y  inherit- 
thee.      I 

hen    they 
lek  would 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE.  37 


CHAPTER  VII. 

I  went  down  into  Egypt  at  the  time  appointed. 
My  kinsmen,  Job  and  Melchizedek,  came  also,  each 
by  a  separate  way,  not  knowing  that  the  other  had 
been  called.     We  greeted  one  another  with  gladness 
for  that  we  were  all  sons  of  Enoch  and  were  of  the 
few  who  worshiped  the  true  and  only  God.     The 
multitudes  about  us  bowed  down  to  all  manner  of 
idols,  and  to  beasts  and  serpents  and  creeping  things. 
After  the  evening  meal  I  prayed  Melchizedek  that 
we  might  begin  our  work,  that  very  night,  by  call- 
ing upon  the  God  of  our  father  Enoch  to  be  with  us 
in  the  thing  we  had  undertaken  to  do.     But  Mel- 
chizedek  answered,  Where  shall  we  find  a  lamb  meet 
for  the  sacrifice?    We  are  in  the  midst  of  a  people 
that  worship  idols,  and  it  is  not  fitting  that  we 
should  offer  to  the  God  c,  Heaven  a  sacrifice  taken 
from  the  flocks  of  the  heathen. 

Now,  I  had  foreseen  this,  and  provided;  and  I  said. 
Even  so,  there  is  here  a  lamb  meet  for  the  altar  of 
God,  for  I  brought  it  from  mine  own  flock,  and  I 
brought  wood,  also,  for  the  fire.  And  I  sent  a 
servant  to  bring  the  lamb  and  the  wood  to  Mel- 
chizedek. 


"y^TrtWto'ijf-aiAJiiL—a— ■'»|>fc>v " 


■:  •*-  "fvuSfeL-a*- 


38  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

Then  we  built  an  altar  of  the  stones  of  Egypt-f  or 
alway  and  everywhere   the  earth  is  the  Lord's- 
and  Lt  altar  was  the  first  that  was  built  to  the  God 
of  Heaven  in  the  land  of  Egypt.    Upon  the  altar 
we  kindled  a  fire  with  the  wood  I  had  brought,  and 
Melchizedek  slaughtered  the  lamb  and  laid  the  parts 
thereof  upon  the  live  coals.    Then  we  stood  by  the 
sides  of  the  altar.  Melchizedek  at  the  west  and  Job 
at  the  north  and  I  at  the  south;  and  we  all  un^ 
covered  our  heads  and  turned  our  faces  toward  the 
east  while  Melchizedek  prayed  thus:  ^ 

Let  our  prayer  ascend  unto  thine  ears,  O  Lord 
God,  as  the  incense  of   our  sacrifice  go^f  ^^P^^ 
heaven.     Since  thou  hast  permitted  us  to  bmld  this 
altar  to  thy  name  let  it  possess  the  land  for  thee, 
and  let  there  be  a  memorial  of  thee  in  this  land  for- 
evermore.     Thou  who  hast  made  the  stars  of  heaven 
and  dost  guide  them  in  their  courses,  think  on  us 
now   andTemember   wherefore  it  is  that  we  a. 
come  hither;  and  help  us  that  we  may  obta  n  -re 
knowledge  of  the  day  when  the  writing  o  our  father 
Enoch  should  be  opened  and  read.     And  when  the 
time  shall  have  fully  come  be  with  thy  servant  in 
whose  hand  the  writing  is,  and  give  him  good  under- 
standing of  all  things  therein;  and  give  him  wisdom 
n  strength  to  do  the  will  of  our  father  Eno^ 
which,  we  be  persuaded,  is  thy  will;  for  he  walked 


ypt— for 
Lord's— 
the  God 
the  altar 
ight,  and 
the  parts 
od  by  the 
t  and  Joh 
e  all  un- 
jward  the 

i,  O  Lord 
eth  up  to 
build  this 
.  for  thee, 
s  land  for- 
of  heaven 
link  on  us 
at  we  are 
»btain  sure 

our  father 
I  when  the 

servant  in 
rood  under- 
lim  wisdom 
ther  Enoch 
:  he  walked 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE.  39 

with  thee  before  the  flood  and  thou  didst  take  him 
from  among  men  without  death. 

When  Melchizedek  had  made  an  end  of  praying 
and  giving  thanks  I  took  him  and  Job  into  my 
pavilion;  and  there  I  told  them  of  all  that  had  be- 
fallen me  from  the  day  I  set  forth  in  pursuit  of 
Hanac  the  Robber  to  the  day  when  my  father  sent 
for  me  and  gave  into  my  hand  the  Roll  of  Enoch. 
And  I  told  them  of  my  father's  death,  and  how  we 
buried  him  in  the  cave  of  Ardath,  and  mourned  for 
him  thirty  days  twice  told  because  he  was  greatly 
beloved. 

Then  I  showed  them  the  words,  written  on  parch- 
ment, that  are  graven  on  the  brass  encasement;  for 
I  would  not  bring  the  Roll  of  Enoch  into  Egypt  lest 
it  should  be  destroyed.  After  they  had  read  the 
words  I  demanded  of  them.  Can  ye  determine  the 
day  that  will  be  thirty  years  and  one  day  before  the 
time  when  the  Pleiades  will  stand  over  the  place 
where  we  now  are?    And  they  said,  We  can. 

At  sunrise  the  next  morning  we  began  to  prepare, 
for  we  were  minded  to  observe  the  stars  that  night.' 

We  sought  out  a  large  stone,  flat  and  smooth,  and 
laid  it  on  the  top  of  the  altar.  The  stone  rested 
about  three  cubits  from  the  ground,  and  we  were 
careful  to  make  it  level.  In  the  surface  of  it  we  made 
two  sockets,  one  on  either  side,  to  receive  the  feet  of 


'^■•'J^'^  -\V*--  "■  ■ 


40  ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 

an  instrument  which  Melchizedek  nad  brought  with 
him     Now,  that  instrument  was  of  solid  brass,  and 
was  most  cunningly  devised.     There  was  a  brazen 
arch  three  cubits  high,  and  the  feet  thereof  rested 
in  the  sockets  we  had  made  in  the  flat  rock  that  was 
on  the  altar.    On  the  top  of  the  arch,  close  together, 
stood  three  square  bars    of    brass,   five  cubits  m 
length,  and  they  were  so  jointed  to  the  top  of  the 
arch  that  they  could  be  turned  this  way  and  that 
way    to  point  toward  any  part    of   the    vault  of 
heaven;  and  they  could  be  fixed  with  wedges  so 
that  they  would  stand  fast,  pointing  at  any  part 
whereto  they  had  been  directed.     On  the  face  of 
each  of  the  bars,  in  the  middle  thereof,  was  a  Ime 
reaching  trom  one  end  to  the  other;  and  the  Ime 
was  straight  and  deep  and  fine  like  a  hair. 

When  the  arch  was  set  firmly  in  the  sockets  we 
placedaladder  against  it;  and  Melchizedek  went  up 
and  stood  on  the  top  of  the  arch,  having  a  line  and 
plummet  in  his  hand.  And  he  moved  the  first  of 
the  bars  until  the  plumbline  showed  that  it  pomted 
straight  up  into  heaven;  and  Jcb  made  that  bar  to 
stand  fast  in  its  place  with  a  wedge.  The  rest  of 
the  bars  we  left  as  they  were  until  midnight. 

Melchizedek  had  another  instrument,  and  it  was 
made  of  wood.  The  shaft  of  it  was  three  cubits  and 
a  half  in  length,  and  was  like  unto  a  shepherd's  rod, 


'»'v*t_^,. 


ight  with 
jrass,  and 
a  brazen 
»of  rested 
c  that  was 
;  together, 
cubits   in 
top  of  the 
r  and  that 
!    vault  of 
wedges  so 
t  any  part 
he  face  of 
was  a  line 
id  the  line 
r. 

sockets  we 

lek  went  up 

5  a  line  and 

the  first  of 

It  it  pointed 

that  bar  to 

The  rest  of 

ight. 

,  and  it  was 
•e  cubits  and 
spherd's  rod, 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE.  41 

save  that  it  was  straight  from  end  to  end.     And 
there  were  three  crosspieces  in  the  length  of  it-one 
at  either  end,  and  one  in  the  middle.     The  cross- 
pieces  were  two  cubits  long,  and  the  shaft  passed 
through  the  center  of  each.    Near  to  the  ends  of  the 
crosspieces  there  was,  in  each,  a  hole,  and  the  holes 
were  in  a  straight  line  with  one  another,  so  that  the 
eye  could  look  through  the  three  holes  at  any  star 
in  heaven.      This  instrument  we  examined;   and 
when  we  knew  that  every  part  was  perfect  and  in 
its  place,  we  laid  it  by  the  arch  on  the  altar.     We 
were  careful  to  prepare  lamps,  also,  that  we  might 
see  to  work  the  instruments  at  midnight. 

When  all  the.se  things  were  done  Melchizedek 
asked  of  Job,  How  many  years  is  it  since  thou  didst 
mark  the  place  of  the  Pleiades  in  heaven?  And  he 
said.  It  is  now  ten  years;  but  I  have  not  the  parch- 
ment with  me,  for  I  knew  not  that  it  would  be 
needed.  Then  said  Melchizedek,  I  have  here  mine 
own  marking,  made  a  full  score  of  years  ago;  but  I 
would  that  we  could  know  the  place  where  they  were 
at  least  two  score  years  ago. 

Whereupon  I  went  into  my  pavilion  and  brought 
to  Melchizedek  the  parchment  whereon  my  father  had 
written  the  place  of  the  Pleiades  when  his  father 
gave  the  Roll  of  Enoch  into  his  hand.  And  it 
showed  clearly  the  time  when  they  were  in  that 


-     ^."S-i:,, 


4a  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

place,  and  it  was  an  hundred  and  twelve  years  and 
fifty  and  six  days  before  that  day  when  we  stood 
together  by  the  altar. 

Then  was  Melchizedek  glad,  and  he  said,  Now 
shall  we  be  able  to  determine  the  time  when  thou 
shouldst  open  the  Roll  of  Enoch.  This  night  we 
will  reckon  from  thy  father's  marking;  the  night 
after  we  will  verify,  or,  if  need  be,  correct  our  work 
by  mine  own  parchment. 


ears  and 
we  sttx)d 

lid,  Now 
hen  thou 
night  we 
,he  night 
our  work 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE.  43 


CHAPTER   VIII. 

As  it  drew  near  to  midnight  we  went  out  under 
the  firmament.  The  moon  was  gone  down,  and  all 
the  stars  shone  in  glory,  for  the  sky  was  clear  like 
crystal.  We  looked  up  into  heaven,  and  abroad  upon 
the  expanse  that  hath  no  bounds,  and  upon  the 
unnumbered  stars  of  light;  and  we  wondered  at  the 
multitude  and  the  glorious  beauty  of  the  works  of 
God.  And  Job  opened  his  lips  to  the  God  of 
Heaven  and  said.  Thou,  alone,  art  great,  O  Lord 
God!  These  are  but  the  work  of  thy  fingers;  the 
heavens,  wherein  they  dwell  in  so  great  multitude, 
cannot  contain  thee. 

When  we  came  to  the  altar  it  was  full  time  to  set 
the  rods  that  were  jointed  to  the  top  of  the  arch 
so  that  ive  could  reckon  fro.i  them  on  the  morrow. 
We  desired  that  the  first  should  point  straight  up 
into  heaven  as  we  had  set  it  already  by  the  plumb- 
line,  the  second  toward  the  Pleiades,  and  the  third 
toward  the  place  where  they  were  when  my  father 
observed  them,  an  hundred  and  twelve  years  and 
fifty  and  six  days  before.  For  we  knew  that  we 
could  reckon  how  long  they  would  be  in  moving  to 
the  place  our  first  rod  pointed  to  if  we  could  deter- 


> 


44  ENOCH.  THE  rHlLlSTINE. 

mine  how  far  they  had  moved  since  the  day  of  my 

father's  marking. 

So    Melchizedek    stood    close  beside  the  brazen 
areh,  and  taking  the  instrument  of  wood  that  hud 
three  crosspieces,  he  directed  it  toward  the  Pleiades. 
And  he  moved  it  up  [and  down,  and  to  the  nght 
hand  and  to  the  left  hand  until,  through  the  three 
holes  in  the  crosspieces,  he  could  see  the  star  Alcy- 
one-that  one  of  the  Pleiades  that  is  in  the  center. 
When  the  light  from  Alcyone  came  through  the 
three  holes  that  were  in  a  straight  line  with  one 
another  we  knew  that  we  had  the  true  line  to  the 
center  of  the  Pleiades ;  and  we  put  supports  under  the 
instrument,  to  hold  it  in  place  while  we  moved  the 
second  rod  to  that  line  and  fastened  it  with  a  wedge. 
We  knew  the  place  where  the  Pleiades  were  when 
my  father  observed  them  by  two  of  the  fixed  stars 
marked  on  his  parchment:  and  we  found  the  true 
line  to  that  place  in  like  manner  as  we  had  found 
the  true  line  to  the  Pleiades;  and  we  moved  the 
third  rod  to  that  line  and  fastened  it. 

In  the  morning  when  the  sun  was  well  up  we  went 
forth  to  the  altar  and  reckoned  from  the  rods  we 
had  set  on  the  top  of  the  brazen  arch.  We  took 
narrow  strips  of  parchment,  thick  and  firm,  and 
measured  from  top  to  top  of  the  rods-net  from  the 
sides,  but  from  the  fine,  straight  line  that  was  in 


y  of  my 

brazen 
that  hinl 
Pleiades, 
he  right 
Lhe  three 
tar  Alcy- 
e  center. 
)Ugh  the 
with  one 
ine  to  the 
under  the 
noved  the 
I  a  wedge, 
irere  when 
Sxed  stars 
i  the  true 
tiad  found 
noved  the 

ip  we  went 
e  rods  we 
We  took 
firm,  and 
3t  from  the 
hat  was  in 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE.  45 

the  center  of  each  rod.  We  cut  one  strip  to  measure 
from  the  line  on  the  third  rod  to  the  line  on  the 
second;  and  we  were  careful  to  make  the  measure- 
ment true.  In  like  manner  we  cut  another  strip  to 
the  distance  from  the  line  on  the  second  rod  to  the 
line  on  the  first. 

Now,  the  longer  strip  was  the  measurement  of 
the  distance  the  Pleiades  would  have  moved  in  an 
himdred  and  twelve  years  and  fifty  and  six  days  if 
their  course  had  been  no  farther  from  the  earth  than 
the  tops  of  our  rods.     Therefore  we  took  the  longer 
strip  and  divided  it,  by  marks,  into  a  thousand 
parts;   and  the  parts  were  equal  one  to  another. 
Then  we  laid  the  shorter  strip  beside  it,  and  we 
reckoned  by  the  divisions  we  had  made  on  the  longer 
strip;  and  the  reckoning  showed  that  the  Pleiades 
would  stand  over  the  place  where  we  then  were  in 
thirty  years  and  forty  and  seven  days. 

That  same  night,  at  midnight,  we  set  the  third  rod 
to  the  place  in  heaven  where  the  Pleiades  were 
twenty  years  before,  according  to  the  marking  of 
Melchizedek;  and  the  next  day  we  reckoned  there- 
from,  and  it  agreed  with  our  first  reckoning. 

The  day  after  we  made  an  end  of  observing  the 
stars  and  of  recording  their  places,  Melchizedek  and 
Job  departed;  but  I  tarried  there  in  the  land  of 
Egypt  other  three  days. 


46 


ENOCH.  TllR  PHILISTINE. 


On  the  second  night  after  their  departure, 
whether  it  was  in  a  vision  or  in  a  dream  I  cannot 
tell,  but  my  father  came  unto  me,  and  stood  besu k 
me  smiling,  and  naid.  Thus  far  thou  hast  done  well. 
Turn  not  back  from  this  thing.  I  am  here  to  pre- 
pare thee  for  the  coming  of  one  k  outer  than  T.  lie 
will  be  with  thee,  in  all  thou  hast  to  do.  ev^n  when 

thou  seest  him  not.  , 

Thereupon  my  father  vanished  from  my  sight,  and 
I  began  to  awake.      When  I  opened  mine  eyes- 
being  neither  asleep  nor  altogether  awake-I  saw  a 
man  standing  in  the  door  of  my  pavi'.ion;  and  he 
was  glorious  in  appearance,  like  unto  the  angels  of 
God?  for  I  perceived  him  by  the  light  that  shone 
from  his  raiment  and  from  his  count,  .ance.     He 
moved  swiftly  toward  me.  as  one  that  toucheth  not 
the  earth  with  his  feet;  and  when  he  was  beside  my 
bed  he  uncovered  my  breast,  and  laid  his  hands 
thereon  for  a  little  season.      Then  he  passed  hts 
hands  up  and  down  over  my  face,  many  t:mes;  and 
when  he  drew  them  away  my  spint  followed  them, 
and  came  out  of  my  body.     In  that  moment  I  was 
filled  with  delight  surpassing  the  chiefest  pleasure 
it  is  given   man  to   know.      An  instant  my  spmt 
lingered,  hovering  over  the  bed.  and  ^o.ked  down 
in  wonder  upon  my  body  that  was  prone  thereon, 
as  if  in  sleep. 


KNOCII,  TmC  PlIir.lSTINE. 


47 


parture, 
[  cannot 
id  beside 
jnc  well, 
c  to  pre- 
n  T.  He 
mn  when 

dght,  and 
ic  eyes — 
— 1  saw  a 
i;  and  he 
angels  of 
hat  shone 
ince.     He 
icheth  not 
beside  my 
his  hands 
passed  his 
times;  and 
wed  them, 
lent  I  was 
st  pleasure 
:  my   spirit 
luked  down 
ne  thereon, 


He  who  had  come  to  me  spake  no  word;  but  he 
beckoned,  and  I  followed  him  up  through  the  cover- 
ing  of  my  pavilion;  for  it  was  as  nothing  to  us. 
Together  we  ascended  to  a  great  height,  and  fl.mted 
in  the  air  as  the  clouds  float,  Siive  that  we  went 
whither  we  would. 

And  he  that  was  with  me  spake  no  word,  but  he 
pointed  afar  to  the  south.  And  I  looked,  and, 
behold,  a  naked  rock;  and  the  rock  grew  into  a 
great  hill,  and  went  on  to  grow  until  it  became  a 
mountain.  And  the  mo:  itain  was  four  s(iuare  at 
the  foot,  and  the  sides  of  it  were  smooth  as  if  they 
were  made  of  hammered  stone,  and  they  inclined, 
the  east  side  toward  the  west  and  the  west  side 
toward  the  east,  the  north  side  toward  the  south  and 
the  .south  side  toward  the  north,  and  they  came 
together,  in  a  sharp  point,  at  the  top. 

And  yet  he  that  was  with  me  spake  no  word;  but 
while  I  looked,  and  marveled  to  see  the  rock  grow 
into  a  mountain,  he  pointed  up  into  heaven,  and, 
lo,  a  shaft  of  light,  reaching  far  above  all  height 
that  the  eye  of  man  could  see,  descended  and  rested 
on  the  top  of  the  mountain.  Then  he  that  was  with 
me  spake  and  said : 

Remember  the  things  thou  hast  seen.  In  the 
days  to  come  they  shall  be  for  thy  guidance;  and 
shall  strengthen  thine  heart  when  thou  shalt  be 


48  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

ready  to  faint.     I  am  Enoch  thy  forefather  that  was 
taken  from  among  men  without  death.     Therefore 
it  is  that  I  cannot  speak  often  with  thee  as  a  man 
speaketh  with  his  friends;  for  thy  flesh  isjet  un- 
changed; and  it  would  not  be  for  thy  good  that  I 
should  many  times  call  thy  spirit  out  of  thy  body  as 
I  have  done  this  night.     But  fear  thou  not  to  break 
the  seal  of  the  Roll  of  Enoch,  nor  to  read  the  wnt 
ing,  nor  to  put  thy  hand  to  the  work  it  shall  tell 
thee  of.      The  God  of  Heaven  will  be  with  thee. 
Therefore  fear  not. 

Then  we  descended  toward  the  earth,  and  passed 
through  the  covering  of  my  pavilion  to  the  bed 
whereon  my  body  was  lying.  And  Enoch  touched 
my  body,  and  passed  his  hands  over  it  as  he  dxd  a 
the  first,  and  my  spirit  returned  into  my  body;  but 
Enoch  vanished  out  of  my  sight. 

The  next  day  I  set  forth  to  return  to  Phihstia. 


ENOCH,  TH»5  THILISTINE. 


that  was 
herefore 
IS  a  man 

yet  un- 
,d  that  I 
r  body  as 

to  break 
the  writ- 
shall  tell 
•ith  thee. 

id  passed 
I  the  bed 
1  touched 
,  he  did  at 
body;  but 

lilistia. 


49 


CHAPTER  IX. 

On  the  forty  and  sixth  day  after  I  observed  the 
Pleiades  I  took  the  brass  encasement,  wherein  was 
the  Roll  of  Enoch,  to  open  it,  for  in  thirty  years  and 
one  day  from  that  time  the  Pleiades  would  stand 
fair  over  the  place  where  the  river  of  Egypt  flows 
into  the  Middle  Sea.  When  I  examined  it  on  every 
side  there  was  no  joint,  nor  any  fastening  that  the 
eye  could  see.  So  I  sent  for  Nebal,  the  armorer, 
because  he  was  skillful  to  work  in  iron  and  in  brass,' 
and  I  demanded  of  him  how  the  encasement  could 
be  opened  without  marring  it. 

Nebal  took  the  encasement  in  his  hands  and 
turned  it  every  way  to  the  light,  and  shook  it  up 
and  down.  Last  of  all  he  struck  on  it  with  the  ends 
of  his  fingers,  and  hearkened  carefully  to  the  sound. 
And  when  one  side  gave  forth  a  different  sound 
from  that  made  by  the  others,  Nebal  placed  his 
thumbs  on  the  center  of  that  side,  and  pressed  hard 
on  the  place,  and  lo,  the  top,  whereon  the  words 
were  graven,  flew  up.  Then  we  saw  that  there  was 
a  fastening  on  the  inside  that  caught  when  the  lid 
was  pressed  down,  and  could  not  be  loosed  but  by 
pressing  on  that  side.     I  sent  Nebal  away  as  soon  as 


so  ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 

the  encasement  was  opened,  for  I  would  be  alone 

with  the  Roll  of  Enoch.  ,  , ,   ,  , 

I  took  out,  first,  a  separate  parchment,  folded  to 
the   size  of  the  encasement,  and  sealed.      This  I 
opened,  and  these  were  the  words  written  thereon: 
Son  of  Enoch,  if  thou  canst  obey  not  knowmg  at 
the  first  what  thou  art  to  do  at  the  last,  then  go 
straightway  into  the  land  of  Egypt,  and  there  abide 
in  the  place  I  will  tell  thee  of.     Take  with  thee  thy 
flocks  and  herds,  for  thou  shalt  be  a  shepherd  in 
that   land.      And  take    thy  man-servants   and  thy 
maid.servants,   thy    wife  also  and    thy  sons    and 
daughters,  if  thou  hast  them;  for  thy  sojourn  m 
Egypt  shall  be  long.     But  be  careful  that  thou  take 
neither  sword  nor  spear,  neither  javelin  nor  bow 
nor  shield.     Behold,  thou  goest  a  man  of  peace,  to 
do  a  work  of  peace,  that  shall  be  for  the  honor  of  the 
God  of  Heaven,  and  for  the  welfare  of  mankind  so 
long  as  there  shall  be  men  on  the  earth.     My  son 
^ive  good  heed  to  this  matter;  for  it  is  ordained  that 
whoso  doeth  this  work  shall  be  naked  to  the  stroke 
of  every  one  that  would  hinder,  save  that  the  Lord 
God  himself  will  be  his  shield  and  buckler.     Thou 
Shalt  not  smite  the  opposer  thyself;  neither  shalt 
thou  be  thine  own  defense.     When  thou  goest  into 
Egypt,  with  thy  flocks  and  herds  and  all  that  is 
thine,  thou  Shalt  dwell  between  the  outn>ost  branches 


i\  I 


c  alone 

)lded  to 

This  I 
;hereon : 
wing  at 
then  go 
re  abide 
thee  thy 
aherd  in 
and  thy 
ons    and 
journ  in 
hou  take 
nor  bow 
peace,  to 
aor  of  the 
inkind  so 

My  son, 
lined  that 
the  stroke 

the  Lord 
sr.  Thou 
ther  shalt 
goest  into 
all  that  is 
It  branches 


ENOCH,  THR  PHILISTIN:  .  51 

of  the  River  of  Egypt,  from  the  place  of  the  divid- 
ing of  the  waters  of  the  river  to  the  coast  of  the 
Middle  Sea.  That  thou  mayest  do  so  thou  shalt 
first  make  treaty  with  the  king  of  Egypt,  wherein  he 
shalt  covenant  with  thee  that  thou  shalt  dwell  there 
in  peace,  and  thou  shalt  covenant  with  him  what 
tribute  thou  must  pay  therefor.  Fear  not  to  go. 
Thou  shalt  prosper  in  that  land  and  have  favor  with 
the  king.  After  five  years  thou  shalt  have  further 
knowledge  of  what  is  required  of  thee. 

When  I  had  read  all  the  writing  on  the  separate 
parchment  I  took  the  great  roll  out  of  the  encase- 
ment. It  also  was  sealen  up  with  many  seals,  and 
on  it  was  written : 

Son  of  Enoch :  Break  the  seals  hereof  and  read 
the  writing  five  years  from  this  the  day  of  the  first 
opening. 

So  I  put  the  roll  back  into  the  encasement  for 
five  years;  but  I  kept  the  parchment  out,  that  I 
might  ponder  all  that  was  written  thereon.  When  I 
had  well  considered  everything  with  myself— how 
that  I  must  go  down  into  Egypt  and  abide  there  for 
a  long  season,  but  could  not  tell  how  long,  nor 
wherefore  it  was  that  I  was  going— I  was  troubled ; 
and  I  went  to  Zillah,  my  wife,  and  read  the  writing 
to  her. 

Perceiving  that  I  was  greatly  perplexed,  Zillah 


52  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

said  unto  me:     Let  not  my  lord  think  that  I  am 
overbold  to  speak  of  things  too  high  for  me.     And  I 
answered:     Thou  shalt  speak  freely  all  that  is  in 
thine  heart,  for  this  thing  concerneth  thee.      But 
consider,  I  pray  thee,  that  in  journeying  to  Egypt,  I 
must  go  as  a  man  of  peace,  carrying  no  weapon  of 
war-  and  that  I  must  take  thee  with  me;  and  that 
we  must  go  through  a  part  of  the  country  of  the 
Canaanites;  and  that  they  are  a  fierce  people,  given 
to  do  violence  to  any  that  go  their  way.     If  I  might 
carry  sword  and  shield  I  would  not  fear  to  encounter 
them.     But  how  shall  I  dare  to  let  them  look  on  thy 
beauty  when  it  is  not  permitted  me  to  defend  thee? 
Then  Zillah  opened  her  lips  and  spake  as  one  in  a 
trance,  her  eyes  being  fixed,  and  looking  afar,  as  if 
they  saw  the  face  of  God;  and  she  said: 

The  Most  High  is  above  all!  It  is  better  to  shel- 
ter  within  his  defenses  than  to  dwell  in  a  walled 
city'  His  lightest  word  of  wrath  is  heavier  in  its 
smiting  that  the  sword  of  the  mighty!  Who  shall 
break  through  when  he  defendeth?  Let  not  my  lord 
fear  to  go  forth  to  the  land  of  Egypt;  nor  to  take 
me  with  him;  nor  to  go  as  a  man  of  peace;  for  none 
shall  prevail  to  do  harm  to  my  lord  or  to  any  of  his, 
until  he  hath  overcome  the  Almighty! 

When  Zillah  had  thus  spoken  she  wakened  as  one 
coming  out  of  a  deep  sleep;  and  we  had  further 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


53 


at  I  am 
And  I 
lat  is  in 
:e.      But 
Egypt,  I 
eapon  of 
and  that 
■y  of  the 
lie,  given 
■  I  might 
sncounter 
ok  on  thy 
jnd  thee? 
s  one  in  a 
afar,  as  if 

sr  to  shel- 
a  walled 
rier  in  its 
SVho  shall 
)t  my  lord 
or  to  take 
;  for  none 
any  of  his, 

led  as  one 
ad  further 


conference,  and  were  of  one  mind— that  we  would 
go  to  the  land  of  Egypt  as  our  father,  Enoch,  had 
commanded.  The  next  day  I  sent  Gomer  the  cap- 
tain and  Salmon  the  scribe  with  a  band  of  ten,  to 
make  treaty  with  the  king  of  Egypt;  and  I  gave 
them  this  writing,  and  charged  them  to  give  it  into 
the  king's  own  hand : 

To  Suphis,  king  of   Egypt,   Enoch  of  Philistia, 
sendeth  greeting  and  all  good  will.      Doubtless,  O 
king,  thou  hadst  knowledge  of  my  father,    Admon 
of  Philistia,  for  he  was  a  man  of  repute  in  the  chief 
cities  of  thy  kingdom.     Be  it  known  unto  thee  that 
my  father  is  dead,  and  that  I  desire  to  come  into 
thy  country  with  my  flocks  and  herds  and  all  ray 
household,    to  dwell  there    under  thy    protection, 
between    the  outmost    branches  of    the  River  of 
Egypt,  from  the  dividing  of  the  waters  of  the  river 
to  the  coast  of  the  Middle  Sea.     If  it  seem  good  unto 
thee  that  I  shall  dwell  there  in  peace,  then  thou  and 
Salmon,  my  scribe,  shall  determine  the  tribute   I 
shall  pay  thee  therefor,  and  all  other  matters  con- 
cerning which  I  have  instructed  him  to  treat  with 
thee.     And  let,  I  pray  thee,  the  treaty  be  written 
twice,  that  the  one  writing  may  be  with  thee  and 
the  other  with  me. 

When  Gomer  and  Salmon    had  departed  I  sent 
another  band  of  ten,  under  Jason  the  trumpeter,  to 


fc  mAOax^  *  j»Tv-*^'^Bi^mN>w  ^  mtikj^  ,t»:r-'^^  * 


vc.*Hf3f^X*^  ^|r>'-,-*"miii»  y-t-  -; 


iryfiyhfy^i^jiag^p^v^^  - 


54  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

take  ZiUah  to  her  father's  house  that  she  might  abide 
there  certain  days  before  we  would  go  into  Egypt. 
Then  I  considered  all  that  I  must  set  in  order 
before  going  forth.     I  determined  to  leave  Gomer 
in  charge  of  the  palace,  and  of  all  the  treasure  my 
father  had  gathered,  that  they  might  be  in  readi- 
ness   when  we    would  come    again   from    Egypt. 
Moreover.  I  knew  that  Gomer  could  not  conform 
himself  to  the  ways  of  peace;  for  he  was  altogether 
a  man  of  war,  and  the  scent  of  battle  was  a  delight  m 
his  nostrils.     I  also  determined  that  I  would  leave^ 
on  my  pasture  lands  in  Philistia,  a  few  of  every  kind 
of  four-footed  beasts  I  possessed,  and  that  Jason  and 
,    three  others  should  remain  to  care  for  them. 

After  thirty  days  Salmon  and  Gomer  returned 
from  Egypt,  bringing  with  them  the  treaty  they  had 
made,  and  also  this  letter  from  the  king : 

Suphis.  king  of  Egypt,  to  Enoch  of  Phihstia  send- 
eth  greeting.     It  pleaseth  me  well  to  make  treaty 
with  thee  as  thou  hast  desired.     Thou  shalt  dwell  m 
peace  on  all  the  land  between  the  outmost  branches 
of  the  River  of  Egypt.     Thou  shalt  not  be  required 
to  bow  down  to  the  gods  of  Egypt,  nor  to  serve 
them  in  anyway;  albeit,  there  are  no  gods  like  them 
in  all  the  earth.     Thou  shalt  not  be  required  to  do 
battle  in  any  war  I  may  make.     In  return  for  thy 
privilege  in  Egypt  thou  shalt  pay  a  tribute,  each 


returned 
they  had 

stia  send- 
,ke  treaty 
t  dwell  in 
:  branches 
e  required 
■  to  serve 
;  like  them 
lired  to  do 
m  for  thy 
bute,  each 


H 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


55 


tit  abide 
Egypt, 
n  order 
I  Gomer 
jure  my 
n  readi- 
Egypt. 
conform 
together 
lelight  in 
Id  leave, 
'^ery  kind 
ason  and 


year,  of  one  fifth  of  all  thine  increase,  whether  it  be 
of  thy  flocks  and  herds,  or  of  the  fruit  of  the  earth 
when  thou  sowest  aught  therein.  I  have  commanded 
my  servants  what  they  shall  do  to  empty  the  land 
where  thou  shalt  dwell;  and  the  captain  of  my 
guard,  with  fifty  chariots,  will  meet  thee  a  day's 
journey  from  thence,  to  bring  thee  in  and  settle  thee 
there. 


'I 


-,  ■t"?'*»=?»'2^53rr--''T?Ki;5-i--:  r"-'^'^--"'^- ■-^-^*««=:=3r-rri::v--^^,s^-i:-^4"-'--' ^*. 


56 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


CHAPTER  X. 
On  the  morning  of  our  departure  from  Philistia  I 
gathered  together  all  the  persons  I  purposed  to  take 
with  me  into  Egypt-ZiUah  and  Salmon,  the  herds- 
men  and   shepherds,  the  man-servants  and  maid- 
servants-in  all  an  hundred  and  sixty  and  seven  souls. 
These  I  caused  to  stand  round  about  the  altar  where 
we  were  wont  to  worship  God,  and  I  offered  a  burnt 
sacrifice,  and  prayed  to  the  God  of  Heaven,  saymg: 
Think  on  us,   thy   servants,   O   Lord  God,   and 
remember  that  we  go  forth  this  day  from  the  home 
of  our  fathers,  and  from  all  the  pleasant  thmgs  of 
our  life,  and  from  the  graves  where  we  have  buned 
our  dead.     And  remember  that  we  go  to  journey 
through  the  borders  of  a  people  fierce  and  bloody; 
and  that  it  is  not  permitted  us  to  carry  any  weapon 
of  war,  wherewith  to  defend  our  women  and  our 
children  and  our  possessions.     Remember  that  we 
go  to  dwell  in  the  land  of  Egypt  as  strangers,  not 
knowing  what  of  evil  may  threaten  us  there,  nor 
what  it  is  we  are  to  do  for  thee  in  that  land.     There- 
fore we  entreat  thee,  charge  thyself  with  the  care  of 
us  while  we  are  on  this  journey  that  we  begin 
to-day,  and  throughout  the  time  of  our  sojourn  m 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


57 


hilistia  I 
d  to  take 
[le  herds- 
id  maid- 
ren  souls. 
:ar  where 
d  a  burnt 
1,  saying: 
Grod,   and 
the  home 
things  of 
ve  buried 

0  journey 
d  bloody; 
ly  weapon 

1  and  our 
sr  that  we 
LUgers,  not 
there,  nor 
i.  There- 
the  care  of 

we  begin 
sojourn  in 


Egypt.  O  Lord  God,  behold  and  see;  we  have  no 
defenses  of  our  own,  but  are  naked  to  the  stroke  of 
every  one  that  would  make  a  spoil  of  us,  or  would 
hinder  us  in  that  which  we  go  forth  to  do.  Think 
on  us,  O  Lord  God,  and  be  our  defense,  on  the  right 
hand  and  on  the  left,  before  us  and  behind  us,  until 
thou  Shalt  bring  us  again  into  our  own  country. 

Then  we  set  forth.  Ten  days  we  journeyed 
toward  Egypt,  passing  through  the  borders  of  the 
Canaanites  and  of  the  Eberites;  and  no  man's  hand 
was  lifted  against  us,  save  that  the  Canaanites 
demanded  a  tribute  of  cattle  for  passing  their  way, 
and  I  paid  it  without  gainsaying.  The  Eberites, 
who  are  the  children  of  Shem,  did  not  so;  but,  con- 
trariwise, they  sent  us  presents  and  greetings  of 
goodwill,  as  though  we  had  been  their  brethren. 
Moreover,  the  Eberites  gave  me  shelter  and  procor 
when  mine  enemy  pursued  hard  after  me,  and 
thought  to  swallow  me  up. 

It  came  to  pass,  on  the  ninth  day  of  our  journey, 
that  I  was  sitting  in  the  door  of  my  pavilion  at  even- 
tide. And,  behold,  one  of  my  servants  came  run- 
ning unto  me,  saying:  Gomer  hath  sent  a  messen- 
ger in  great  haste,  from  the  palace  in  Philistia;  and 
although  the  man  is  ready  to  faint  with  hunger  and 
with  weariness,  he  will  neither  eat  nor  drink  until 
he  hath  had  speech  with  thee.    Thereupon  I  bade 


§8 


ENOCH,  THE  PHH.ISTINE. 


them  bring  the  messenger  unto  me;  and  when   I 
demanded  of   him   the   tidings  he    brought  from 

Gomer,  he  said : 

My  lord,  I  am  sent  in  all  haste  to  tell  thee  that 
the  elder  son  of  Hanac  the  Robber  did  not  perish  in 
the  valley,  for  that  he  was  with  the  Amorites,  his 
father's  kindred,  at  the  time  of  the  battle.     Further- 
more, this  Hanac  the  Younger  hath  risen  up  in  his 
father's  stead,  to  prey  upon  the  (locks  and  herds; 
also  he  seeketh  vengeance  for  the   slaying  of  his 
father.     In  pursuing  after  him  Gomer  took  captive 
one  of  Hanac's  men;   and  he,  to  redeem  his  life, 
revealed  unto  Gomer  that  his  master  hath  gathered 
a  band  of  an  hundred  and  fifty  men,  and  purposeth 
to  overtake  thee  among  the  desolate  mountains  that 
lie  between  the  borders  of  Canaan  and  the  borders 
of  Eber.     And  he  hath  vowed  that  there  he  will  cut 
thee  off,  root  and  branch,  and  will  make  a  spoil  of 
all  that   thou   hast,  and   will  carry   into  captivity 
Zillah,  thy  wife,  and  all  the  women  of  thy  company. 
And  Gomer  bade  me  say  unto  thee  that  if  thou  wilt 
give  him  leave,  he  will  follow  after  Hanac,  and  will 
overtake  him  before  he  can  overtake  thee,  and  will 
fall  upon  him  from  behind  and  smite  him  and  his 
men  that  they  shall  trouble  thee  no  more. 

When  the  messenger  had  said  all  these  words,  I 
commanded  him:     Let  this  matter  be  between  thee 


L 


ENOCH.  TMli;  PHILISTINE. 


S9 


when   I 
It  from 

lee  that 
)erish  in 
•ites,  his 
Further- 
ip  in  his 
lI  herds; 
g  of  his 
:  captive 

his  life, 
gathered 
>urposeth 
:ains  that 
5  borders 
e  will  cut 
a  spoil  of 

captivity 
company, 
thou  wilt 
;,  and  will 
,  and  will 
n  and  his 

5  words,  I 
;ween  thee 


and  mc  alone.  See  that  thou  tell  no  man  here  any 
part  of  what  thou  hast  told  me.  In  the  morning, 
when  thou  art  refreshed,  I  will  .send  thee  forth  on  a 
beast  that  is  not  weary;  and  thou  shalt  return  with 
all  speed  to  Gomer,  and  say  unto  him  that  I  forbid 
him  to  follow  after  Hanac.  Say  unto  him  that  I 
charge  him  again,  by  thy  mouth,  to  abide  there,  on 
the  pasture  lands  and  in  the  palace,  to  keep  in  safety 
all  that  I  left  in  his  charge. 

Then  I  sent  forth  Salmon  on  a  swift  dromedary, 
and  charged  him  to  ride  through  the  passage  that  is 
between  the  mountains  and  Icadeth  unto  the  borders 
of  Eber;  and  to  find  the  tents  of  Elam,  the  chief  of 
the  Eberites,  before  he  gave  rest  to  himself  or  his 
beast ;  and  to  give  unto  the  hand  of  Elam  a  letter  I 
liad  written. 

In  the  letter  I  told  Elam  how  I.  was  going  into 
Egypt,  and  was  being  pursued  by  the  enemy  of  my 
father's  house,  and  that  I  was  not  permitted  to  do 
battle  in  defense  of  my  possessions  and  of  my  people. 
I  told  him,  also,  that  I  purposed  to  send  forward  in 
haste  my  people  and  my  flocks  and  herds  through 
the  passage  that  lieth  between  the  desolate  moun- 
tains, while  I,  with  twelve  of  my  men,  would  tarry 
behind  to  deal  with  him  that  pursued  me,  without 
weapons  of  war.  And  I  prayed  Elam  to  meet  my 
people  as  they  would  issue  from  the  mountains  in 


fji' 


6o 


ENOCH.  THK  PHILISTINE. 


their  flight;  and  to  comfort  and  keep  them  in  safety 
until  I  could  come  to  them ;  and  that  Salmon,  my 
scribe,  might  be  with  him  when  he  would  meet  my 
people,  lest  they  should  be  in  fear  of  him  and  his 

men  of  war. 

When  Salmon  was  well  on  his  way  to  the  tents  of 
Elam,  I  sent  for  the  sheepmaster  and  the  chief 
herdsman,  and  commanded  them,  saying: 

Before  ye  sleep  go  through  the  camp  and  warn 
every  man  and  the  women  also  to  be  in  readiness  to 
set  forth  at  the  break  of  day.     After  ye  set  forth, 
tarry  no  more  for  sleep  until  ye  shall  have  passed 
through  the  desolat"  mountains  into  the  borders  of 
the  Eberites.     Until  then  stay  not  at  all,  save  when 
the  people  and  the  beasts  are  over-weary  and  faint 
with  hunger,  that  they  may  eat  a  little,  and  quench 
their  thirst.     Ye  will  come  to  the  mountains  before 
the  going  down  of  the  sun  to-morrow;  and  all  the 
night  ye  shall  press  forward  through  the  passage- 
it  is  well  known  to  the  guides— until  ye  be  some  way 
into  the  country  of  the  Eberites.     There  ye  may 
tarry  at  ease  that  the  people  and  the  beasts  may  be 
refreshed;  and  there  will  I  come  unto  you. 

Then  I  sent  for  Zillah,  and  told  her  all  the  words 
of  the  messenger  that  had  come  from  Gomer,  and 
how  I  purposed  to  send  her  and  all  the  people,  save 
the  twelve  who  would  be  with  me,  and  all  the  beasts 


RNOCIl.  TfFE  PIIIMSTINR. 


in  safety 

non,  my 

licet  my 

and  his 

I  tents  of 
he  chief 

nd  warn 
diness  to 
,et  forth, 
e  passed 
orders  of 
ave  when 
:ind  faint 
d  quench 
ns  before 
id  all  the 
passage — 
some  way 
3  ye  may 
ts  may  be 

the  words 
omer,  and 
lople,  save 
the  beasts 


before  me  into  Eber,  and  that  Klani,  with  Salmon, 
would  meet  tlicm  as  they  issued  from  the  mountains, 
The  next  morning  I  sent  them  forward;  but  land 
the  twelve  tarried  until  mid  day  where  the  camp  had 
been.  Then  I  took  three  of  the  men  and  rode  to  the 
top  of  a  hill  that  overlooked  the  way  we  had  come, 
and  there  I  charged  them,  saying: 

Stay  ye  here  and  watch  for  the  coming  of  Hanac 
the  Younger;  for  he  followeth  after  me  to  destroy 
me  and  all  th.it  is  mine.  When  ye  see  him  coming 
this  way— while  he  is  yet  afar  off— ride  swiftly 
toward  the  mountains,  and  when  ye  come  to  the  path 
that  licth  between  them,  two  of  you  shall  watch 
there  until  ye  see  Hanac  and  his  men  pressing 
toward  it,  and  the  other  shall  ride  on  through  the 
passage  to  the  place,  in  the  midst  of  the  mountains, 
where  I  will  await  you.  When  Hanac  cometh  near 
to  the  foot  of  the  mountains  the  two  that  keep  watch 
there  shall  press  forward  to  me,  for  I  would  know 
beforehand  where  Hanac  will  be  when  it  shall  draw 
near  to  midnight  and  be  very  dark. 

Then,  leaving  the  three  to  watch  on  the  hill,  I 
took  with  me  the  nine  that  remained  and  rode  for- 
ward to  the  mountains.  When  we  had  gone  about  a 
furlong  on  the  narrow  way  that  lieth  between  the 
steep  sides  we  left  our  horses  in  a  safe  place,  and 
measured  the  passage  where  it  was  narrowest.     And 


TT 


62  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE, 

we  looked  out  a  cedar  tree  that  was  tall  and  slender 
we  lookea  out  ^  .,  .^  .t,„  leneth  that  would 

and  felled  it,  and  cut  it  to  the  lengt 
reach  from  side  to  side  of  the  way.    Of  the  to,. 
Te  tree  we  made  braces  and  posts  that  would  sup- 
nrt  the  L  and  hold  it  firmly  in  place  at  the  height 
Z  wou^  st^Ue  the  leg  of  a  horse  midway  hetween 
the  knee  and  the  shoulder.      These  pieces-the  bar, 
he  nosts  and  the  braces-we  laid  lengthwise  of  the 
passage  dose  to  the  sides  thereof,  until  our  time  to 
'hem  would  come.     Then  we  went  forward  m 
Z  wa^and  found  other  two  narrow  places,  and  d^d 
tkelis',  leaving   at  each   a  bar,  with  posts   and 
braces,  ready  to  be  set  up. 


} 

bai 

wr< 

As 

our 

on  : 

Wh< 

seei 

the; 

to  V 

of  t 

shal 

T 

pass 

and 

men 

Ti 

mou 

hear 

thee 

have 

Thei 

your 


«jSS'*5*f.1 


slender, 
at  would 
le  toy  of 
)uld  sup- 
be  height 
'  between 
—the  bar, 
ise  of  the 
ur  time  to 
"orward  in 
iS,  and  did 
posts   and 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE.  63 


CHAPTER  XI. 

When  we  had  finished  our  labor  in  preparing  the 
bars  the  shadows  of  evening  were  upon  us,  for  we 
wrought  where  the  passage  was  deep  and  narrow. 
As  we  were  returning  to  the  place  where  we  had  left 
our  horses,  one  of  the  three  I  had  set  to  keep  watch 
on  the  hill  came  up  the  pr.th,  riding  swiftly.     And 
When  he  came  near  he  cried  out,  My  lord,  we  have 
seen  the  band  of  Hanac  coming  this  way.     While 
they  were  very  far  off  we  saw  them ;  and  I  am  come 
to  warn  thee,  while  my  companions  wait  at  the  foot 
of  the  mountains  to  bring  thee  word  when  Hanac 
shall  be  about  to  enter  this  passage. 

Then  I  knew  that  mine  enemy  would  not  enter  the 
passage  until  the  darkness  of  night  would  prevail- 
and  I  was  rejoiced  thereat.  So  I  took  two  of  the' 
men,  and  said  unto  them : 

Tarry  ye  here  on  foot,  while  we  go  further  into  the 
tnountains,  taking  your  horses  with  us.  When  ye 
hear  the  tread  of  Hanac's  band  hide  yourselves  in 
the  clefts  of  the  rock  and  wait  until  the  last  of  them 
have  gone  by  all  the  places  where  the  bars  are 
Then  come  out  of  your  hiding  places,  and  work  with 
your  might.     Set  up  each  bar  on  the  posts  provided 


i  !^ 


64  ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE, 

and  brace   it  firmly  with  the  braces.      Afterward 
come  a  little  further  into  the  mountains  and  seek 
ouT  places  to  hide  in  high  up  in  the  -f »  """'^ 
pllge,  and  stay  therein  until  ye  hear  the  band  o 
Hanac  Seeing  past  you  the  way  they  came_      S  e 
that  ye  be  high  up  the  rocks,  for  .t  ye  be  down  m 
he  way  of  them  that  flee,  ye  will  surely  d.e  ulder 
ThL  f  Jet.     GO  not  back  to  look  on  the  destruct^n 
that  will  have  been   wrought  on  man  and   beast 
among  the  bars,  for  some  of  them  may  escape  alwe, 
Td  ye  are  not  armed;  but  press  forward  through  the 
pasie,  toward  Eber,  until  ye  overtake  us  m  the  way 
men  I  had  fully  charged  the  two  who  were  to  set 
up  the  bars  behind  Hanac,  Itook  the  rest  of  the  men 
and  went  forward  toward  Eber,  fully  twenty    ur- 
"ngs     There  we  awaited  the  coming  of  the  watch- 
men  from  the  foot  of  the  mountains;  and  wh.le  we 
"Led  I  made  ready  to  meet  and  turn  backmme 

"S,  Ben-Gabriel  was  one  of  the  twelve  I  had 
Choi  to  be  with  me,  and  he  was  skillful  to  make 
an  ktds  of  instruments  of  music,  as  was  Tubal-Cam 
;  fore  the  flood.    He  made  trumpets  and  -nets  o 
beaten   silver,  and  stringed   instruments  of  four 
strings,  and  of  seven  strings,  and  of  ten  stnngs;  and 
hey  w  re  a  delight  to  the  ear.    In  fixing  the  sound 
ZLm  he  thought  of  the  singing  otbtrds,  and  o, 


terward 
nd  seek 
s  of  the 

band  of 
le.     See 

down  in 
ie  uiider 
struction 
nd   beast 
ipe  alive, 
rough  the 
1  the  way. 
ere  to  set 
•f  the  men 
^enty  fur- 
he  watch- 
L  while  we 
back  mine 

jlve  I  had 
nl  to  make 
Tubal-Cain 
cornets  of 
ts  of  four 
brings;  and 
J  the  sound 
irds,  and  ol 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE.  65 

the  sound  of  the  wind  when  it  cometh  n  ■.  rom  the 
south,  blowing  softly,  and  of  the  voice  of  th^  chunder 
when,  from  afar,  it  filleth  the  firmament  of  heaven; 
and  he  sought  to  make  the  sound  of  the  harp,  the 
dulcimer,  the  cornet  and  the  trumpet  after  the  simil- 
itude of  these— each  after  its  kind. 

On  a  certain  day  while  my  father  was  yet  alive  he 
sent  for  Ben-Gabriel,  and  said  unto  him:      Thou 
hast  made   many  pleasant   instruments  of   music; 
canst  thou  make  one  fierce  and  terrible  in  sound,' 
and  that  can  be  heard  from  afar?     One  that  the 
cattle  and  the  sheep  that  have  wandered,  when  they 
hear  it,  will  be  put  in  great  fear,  so  that  they  will 
draw  together  and  seek  the  folds  for  safety?     If  thou 
canst,  it  will  be  greatly  to  the  ease  of  the  shepherds 
and  the  herdsmen;  for  then  they  can  gather  together 
and  fold  the  sheep  and  the  cattle  by  the  sound  of 
the  trumpet. 

Ben-Gabriel  answered  my  father,  and  said,  My 
lord,  I  have  sought  hitherto  to  make  only  pleasant 
sounds,  but  now  I  will  essay  to  make  what  thou 
desirest. 

Then  Ben-Gabriel  went  apart  and  thought  of  all 
that  was  terrible  in  the  howl  of  the  wolf,  and  in  the 
roar  of  the  lion,  and  in  the  groaning  of  the  earth, 
when  it  is  shaken  and  rent  asunder  by  an  earth- 
quake.    And  he  considered  how  he  might  mingle  all 


.1 


66  ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE, 

the  fierceness  and  terribleness  of  these  in  one  fear- 
ful sound;  and  he  made  a  device  therefor.  Taen 
he  made  a  great  trumpet  of  brass,  in  shape  hke  a 
ram's  horn,  but  many  times  greater.  In  the  mouth- 
piece of  the  trumpet  he  put  the  device  he  had  made; 
moreover,  he  made  the  mouthpiece  double,  and  put  m 
one  side  of  it  a  device  that  made  the  same  kind  o 
sound  as  the  device  in  the  other  side,  save  that  it 

was  a  little  lower.  roi^ri^l 

When  he  had  finished  the  trumpet,  Ben-Gabriel 
took  it  and  went  forth,  a  great  way  from  the  camp 
and  the  folds,  that  he  might  prove  it  before  he  would 
show  it  to  my  father.     And  he  put  the  trumpet  to 
his  lips  and  blew  a  blast  upon  it.  and  the  sound  was 
so  exceedingly  terrible  that  himself  was  ready  to 
faint       It  was  fierce  and  courageous,  hke  the  lion 
roaring  after  his  prey.     It  was  eag^r  and  cruel,  like 
the  voice  of  the  wolf  whe       .  is  an  hungered  and 
pursueth  long   and  halteth     ot  until  he  dnnketh 
blood.     It  was  strong  also,  and  deep  and  moving, 
like  the  great  cry  of  the  earth  when  it  is  torn  by  an 
earthquake.      And  because  there  were  two  of  the 
devices  in  the  mouthpiece  of  the  trumpet,  and  one 
was  a  little  lower  in  sound  than  the  other,  it  was  as 
if   the  whole   plain  were   covered   with   ravemng 
beasts,  and  as  if  an  earthquake  did  shake  the  ground 
whereon  he  stood. 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


67 


me  fear- 
■.  Then 
pe  like  a 
e  mouth- 
id  made ; 
nd  put  in 
e  kiiid  of 
^e  that  it 

n-Gabriel 
the  camp 
he  would 
umpet  to 
ound  was 
ready  to 
:e  the  lion 
cruel,  like 
gered  and 
3  drinketh 
d  moving, 
torn  by  an 
two  of  the 
it,  and  one 
;r,  it  was  as 
1   ravening 
the  ground 


When  my  father  heard  the  sound  of  Ben-Gabriel's 
tnimpet  he  bade  him  make  other  six;  and  thereafter 
the  herdsmen  and  the  shepherds  gathered  in  the 
wandering  cattle  and  sheep  with  the  sound  of  the 
trumpet.  When  the  beasts  heard  the  sound  thereof 
they  were  afraid,  and  sought  shelter  in  the  folds. 

On  that  night  in  the  midst  of  the  mountains  I  was 
not  afraid,  inasmuch  as  I  knew  that  I  could  discom- 
fit Hanac  the  Younger,  and  turn  him  back  from 
pursuing  me,  without  any  weapon  of  war.  I  had 
kept  with  me  Ben-Gabriel  and  other  six  trumpeters, 
each  having  a  herding  trumpet.  So  I  sent  three 
of  the  men  forward,  still  further  toward  Eber,  with 
all  the  horses  that  remained  with  us  in  the  valley,  to 
await  our  coming  out  of  reach  of  the  sound  of  the 
trumpets. 

As  it  drew  toward  midnight,  and  the  valley  was 
filled  with  thick  darkness,  we  heard  the  sound  of 
Hanac's  band,  pressing  forward  through  the  valley, 
to  overtake  and  fall  upon  us  in  our  camp  before  the 
break  of  day.  I  waited  until  the  foremost  horses 
were  well-nigh  treading  upon  us  as  we  stood  in  the 
way,  and  then  I  touched  Ben-Gabriel,  and  that  was 
the  sign  that  he  should  blow  his  trumpet. 


\\  < 


68  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


CHAPTER  XII. 
At  the  sound  of  Ben-Gabriel's  trumpet  every  horse 
in  Hanac's  band  stood  still  where  he  was  when  the 
trumpet  sounded;  and  I  heard  the  men  shouting  to 
one  another,  and  saying,  We  are  betrayed  into  an 
ambush!    We  shall  perish  in  this  valley!     And  I 
heard  the  voice  of  Hanac-it  was  like  his  father  s 
voice-cursing  them  in  the  name  of  his  gods,  and 
commanding  them  to  go  forward. 

Then  to  Ben-Gabriel's  trumpet  I  added,  one  t)y 
one,  the  other  six.     As  the  sound  grew-being  shut 
in  by  the  steep  sides  on  either  hand-it  was  terrible 
exceedingly.     The  very  rocks  were  shaken  by  it. 
The  cry,  as  of  a  thousand  wild  beasts  ravening  for 
their  prey,  pierced  the  ears  of  every  man  and  every 
beast  in  Hanac's  host.     Despite  their  riders,  the 
horses  turned  and  fled  down  the  valley,  being  terri- 
fied beyond  measure. 
And  we  drove  them  before  us  with  the  sound  of 

the  trumpets.  , 

The  men,  being  in  great  fear,  and  believmg  that 
they  were  being  pursued  by  an  armed  host,  struck 
each  at  the  man  that  was  next  behind  him.  So  were 
many  slain. 


■■"■^^  •^•w^bWTMESSTt  > 


■  ^,  "ij:^*' :'*<■-.?'«■" 


y  horse 
len  thu 
iting  to 
into  an 
And  I 
father's 
ids,  and 

one  by 
ng  shut 

terrible 
n  by  it. 
ning  for 
ad  every 
ders,  the 
:ng  terri- 

sound  of 

ving  that 

St,  struck 

So  were 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE.  69 

And  we  drove  them  before  us  with  the  sound  of 
the  trumpets. 

In  the  thick  darkness  of  the  night  the  horses  and 
their  riders  were  crushed  against  the  rocks;  they 
stumbled  also,  and  fell  in  the  way,  and  they  that 
followed  after  were  overthrown  by  the  prostrate. 
So  were  many  slain. 

And  still  we  drove  them  before  us  with  the  sound 
of  the  trumpets. 

The  narrow  valley  was  as  the  throat  of  one  great 
trumpet  of  trumpets,  uttering  forth  the  rage  of  wild 
beasts,  and  the  horrible  groaning  of  the  earth  when 
it  is  rent;  and  the  cries  of  men  in  deadly  fear  were 
mingled  therewith. 

The  residue  of  them  came  upon  the  bars  we 
had  set  up,  riding  swiftly,  as  for  their  lives,  albeit 
they  rode  to  their  death.  In  the  darkness  of 
the  night  they  could  not  perceive  that  which  was 
across  their  way.  There  were  the  last  of  them 
overthrown.  The  horses  and  the  men  fell  on 
heaps  to  rise  no  more.  If  any  passed  the  first 
bar  and  the  second,  they  fell  at  the  third.  I  know 
not  if  one  escaped  alive,  save  Hanac  the  Younger; 
him  I  was  to  meet  once  and  again  in  the  years  to 
come. 

Thus  did  we  overcome  and  turn  back  and  dis- 
comfit mine  enemy— not  by  smiting  with  the  sword, 


;o  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

nor  by  shooting  with  the  arrow,  but  by  the  sound  of 

the  trumpets  and  U .  ^  help  of  our  God. 

Then  we  turned  our  faces  toward  Eber,  and  when 
we  issued  from  between  the  desolate  mountains  mto 
the  borders  thereof,  w.  found  our  people  encamped 
in  safety,  with  the  tents  of  Elam  pitched  between 
them  and  the  mountains.  There  we  abode  at  ease, 
and  were  refreshed  and  comforted;  and  thence  we 
departed  after  three  days. 

On  the  fifteenth  day  of  our  journey  from  Philistia 
we  came  to  the  place  where  Caphtor,  the  captam  of 
King  Suphis'  guard,  awaited  us.  He  had  been 
there  seven  days,  for  the  king  sent  him  early  with 
commandment  to  wait  our  coming. 

The  seventeenth  day  we  came  to  the  eastern  branch 
of  the  River  of  Egypt,  and  encamped  there.  In  the 
morning  we  began  to  cross  the  river  on  floats,  send- 
ing  over  the  beasts  first  and  after  them  the  people. 
Before  the  sun  had  gone  down  we  pitched  our  tents 
on  the  land  whereon  our  father  Enoch  had  com- 
manded us  to  dwell.  Then  came  unto  me  Caphtor, 
the  captain  of  the  king's  guard,  and  he  said: 

AH  the  land  between  the  branches  of  the  nver  is 
before  thee,  to  pasture  where  thou  wilt,  to  sow  and 
reap  where  thou  wilt,  and  to  go  whither  soever  thou 
pleasest,  for  it  is  all  empty  before  thee.  But  my 
master  the  king  bade  me  tell  thee  that  thou  wouldst 


g,-^.i..''-%if  L^ftiS  .<**-«Ji*5'J-=^ 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


7« 


iound  of 

ad  when 
lins  into 
icamped 
between 
!  at  ease, 
lence  we 

Philistia 
aptain  of 
lad  been 
sarly  with 

rn  branch 
J.  In  the 
>ats,  send- 
he  people, 
our  tents 
had  com- 
B  Caphtor, 
id: 

the  river  is 
to  sow  and 
loever  thou 
But  my 
ou  wouldst 


do  well  to  build  thine  house,  if  thou  wilt  have  an 
house,  or  to  set  up  thy  pavilion,  on  the  hills  that  are 
near  to  the  place  where  the  waters  of  the  river 
divide.  So  shalt  thou  dwell  above  the  flood  that 
Cometh  every  year,  and  be  near  to  the  city  that  is 
beyond  the  dividing  of  the  waters. 

So  we  went  to  the  hills  that  Caphtor  told  me  of, 
three  days'  journey  to  the  north,  and  there  I  set  up 
my  pavilion,  and  we  did  rest  certain  days  and  were 
refreshed. 

After  the  period  of  rest  I  took  the  chief  herdsman 
and  the  sheepmaster,  and  we  portioned  out  all  the 
land  between  the  branches  of  the  river;  this  portion 
to  the  sheep,  that  portion  to  the  cattle,  another 
portion  to  the  horses  and  the  camels  and  the  drome- 
daries; and  yet  another  portion  where  I  would  sow 
and  reap  in  the  seasons  thereof. 

Then  I  took  Pathrus,  the  king's  tax-gatherer,  and 
Salmon,  my  scribe,  and  we  counted  the  beasts  I  had 
brought  into  Egypt,  and  there  were  of  horses  an  hun- 
dred and  sixty,  of  dromedaries  sixty,  of  camels  two 
hundred,  of  cattle  three  thousand,  and  of  sheep 
seven  thousand.  I  made  Salmon  write  the  record 
thereof  on  parchment,  twice,  that  one  writing  might 
be  with  me  and  one  with  the  king's  tax-gatherer 
against  the  time  when  I  would  pay  the  tribute. 
We  dwelt  there  in  peace  between  the  branches  of 


ja  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

the  River  of  Egypt;  and  the  God  of  Heaven  so  pros- 
ppred  me  that  in  five  years  my  flocks  and  my  herds 
were  double  as  many  as  they  were  when  I  came  mto 
Egypt,  even  after  I  had  paid  my  yearly  tribute  to 

the  king.  .  . 

Neither  had  we  distress  of  any  kind,  save  that 
the  priests  of  the  gods  of  Egypt  murmured  agamst 
us  and  whispered  in  the  ears  of  the  king  that  the 
strangers  from  Philistia  were  dcspisers  of  the  gods 
and  that  they  sent  no  offerings  of  milk  and  bread 
and  flesh  for  the  cats  and  the  hawks  that  were  holy  to 
the  gods  Ra  and  Horus.     But  the  king  remembered 
his  covenant,  and  would  not  be  incensed  against  us 
I  came  to  see  that  it  was  of  the  Lord's  wisdom  and 
mercy  that  we  were  forbidden  to  bring  into  Egypt 
any  weapon  of  war.     For  the  Egyptians  held  multi- 
tudes  of  beasts  and  birds  and  creeping  things  as 
separated  to  the  possession  of  the  gods.     The  buU. 
the  cow  and  the  ram,  the  heron,  the  vulture,  the 
hawk  and  the  ibis,  the  ape,  the  cat,  the  beet  e  and 
the  dragon,  they  esteemed  holy  to  different  of  their 
gods     If  a  man  killed  one  of  these,  of  purpose  or 
unwittingly,  it  was  death  to  him.     Therefore  was  I 
glad  that  my  archers  were    without    their    bows 
and  arrows,  for  doubtless  the  priests  would  have 
found  occasion  against  them  through  the  kilhng  of 
some  holy  beast  or  bird. 


♦««"=vsife^'jc#;  Ji*^r  ^ 


so  pros- 
ly  herds 
ame  into 
ribute  to 

jave  that 
1  against 
that  the 
the  gods, 
nd  bread 
re  holy  to 
[lembered 
gainst  us. 
isdom  and 
ito  Egypt 
eld  multi- 
things  as 
The  bull, 
ilture,  the 
beetle  and 
;nt  of  their 
purpose  or 
;fore  was  I 
heir    bows 
irould  have 
e  killing  of 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE.  73 

The  king  grew  to  love  me,  and  to  favor  me  more 
and  more.  But  Suphis  his  son,  the  Prince  of 
Egypt,  was  an  evil  man,  and  looked  on  the  beauty 
of  Zillah,  my  wife,  with  covetous  eyes;  and  Zillah 
was  in  great  fear  lest  he  should  take  her  away  by 
force.  But  I  brought  to  her  remembrance  the 
words  of  our  father  Enoch,  that  promised  us  a  sure 
defense,  and  she  was  comforted. 

It  came  to  pass  on  a  certain  morning  that,  my 

sleep  having  left  me,  I  arose  very  early  and  stood  in 

the  door  of  my  pavilion.     As  the  light  grew  stronger 

I  saw  the  bodies  of  men  prone  on  the  ground;  and 

when  I  went  near,  behold,  there  were  lying  as  though 

they  were  dead,  and  each  having  a  drawn  sword  in 

his  hand,  the  Prince  of  Egypt  and  five  men  of  the 

king's  guard.      When  I  touched  them  I  perceived 

that  they  were  not  dead.     So  I  made  an  alarm,  and 

we  carried  them  into  my  pavilion    and  recovered 

them  out  of  their  swoon;  for  they  were  not  in  any 

way  wounded  or  hurt. 

When  the  prince  was  so  far  recovered  that  he 
could  speak,  he  said:  I  pray  thee,  my  lord  Enoch, 
have  me  away  to  some  private  place  where  I  may 
speak  with  thee  alone.  So  I  led  him  into  a  place 
apart,  and  when  we  were  there  alone  he  said: 

I  am  an  evil  man.  In  the  night  I  came  near  to 
thy  pavilion,  purposing  to  carry  away  thy  wife  that 


I. 

h 


I 


1 


^'M^**^  ~#.iA;?f  « 


74  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

I  might  have  her  for  myself.     But  when  we  were 
ready  to  make  the  onset  with  drawn  swords,  sud- 
denly there  stood  before  thy  threshold  a  terrible 
presence.     H  is  garments  and  his  countenance  shone 
as  with  flames  of  fire.     As  he  looked  steadfastly  on 
us  we  were  constrained,  as  by  hands   that  could 
neither  be  seen  nor  resisted,  to  draw  near  to  him. 
And  when  wc  were  close  to  him  he  stretched  forth 
his  arms  and  swept  his  hands  over  our  faces,  and 
we  fainted  and  fell  like  dead  men,  and  knew  no 
more  until  thou  didst  recover  us.     And  now,  my 
lord,  I  pray  thee  tell  not  my  father;  neither  seek  to 
be  revenged  on  me  in  any  way;  for  from  this  day 
both  thou  and  thy  wife  and  all  that  is  thine  shall  be 

safe  from  me. 

I  forgave  the  Prince  of  Egypt,  and  sent  him  away, 
and  thereafter  Zillah  and  I  were  of  good  courage. 


"(s^ft^-^a?^^ 


,^««      .■y^<^fftff-tf*tfOI*'  * 


ENOCH.  Till-;  I'MILISTINK. 


75 


c  were 
Is,  sud- 
terrible 
e  shone 
istly  on 
t  could 
to  him. 
•d  forth 
ces,  and 
new  no 
low,  my 
r  seek  to 
this  day 
shall  be 

im  away, 
arage. 


CHAPTER  XIII. 

At  the  appointed  time,  which  was  five  years  after 
the  first  opening,  I  opened  again  the  Roll  of  Enoch 
to  read  it.  But  when  I  broke  the  seals  of  the  cover- 
ing  I  found  that  a  small  separate  parchment  was  all 
that  might  be  read  that  day.  Inclosed  therewith 
was  the  great  roll,  carefully  sealed,  and  having  on 
the  cover  these  words : 

Son  of  Enoch:  Break  not  the  seals  hereof  until 
five  years  from  this  day;  but  sec  that  thou  do  all 
that  is  written  in  the  separate  parchment. 

So  I  made  a  record  of  the  day,  and  put  the  large 
roll  back  into  the  encasement  for  five  years  more 
Then  I  unfolded  the  parchment  and  read  as  fol- 
loweth  : 

Son  of  Enoch:  Five  years  have  been  given  thee 
to  take  root  in  the  land  of  Egypt  and  to  grow  in 
favor  with  the  king.  But  thou  must  know  that  the 
work  thou  camest  to  do  cannot  be  done  while  the 
king  and  the  people  of  that  land  bow  down  to  idols 
and  serve  them.  If,  therefore,  thou  hast  found 
them  a  people  given  over  to  false  gods  thou  must 
turn  their  hearts  to  the  God  of  Heaven.  Five  years 
more  are  given  thee  wherein  to  do  this.     After  that 


>^«.w.~  .'^'ncti'W 


76 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


thou  Shalt  know  fully  wherefore  thou  art  come  into 
Egypt,  and  all  thou  must  do. 

I  was  sore  dismayed  when  I  read  these  things; 
and  I  said:  Am  I  God,  that  I  am  set  to  deal  with 
the  heart  of  a  king  and  of  a  nation,  and  to  turn 
them  whither  I  will?  The  king  and  all  the  people 
esteem  their  gods  above  all  others  in  earth  auJ 
heaven!  In  that  moment  when  I  open  my  mouth  to 
speak  against  their  gods  they  will  surely  slay  me! 

That  night  my  sleep  went  from  me  suddenly,  as 
though  some  one  had  touched  me.  When  I  awoke 
I  saw  no  presence,  neither  heard  I  any  new  sound. 
But  there  lingered  in  my  spirit  a  memory  of  words 
that  had  just  been  spoken,  and  the  sound  was  as  if 
they  had  been  given  back  from  the  face  of  some 
great  rock.  The  words  were,  Abraham  of  Chaldea! 
Abraham  of  Chaldea!  Abraham  of  Chaldea! 

Then  I  remembered  Abraham,  who  came  from 
Ur  of  the  Chaldees,  and  dwelt  in  Canaan.  I  remem- 
bered how  the  king  of  Babylon  and  all  the  people 
had  sought  his  life  because  he  had  contemned  the 
Chaldean  gods  and  had  turned  to  the  God  of  Heaven. 
And  I  remembered  how  Abraham  had  taught  the 
people  of  Charan,  and  of  the  region  round  about,  to 
forsake  their  idols  and  worship  the  Eternal  God 
that  rules  heaven  and  earth  and  all  things.  I 
remembered,  also,  how  greatly  Abraham  was  hon- 


— >»»**»j*^'-'**^'*' 


..^jy^is'V'Ui"  »'  ■■■■»■'-- .v-aa*^ ' 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


77 


ome  into 

3  things; 
ieal  with 
I  to  turn 
le  people 
arth   aiiJ 
mouth  to 
ay  me! 
idenly,  as 
I  I  awoke 
:w  sound. 
•  of  words 

was  as  if 
;  of  some 
■  Chaldea! 
a! 
;ame  from 

I  remem- 
;he  people 
3mned  the 
3f  Heaven, 
taught  the 
d  about,  to 
;emal  God 
things.  I 
1  was  hon- 


ored and  beloved  by  my  father  and  by  Melchizedek, 
king  of  Salem. 

As  I  pondered  all  these  things  in  the  night  season, 
and  considered  the  words  that  had  waked  me  out  of 
my  sleep,  I  determined  what  I  would  do  to  turn  the 
Egyptians  from  their  idols. 

In  the  morning  I  sent  forth  Salmon  the  scribe, 
with  three  of  my  servants  to  Charan ;  and  I  charged 
them  to  find  the  tents  of  Abraham,  and  deliver  into 
«  his  own  hand  a  writing  I  had  prepared.  In  the 
writing  I  prayed  Abraham  to  come  to  me  in 
Egypt,  and  dwell  with  me  there,  and  counsel  me 
how  I  might  turn  the  Egyptians  from  their  false 
gods. 

After  twenty  days  Salmon  returned,  bringing  with 
him  Abraham,  alone;  for  he  was  an  old  man,  and 
would  not  bring  his  people  and  his  possessioiis  into 
Egypt. 

Before  we  slept  that  night  I  told  Abraham  all 
that  had  come  to  pass  in  my  life  since  the  death  of 
my  father;  and  I  showed  him  the  sealed  Roll  of 
Enoch,  and  the  separate  parchments  also  that  I 
had  read. 

When  Abraham  had  heard  all  these  things,  and 
had  read  the  parchments,  he  said  unto  me: 

Surely,  the  Lord  of  Heaven  and  earth  hath  chosen 
thee  to  great  honor  and  to  do  notable  things.     Be 


78  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

not  weary  in  thy  mind  to  wait  for  his  will,  but  be 
very  courageous  and  abide  his  time  in  patience.  I 
am  ready  to  counsel  thee,  and  to  help  thee  in  the 
present  duty;  and  will  abide  with  thee  here  until 
the  gods  of  Egypt  are  cast  down  and  the  name  of 
the  God  of  Heaven  is  exalted. 


I  wt'   I '""'  'iiitTrtm  • 


,^-    .H»n>.  i  •>**  i>>*iiP  VwHa-n^  i"*.  ■•H»*-'- 


.■gfc'iWgfg*--^-* 


1 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


79 


CHAPTER  XIV. 

On  a  certain  day,  while  I  waited  occasion  to  speak 
against  the  gods  of  Egypt,  Suphis,  the  king,  sent 
vmto  me,  saying:  I  would  fain  confer  with  thee 
concerning  matters  of  moment  to  me  and  to  my 
kingdom.  I  pray  thee,  therefore,  come  to  me  at  the 
palace  in  Memphis,  on  the  morrow.  I  returned 
answer,  by  the  king's  messenger,  that  I  would 
come. 

The  next  day  I  was  met  on  my  way  to  the  palace 
by  Caphtor,  the  captain  of  the  king's  guard,  and  he 
brought  me  in  unto  the  king.  Great  honor  was 
done  me,  in  that  I  sat  at  meat  with  the  king  and  the 
queen  and  Suphis,  the  Prince  of  Egypt.  After 
meat  the  king  took  me  into  a  room  in  the  palace 
where  we  were  alone ;  and  when  he  had  caused  me 
to  sit  before  him,  and  had  looked  long  and  stead- 
fastly on  my  face,  he  said : 

I  verily  believe,  my  lord  Enoch,  that  the  gods 
have  sent  thee  unto  me  ir  a  time  of  need.  My 
kingdom  increaseth  year  by  year,  and  hath  become 
a  burden  to  me.  The  people  come  hither  from  the 
east  and  from  the  west,  from  the  north  and  from 
the  south,  out  of  every  tribe,  that  they  may  dwell  on 

6 


! 

f 


It 

V 


% 


„  jK. ,.      ■    ^vjin^'" 


8o  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

the  good  lands  that  border  the  River  of  Egypt.     Of 
men  of  war  and  captains  over  them,  I  have  more 
than  enough.     I  have  governors  of  provinces,  also, 
and  under   them  tax-gatherers   in  great  number. 
But  there  is  not  one  among  them  all  to  look  on 
every  part  of  the  kingdom  at  once,  and  order  wisely 
the  affairs  of  this  part  and  of  that  part,  so  that  the 
whole  shall  alike  prosper  and  be  at  peace.     Every 
new   people  coming  to  me  come  strangers  to  our 
gods,  and  bring  with  them  some  god  of  their  own 
that 'is  new  to  Egypt;  and  because  of  this  there  is 
bitter  jealousy  and  strife  within  the  kingdom.     I  am 
growing  old;  the  weight  of  government  lieth  heavy 
upon  me.     I  need  one,  strong-handed  and  wise,  and 
who  will  be  content  to  be  less  than  king,  to  be  with 
me  in  the  government.     My  brother,  who,  in  name, 
is  equal  with  me  in  the  kingdom,  is  nothing  at  all 
but  my  shadow.     My  son,  who  must  come  after  me 
and  reign  in  my  stead,  ceaseth  not  to  play  the  fool 
■  with  wine  and  with  women;  and  therefore  I  feai  to 
give  into  his  hands  any  power.     But  I  have  per- 
ceived  in   thee  a  spirit    of  righteousness  and  of 
excellent  wisdom,  and  of  that  kind  of  power  to 
govern  whereunto  men  yield  obedience  with  good- 
will.    I  desire  to   make  thee    the  deputy  of  the 
king,  so  that  thou  shall  be  next  tome  in  authority 
over'  all  Egypt.      Thou  shalt  wear  a  golden  chain 


i»-ite<a»j»i»g'*'" ': 


~^tu>t^~'>'»t»m'  i    • 


•  ■•» .  mile!"  i^m'..^''  w «» « am^tfK  • 


pt.     Of 
e  more 
!S,  also, 
umber, 
look  on 
r  wisely 
hat  the 
Every 
to  our 
eir  own 
there  is 
I.     I  am 
h  heavy 
rise,  and 
be  with 
n  name, 
tig  at  all 
after  me 
the  fool 
I  feai  to 
ave  per- 
i  and  of 
power  to 
Lth  good- 
y  of  the 
authority 
[en  chain 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE.  8l 

and  a  garment  of  purple.  Thou  shalt  ride  in  a 
royal  chariot,  and  the  people  shall  say,  All  hail  to 
thee,  even  as  they  do  to  me;  and  I  will  make  thee 
rich  above  every  other  man  in  Egypt,  save  only 
the  king. 

When  King  Suphis  ceased  speaking  to  me  I  stood 
up  and  made  obeisance  before  him,  and  said: 

Live  forever,  O  king!     I  am  ready  to  serve  thee 
in   the    governing   of    thy   kingdom,    without    the 
rewards  of  honor  and  riches.      We  be  plain  men, 
living  in  tents,  ard  care  not  for  royal  estate.     As  for 
riches,  I  have  more  than  abundance  in  my  flocks 
and  herds  and  in  the  great  treasures  my  father  gath- 
ered in  Philistia.      But    this  thing    must    not    be 
determined  in  a  moment.     As  the  king  knowjth  I 
worship  the  God  of  Heaven,  after  the  manner  of  my 
fathers,  and  serve  no  other  god  but  Him.     I  cannot, 
therefore,  put  my   hand  to  the  governing  of  thy 
people  without  touching  their  gods.     I  pray  thee,  let 
thy  servant  consider  this  matter  seven  days.     More- 
over,  I  have  with  me,  in  my  pavilion,  a  wise  man 
from  Chaldea,  and  I  would  take  counsel  with  him. 
If  the  king  will  so  far  condescend,  I  entreat  that 
thou  wilt  come  to  me  after  seven  days,  and  bring 
with  thee  Caphtor,  the  chief  captain  of  thy  men  of 
war.     There  we  will  confer— thou  and  Caphtor  and 
Abraham,  the  Chaldean,  and  I,  thy  servant.     After 


-3>' 


83 


ENOCH,  THli  PHILISTINE 


we  have  conferred,  I  will  give  answer  to  thy  re- 
quest. 

The  king  was  pleased  to  hearken  to  me,  and  said : 
It  is  well;  after  seven  days  I  will  come  to  thee  and 
will  bring  Caphtor  with  me. 


i«Miaat&«<aruiw  -«imBi-;0-''t*i«^ssf'^i^>X'  ?i'"Jj'i'i<")jw.»'"Ii". '  r>i»ii<" "'* 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


83 


CHAPTER  XV. 

When  I  returned  from  the  palace  I  told  Abraham 
of  the  king's  perplexity,  and  of  his  desire  to  make 
me  deputy  over  all  Egypt,  and  he  rejoiced  thereat, 
and  cried  out,  Now  shall  the  gods  of  Egypt  surely 
fall! 

After  seven  days  the  king  came  unto  me,  bringing 
Caphtor  with  him ;  and  we  had  converse  from  mid- 
day to  the  going  down  of  the  sun. 

When  I  had  made  Abraham  known  unto  the  king 
and  Caphtor,  and  we  were  all  seated,  I  said  unto  the 
king: 

I  count  myself  happy  that  thou  hast  condescended 
to  come  to  me  here.  Believe  me,  I  would  not 
have  desired  it  of  thee  were  it  not  that  there  is  that 
to  be  considered  which,  until  it  be  finished,  must  be 
known  to  none  but  ourselves. 

Whereupon  the  king  demanded  of  me,  What  things? 
And  he  went  on  to  say,  I  know  of  nothing,  save 
that,  with  the  goodwill  of  Caphtor,  I  desire  to  make 
thee  the  king's  deputy  over  all  the  governors  of 
provinces  throughout  the  kingdom,  and  to  enrich 
thee. 

I  made  answer:     There  are  other  matters,  and 


84 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


more  weighty;  and  if  my  lord,  the  king,  will  hear 
me,  I  will  now  speak  of  them.  And  he  said,  Say  on. 
Sol  spake  freely  in  the  presence  of  King  Suphis, 
and  of  Caphtor,  and  of  Abraham: 

Thy  kingdom.  O  Suphis,  prospereth  in  so  far  as 
fruitful  soil  and  a  growing  multitude  of  people  can 
cause  it  to  prosper.     For  the  River  of  Egypt  renew- 
eth  the  land  every  year,  and  the  people  of  every 
tribe  round  about  flock  to  thee  like  the  fowls  of 
the  air  when  they  seek  a  land  wherein  summer  is. 
But  they  that  come  are  not  like  the  ancient  people 
of  Egypt.     They  are  of  various  speech,  and  have 
each    their  own   traditions,   and  their   own   gods. 
Therefore  it  is  that  the  kingdom  is  well-nigh  rent 
asunder  with  the  jealousies  and  the  bitternesses  of 
the  new   people  against   one  another,  and  of  the 
Egyptians  against  the  strangers  that  come  among 
them.  Caphtor  knoweth  at  how  great  a  cost  of  treas- 
ure and  of  the  king's  men  of  war,  he  restraineth  the 
turbulence   of  the  people.     And    the  king  himself 
knoweth  that  the  priests  of  the  gods  of  Egypt  mur- 
mur against  me,   even  in  the  king's  ears,  because 
I    worship    the    God    of    Heaven,    and     will    not 
bow    down    to   the    gods   whose  priests  they  are. 
Now     while    the    people    are    divided  as  to  their 
gods',    there    cannot    be    peace.      Neither    can    I 
serve  the   king  in  the  government    while   I   wor- 


shi] 

wor 

fors 

idol 

and 

thai 

can: 

ser^ 

of '1 

all 

thai 

and 

wot 

the< 

T 
to  n 
wra 

T 
phe 

Eg3 

wor 

he 

any 

thoi 

our 

thoi 

Go 


■■^'r.t.-'^.rw- 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


<5 


11  hear 
Jay  on. 
>uphis, 

far  as 
pie  can 
renew- 
f  every 
owls  of 
imer  is. 

people 
id  have 
1   gods, 
gh  rent 
lesses  of 
[  of  the 
!  among 
of  treas- 
neth  the 

himself 
(Tpt  mur- 

because 
will  not 
they  are. 

to  their 
r  can  I 
g   I   wor- 


ship a  God  imknown  to  the  Egyptians,  and  they 
worship  gods  which  I  cannot  honor.  Except  I 
forsake  the  one  Eternal  God,  or  they  forsake  their 
idols,  they  will  hate  me,  and  resist  my  authority; 
and  the  tribulation  of  the  kingdom  will  be  greater 
than  it  now  is.  Be  it  known  unto  the  king  that  I 
cannot  change;  for  I  know  whom  I  worship  and 
serve,  that  he  is  the  only  God,  the  Maker  and  Lord 
of  'heaven  and  earth.  I  would  that  the  king,  and 
all  his  people  with  him,  would  cease  to  honor  gods 
that  are  less  than  the  least  of  all  the  king's  subjects, 
and  worship  only  the  God  of  Heaven.  Then  there 
would  be  peace  in  all  thy  borders,  and  I  could  serve 
thee  to  good  purpose. 

The  face  of  King  Suphis  grew  dark  as  he  listened 
to  my  words,  and  when  I  ceased  he  answered  me  in 
wrath,  saying: 

Thou  art  over-bold,  my  lord  Enoch !  Thou  blas- 
phemest  the  gods  of  Egypt  in  the  ears  of  the  king  of 
Egypt !  I  made  treaty  with  thee  that  thou  shouldst 
worship  and  serve  thine  own  God  in  peace — whoever 
he  may  be — and  not  be  required  to  bow  down  to 
any  of  the  gods  of  Egypt.  But  now,  by  Amun-ra! 
thou  demandest  that  we  of  Egypt  shall  turn  from  all 
our  ancient  gods  and  honor  thy  one  poor  God,  whom, 
thou  thyself  sayest,  the  eye  of  man  hath  never  seen ! 
Go  to,  thou  driveler !    We  worship  gods  that  we  can 


SSSS^-z^" 


16  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

see,  and  that  have  the  power  of  giving  life;  and  to 
give  life  is  to  create.     Is  thy  God  equal  to  Amun-ra. 
the  king  of  all  gods?    Or  to  Ptah,  the  self-bogotten 
spirit  of  the  sun,  the  greatest  life-giver  in  the  earth 
and  in  heaven?    Or  to  Ra,  the  vanquisher  of  dark- 
ness and  all  gloomy  powers?    Is  he  like  Osiris  and 
Isis,  the  founts  of  blessing  and  of  life?    Or  like  their 
offspring,  Horus,  the  pillar  of  the  world,  he  that 
rideth  in  the   sun-boat  and  woundeth  the  serpent 
Apopis,  and  overcometh  leviathan  and  treadeth  the 
dragon  under  his  feet?     These  be  some  of  our  gods, 
and  we  have  many  more  like  unto  them.     Thou 
mayest  see  them  for  thyself  in  their  temples   m 
Memphis.     In  comparison  of  them,  who  is  this  God 
of  thine,  that  no  eye  can  see,  that  no  ear  can  hear, 
and  when  thou  prayest  to  him  it  is  like  speaking  to 
the  empty  place  where  nothing  is? 

Then  Abraham,  the  Chaldean,  stood  up  before  the 
king  and  made  obeisance.     And  when  he  saw  him 
ready  to  speak  the  king's  wrath  abated;  for  Aora- 
ham  was  a  man  of  great  stature,  and  most  venerable 
in  appearance.    His  beard  reached  midway  from  his 
face  to  the  ground,  and  it  was  white  like  the  snow  on 
the  mountains.      His  hair  flowed  down  upon  his 
shoulders,  and  for  whiteness  was  as  wool  after  the 
fuller  hath  cleansed  it.    His  countenance  was  firm 
and  of  exceeding  majesty;  but  because  of  the  spirit 


of 
fac^ 
wit 
int( 


j^m^^T><r:,!*^^ff^'m*'^:-^^^^W^-^^S^^^'^^^^' 


*';*(»«K5:::^***?^??''^^3S^^?^^ 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


«7 


and  to 

nun-ra, 
ogotten 
e  earth 
)f  dark- 
iris  and 
ke  their 
he  that 
serpent 
deth  the 
ur  gods, 
Thou 
aples   in 
this  God 
;an  hear, 
jaking  to 


of  goodwill  that  dwelt  in  him,  it  was  gentle  as  the 
face  of  a  child.  His  eyes  were  like  lamps,  shining 
with  a  subdued  fire  that  was  ready  to  burst  forth 
into  flame  if  his  spirit  were  stirred. 


lefore  the 
saw  him 
'or  Aora- 
irenerable 
r  from  his 
e  snow  on 
upon  his 
after  the 
was  firm 
:  the  spirit 


•8 


ENOCH.  TllE  PHILISTINE. 


CHAr>TER    XVI. 

When  the  king  perceived  that  Abraham  would  fain 
speak  he  made  a  sign  with  his  hand.  And  Abraham 
said:  If  the  king  will  hear  me,  I  desire  to  speak  of 
the  gods  of  the  Chaldeans,  and  why  I  turned  from 
them.  After  that  I  would  a.4-  c-f  the  kin^  concern- 
ing the  gods  of  Egypt.  And  t^.-phis  consented,  say- 
ing. Thou  n:nyest  speak  all  that  is  in  thine  heart. 
Then  Abrahair  t;tretched  forth  the  hand,  and  spake 
unto  the  king,  and  said: 

When  man  worshipeth  he  ought  to  worship  upward, 
toward  a  being  greater  than  himself,  in  power,   in 
wisdom  and  in  goodness.     When  I  was  a  child  I 
went  forth  on  a  certain  day  and  looked  on  the  glory 
of  the  n  on-day  sun,  and  said  in  mine  heart,  Surely 
this  is  a  god.     So  I  worshiped  the  sun,  and  prayed 
to  it.     But  when  his  brightness  faded  away  and  was 
lost  in  the  shadows  of  evening,  I  ceased  my  supplica- 
tions, for  that  which  lacketh  stability  and  fadeth 
away  cannot  be  a  god.     And  I  was  grieved  that  I 
could  not  find  him  who  created  the  heavens  and  the 
earth.    When  the  moon  arose,  and  I  saw  it  shining 
in  heaven  surrounded  by  the  multitude  of  the  heav- 
enly host,  I  said  peradventure  these  are  the  gods 


nld  fain 
braham 
ipcak  of 
!cl  from 
loncern- 
;ed,  say- 
B  heart, 
d  spake 

upward, 
>\ver,   in 
,  child  I 
he  glory 
t,  Surely 
I  prayed 
and  was 
supplica- 
d  fadeth 
ed  that  I 
5  and  the 
t  shining 
the  heav- 
the  gods 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


if  1^  m 

K&  1^   1 2.2 


u 


^  lis   111^ 
1.8 


1.25  1   1.4 

1.6 

< 

6"     — 

► 

VI 


vi 


/. 


°^? 


V 


« 


^¥k^ 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STKEeV 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


q< 


<^^ 


■SJ 


^\ 


"9, 


».     ^ 


^* 


"# 


Hl 


•■•},;•  '■;-"',-'—«<;; 


■;i'fe#;t»-aS^';3 


4- 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


89 


who  created  all  things;  and  I  prayed  to  them.  But 
when  the  morning  dawned  the  moon  and  the  stars 
vanished  from  my  sight.  Then,  O  king,  I  knew 
God;  and  I  said  in  mine  heart,  There  is  one  above 
all  these ;  and  the  sun  and  moon  and  stars  are  but 
his  servants  and  the  work  of  his  hands.  From  that 
day  I  knew  the  God  of  Heaven,  and  walked  in  his 

way. 

While  I  was  yet  a  lad,  my  father  sent  me  forth  to 
the  care  of  Noah,  because  the  king  of  Babylon 
sought  my  life.  There  I  learned  much  concerning 
the  Lord  of  heaven  and  earth;  for  Noah  was  an  old 
man,  and  wise,  and  knew  the  way  of  God,  When  I 
was  fifty  years  of  age  I  returned  to  the  house  of 
Therach,  my  father,  and  found  therein  twelve  gods  of 
stone,  one  for  each  month  in  the  year.  Then  my  soul 
waxed  full  of  wrath,  and  I  made  a  vow,  saying.  By 
the  life  of  the  Lord,  if  these  images  remain  here 
three  days  more  may  the  God  who  created  me  make 
me  even  such  as  they. 

Straightway  I  sought  my  father,  and  demanded  of 
him.  Tell  me,  I  pray  thee,  where  I  may  find  the  God 
who  created  all  things— thee  and  me  and  all  people. 
And  my  father  answered.  My  son,  the  Creator  of 
all  things  is  here  with  us  in  the  house.  Then  I  said, 
Show  him  to  me,  my  father.  And  he  led  me  into 
the  apartment  where  the  twelve  stone  idols  were. 


11 


go  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

and  pointing  to  them  said,  These  be  the  gods  who 
created  the  heavens  and  the  earth,  thee  and  me  and 

all  people.  , 

Thereupon  I  sought  my  mother  and  said.  Prepare 
for  me,  I  pray  thee,  a  kid  for  a  sacrifice,  that  the 
gods  of  my  father  may  partake  of  it  and  look  on  me 
with  favor.      When  I  placed  the  food  my  mother 
prepared  before  the  idols  not  one  stretched  forth  a 
hand  to  take  and  eat.      Then  I  jested  and  said 
Haply  it  is  not  pleasant  to  their  taste,  or  there  is  not 
enough.     So  the  next  day  I  asked  my  mother  to 
prepare  two  kids,  and  to  make  the  mess  still  more 
savory.    Butwhen  I  set  it  before  them  they  gave  no 

^^Then  I  lifted  up  my  voice  against  them  and  cried. 
Woe  to  my  father,  and  to  this  evil  generation!    Woe 
to  those  whose  hearts  turn  to  vanity,  and  put  their 
trust  in  senseless  images  without  the  power  to  smell 
or  eat,  to  see  or  hear!    Their  mouths  are  speechless; 
their  eyes  are  sightless;  their  ears  ate  deaf;  their 
feet  and  their  hands  they  cannot  move.     AH  who 
trust  in  them  and  bow  down  to  them  are  as  senseless 
as  they      Then  I  took  an  instrument  of  iron  and 
broke  in   pieces  all  the  images,  save  one;   and  I 
placed  the  iron  in  the  hands  of  the  image  that  was 

not  broken.  , 

My  father  came  in  haste  when  he  heard  the  sound 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


9» 


of  the  breaking;  and  when  he  saw  the  broken  idols 
his  wrath  waxed  hot,  and  he  cried  unto  me,  What  is 
this  that  thou  hast  done  unto  my  gods?    I  answered, 
I  brought  them  savory  food  and,  behold,  they  all 
strove  with  one  another  who  should  be  first  to  par- 
take of  it;  and  this  largest  one,  in  whose  hand  the 
iron  is,  fell  upon  the  others  and  destroyed  them. 
My  father  answered  me  in  anger.  Thy  words  are 
false !     Had  these  images  the  breath  of  life,  that  they 
could  move  and  act  as  thou  hast  said?    Did  I  not 
fashion  them  with  mine  own  hands?     How,  then, 
could  the  larger  destroy  the  smaller  ones? 

Then  said  I  unto  my  father.  Why  serve  gods  that 
have  no  power— that  can  neither  help  thee  in  thy 
need,  nor  hear  thy  supplications?    It  is  an  evil  thing 
in  thee,  and  in  them  that  unite  with  thee,  to  serve 
images  of  wood  and  stone,  forgetting  the  Lord  God 
who  made  the  heaven  and  the  earth  and  all  that  is 
therein.     This  is  the  same  guilt  for  which  our  fore- 
fathers were  punished  by  the  waters  of  the  flood. 
Cease,  oh  my  father,  to  serve  such  gods!    And  tak- 
ing the  iron  from  the  hands  of  the  remaining  idol  I 
destroyed  that,  also,  before  my  father's  face. 

Time  would  fail  me,  O  Suphis,  to  tell  thee  how  my 
father  delivered  me  into  the  hands  of  the  king  of 
Babylon;  and  how  I  was  cast,  first  into  prison,  and 
then  into  a  furnace  of  Hre.    But  the  Lord  of  heaven 


1 


.'t^S^ 


a^lnMlliiJ.'"      I      '.U  '  I'—-*-' 


,,  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

„a  earth  delivered  me;  and  I  am  ''^^f"-  '" 
day  to  testify  that  he  is  able  to  hear  and  to  help 
servants  when  they  cry  onto  htm. 

And  now,  O  king,  deign  to  answer  ■»»-,  *«  »°^ 
the  gods  of  Egypt  like  nnto  the  gods  of  Chaldea  m 
that  they  are  made  of  wood  and  =tone  and  met^^ 
Were  they  not  fashioned  by  the  hands  of  men?    Can 
ftey  hear'  or  act,  or  speak,  or  in  any  way  help  those 
2  put  tU  trust  in  them?    Oh  '^^  ■">'.*=  f«„^: 
Lry-  but  tell  me,  I  pray  thee,  wh.eh  is  more 
X  to  worship  a  god  thou  hast  made,  or  to  wor- 
;t  ««  who  made  thee,  and  me.  and  all  people? 
Su  gavest  me  leave  to  speak  all  that  «  m  my 
re^.%herefore,  though  thou  slay  »-'^--f; 
vet  will  I  say  *""'«  '*<>•»  worshiped  m  Chaldea, 
Indta  this  land  of  Egypt,  are  worse  than  mpotent^ 
They  are  evil,  and  do  continually  corrupt  those  who 
I^Ship  them.    For  the  people  who  »ake  them  and 
..ie  them  to  be  their  gods,  not  knowmg  the  holme^ 
Zi  maiesty  of  the  God  of  Heaven,  thmk  of  the  gods 

Thiy  think  of  one  as  cruel;  of  another  as  ounnmg 
Ld  deceitful;  of  another  as  a  debaucher  of  women, 
Tl  another  as  a  monster  of  drunkenness.  Now, 
whe^trpeople  think  thus  of  their  gods,  whom  hey 
^e  olothedV  with  their  own  -rr^pUons  hen 
Uiey  bow  down  before  them  and,  m  them,  worship 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


93 


lee  this 
lelp  his 

Are  not 
aldea  in 
I  metal? 
n?    Can 
jlp  those 
!  king  be 
is  more 
r  to  wor- 
l  people? 
is  in  my 
fterward, 
Chaldea, 
impotent, 
those  who 
them  and 
le  holiness 
f  the  gods 
lemselves, 
IS  cunning 
of  women; 
ss.     Now, 
whom  they 
(tions,  then 
m,  worship 


all  that  is  evil  in  themselves;  and  so  they  become 
more  and  more  evil.  How  could  it  be  otherwise? 
The  people  wax  deceitful  and  cruel  and  violent  and 
wanton  because  they  worship  these  very  things  in 

their  gods. 

The  God  of  Heaven,  whom  Enoch  worshipeth,  is 
not  so.     He  is  good,  and  true,  and  keepeth  covenant, 
and  is  merciful  to  all.     They  who  worship  him  come 
to  be  like  him  in  these  things.     Again,  O  king,  I 
ask  thee,  Which  is  better  and  more  noble,  to  worship 
a  god  of  thine  own  making  or  to  worship  the  God 
of  Heaven,  who  made  thee  and  me  and  all  people? 
As  Abraham  went  on  to  speak  more  and  more 
vehemently  the  king  sat  as  one  in  a  trance.     And  he 
answered   nothing  at   all   when    Abraham  ceased. 
Then  Caphtor  went  near  to  Suphis  and  took  hold  of 
his  hand,  and  cried.  My  lord!     My  lord!      What 

aileth  thee? 

Thereupon  the  king  recovered  his  speech;  and 
looking  steadfastly  on  Abraham,  he  said,  in  a  voice 
that  was  weak  and  trembling,  Thou  hast  conquered, 
O  Chaldean!  Three  days  from  this  present  I  will 
come  to  thee  again,  in  this  place,  and  will  tell  thee 
what  I  will  do.  And  having  charged  us  all  to  say 
nothing  to  any  man  of  the  matter,  he  departed. 


ri 


I 


■i  m 


rj«-*^^SSS8!KS«Er 


94 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


CHAPTER  XVn. 
When,  after  three  days,  King  Suphis  returned 
unrns,  a, he  said  he  ,.oul<l  do,  we  perce.vedby  hs 
Tnte^ance  that  he  had  ehosen  "^een  «.e  god 
of  Esvpt  and  the  God  of  Heaven.    As  soon  as  we 
tre  a"  -ted  the  king  turned  his  faee  toward 

'^C-^ -not  he  gainsaid,  for  they  are  true. 

The  gods  of  Chaldea  and  of  Egypt  are  vam ;  so  are 
Tg^sthatn-en  n,ake  unto  themselves^    The  o„e 
God  worthy  to  be  honored  by  man  .s  the  God  o 
lt2L  and  of  Enoch,  whom  ye  eall  the  Lord  God 
TtZn  and  Earth.    From  this  day  I  wd,  bow 
1  U«rto  no  other,  and  so,  also,  saith  Caphtor.  my 
^W  eaptain.     As  soin  as  may  be,  wthout  too 
*::iro,encetowardmypeop,e,  everyimagem 
the  land  of  Egypt  shall  be  destroyed.    And  e,e^ 
priest  who  will  not  follow  Enoeh  to  saer.fi«  o  the 
Ld  of  Heaven  shall  be  driven  forth.    Behold  we 
„o  ready.    H  it  seem  good  unto  you  prepare,  after 
;;  —  of  worshiping  him,  an  offering  «.  the 
Most    High  God,  that  we   may   be   w,th  you   at 
his  altar,  and  begin  this  day  to  honor  tarn. 
Then  Abraham  went  out  to  prepare  the  o«er,ng. 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


95 


•etumecl 
id  by  his 
the  gods 
n  as  we 
I  toward 

are  true, 
n ;  so  are 

The  one 
le  God  of 
Lord  God 

will  bow 
phtor,  my 
thout  too 
y  image  in 
A.nd  every 
ifice  to  the 
Behold  we 
•pare,  after 
•ing  to  the 
th   you   at 
a. 
\\e  offering; 


and  when  it  was  ready  I  went  forth  with  King 
Suphis  and  Caphtor.  And  we  all  stood  by  the  altar 
while  Abraham  prayed  and  gave  thanks  to  God,  and 
besought  him  to  grant  favor  and  blessing  to  the 
king,  and  to  Caphtor,  and  to  all  Egypt,  and  last  of 
all  to  me,  that  I  might  have  -.visdom  to  serve  the 
king  in  the  government. 

After  the  prayer  we  returned  into  my  pavili(m, 
and  there  I  covenanted  with  Suphis  to  be  his 
deputy  over  all  the  governors  of  provinces.  Be- 
cause the  people  knew  not  to  obey  any  who  did  not 
wear  the  apparel  of  the  king's  household  I  consented 
to  put  on  the  garment  of  purple  and  the  golden 
chain,  and  to  ride  in  a  chariot  ovcriaid  with  gold. 

The  king  was  intent  on  appointing  me  a  guard  of 
tried  men  of  war,  to  be  with  me  by  day  and  by 
night;  and  he  pressed  it  upon  me,  saying,  The 
priests  of  the  gods  of  Egypt  are  subtle  men,  and 
cruel;  and  they  will  hate  thee,  and  seek  thy  life. 

But  I  refused  to  have  the  guard,  and  said  unto  the 
king,  I  am  come  into  Egypt,  by  the  will  of  Cod,  as  a 
man  of  peace  to  do  a  work  of  peace,  though  I  know 
not  yet  what  the  work  shall  be.  It  is  not  permitted 
me  to  have  any  weapon  of  war.  I  am  required  to 
be  here  naked  to  the  stroke  of  every  one  who  would 
hinder  me,  save  the  defenses  my  God  will  provide. 
I  pray  thee,  therefore,  let  the  men  of  war  be  with 
7 


k 


S*».-t38«3.-SfW?«W«'«*« 


tf^^ftnitmVjtiJi^H^I 


t_  ,»_1_tfN> 


96 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


Caphtor  to  fight  against  the  king's  enemies,  and  to 
enforce  his  decrees  within  the  kingdom;  but  let  mo 
continue  to  trust  in  the  defenses  of  the  Almighty. 

Moreover,  I  refused  to  be  enriched  for  my  services, 
for  I  had  enough  and  to  spare,  and  I  more  desired 
to  have  the  king's  heart  with  mc  than  to  increase 

my  substance. 

On  the  day  after  wc  covenanted  with  one  another 
the  king  sent  out  a  decree  to  every  province  of 
Egypt,  commanding  the  governors  and  the  people 
thereof  to  be  subject  to  mc  and  to  do  me  honor,  as 
next  in  authority  to  the  king. 

At  a  time  set  by  King   Suphis,   and  published 
abroad  throughout  the  land,   all  the  images  were 
thrown  down  and  broken  by  the  soldiers,  and  the 
priests  were  forbidden  to  offer  any  sacrifice,  save  to 
the  God  of  Heaven.     I  besought  the  king  that  none 
of  the  priests  should  be  punished  for  refusing  to 
sacrifice   to  my  God,  but  only  for  continuing  to 
sacrifice  to  idols;  and  he  was  pleased  to  order  it  so. 
At  first  the  priests  of  the  fallen  idols  were  full  of 
malice.      They  stirred  up  seditions,  and  by  many 
secret  "conspiracies  sought  to  kill  me,  but  my  God 
preserved  me.     Presently  such  priests  as  would  not 
turn  to  the  worship  of  the  true  God  fled  out  of  the 
land;  thereafter  we  had  peace,  and  we  prospered  in 
all  things. 


and  to 

let  mo 

rhty. 

rvices, 

Llcsirctl 

icreasc 

\nothcr 

incc  of 

people 

)nor,  as 

iblishcd 
cs  were 
and  the 
save  to 
lat  none 
ising  to 
luing  to 
ler  it  so. 
e  full  of 
)y  many 
my  God 
rould  not 
ut  of  the 
pered  in 


liNuCll,  TUli  I'lilLlsTlNli. 


97 


The  king  trusted  in  luc  with  all  his  heart,  and  I 
was  faithful  to  him.     The  people  so  inereased  in 
number  and  in  substance  that  the  whole  land  of 
Egypt  became  like  one  great  city.     We  had  com- 
merce with  many  nations,  both  by  land  and  by  sea. 
and  it  was  to  our  great  profit-so  that  riches  in- 
creased exceeding  all  that  had  ever  been  known  in 
the  former  time.     The  king's  cotfers  were  bursting 
out  with    the  abundance  of  treasure.      We  made 
roads  through  every  part  of  the  kingdom;  we  built 
palaces  and  monuments;  and  we  adorned  the  chief 
eities  with  the  most  excellent  work  of  such  as  were 
skillful  to  carve  in  choice  wood  and  in  stone.     And 
still  the  king's  treasure  abounded,  and  we  were  con- 
tinually questioning,  What  new  thing  can  be  done  to 
increase  the  glory  of  Egypt,  and  the  glory  of  Suphis 

the  king? 

Notwithstanding  all  my  labor,  and  it  was  great, 
yet  did  I  not  forget  the  Roll  of  Enoch,  nor  the  time- 
when  I  might  read  it.     When  the  five  years  from 
the  last  opening  were  fulfilled  I  took  the  roll  out  of 
the  encasement  the  third  time,  and  broke  the  seals 

thereof. 

The  Roll  of  Enoch  was  divided  into  four  parts,  all 
which  I  was  then  permitted  to  read.  The  first 
declared  why  it  was  that  the  work  laid  upon  me 
must  be  done.     The  second  showed  me  what  that 


■^■mmmsssfm^'^. 


9S  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

work  was  to  be.  The  third  told  me  how  that,  before 
he  iiiiishcd  the  roll,  my  forefather  Enoch  journeyed 
into  E^ypt,  and,  having  observed  the  place  of  the 
Pleiades  in  heaven,  had  marked  the  place  on  earth 
where  the  work  must  be  built;  and  it  told  me  clearly 
how  I  might  find  that  place.  The  fourth  part  de- 
scribed the  work  in  all  the  parts  thereof,  and  charged 
me  to  make  it  so  as  he  described  it,  and  in  no  other 

way. 

It  was  early  in  the  morning  when  I  began  to  read. 
All  that  day,  and  on  until  midnight,  I  continued  to 
read,  and  ceased  not-save  to  Uke  a  little  food- 
until  I  had  come  to  the  last  word.    The  remainder 
of  that  night,  and  all  the  next  day,  I  could  think  of 
nothing  else  but  that  which  was  written  in  the  roll. 
I  went  apart  and  wandered  in  solitary  places,  and 
many  times  I  called  upon  the  God  of  Heaven  to 
strengthen  me;  for  the  thoughts  of  that  which  was 
written  were  like  great  waves  and  billows  rollmg 
over  me,  and  overwhelming  my  spirit.    When  the 
sun  was  going  down  I  turned  toward  my  pavilion, 
being  faint  with  hunger,  and  weary.    And,  lo,  as  I 
walked,  there  stood  in  the  way  Enoch  my  forefather, 
having  the  same  glory  that  he  had  when  he  ap- 
peared  unto  me  on  my  first  coming  into  Egypt.     He 
spake  not;  neither  did  he  pass  his  hands  over  my 
face,  as  he  had  done  aforetime;  and  I  remembered 


ENOCH.  TIIK  PHILISTINE. 


99 


before 
rncycd 
of  the 
I  earth 
clearly 
art  de- 
:harged 
,o  other 

to  read, 
nucd  to 
food — 
mainder 
think  of 
the  roll. 
CCS,  and 
iaven  to 
lich  was 
3  rolling 
^hen  the 
pavilion, 
1,  lo,  as  I 
refather, 
a  he  ap- 
ypt.     He 
over  my 
lembered 


how  he  said,  It  would  not  be  for  thy  good  that  I 
should  many  times  call  thy  spirit  out  of  thy  body. 
He  only  stood  before  me  in  the  way,  and  smiled, 
and  looked  up  into  heaven;  then,  in  the  twinkling 
of  an  eye,  he  vanished  out  of  my  sight.  I  was  com- 
forted by  the  appearing  of  Enoch  my  forefather; 
and  I  returned  into  my  pavilion,  and  refreshed  my- 
self with  f(K)d,  and  rested  that  night. 


■-- ^ISS-i'.'KK' 


too 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


CHAPTER   XVIII. 

The  day  after  my  forefather  Enoch  appeared  to 
me  very  early  in  the  morning,  I  took  the  roll  to 
read  again  the  first  part  thereof.  Here  followeth 
that  which  was  written: 

The  First  Part  of  the  Roll  of  Enoch. 
Son  of  Enoch:  While  I  was  yet  a  child  in  the 
house  of  Jared,  my  father,  I  begun  to  mourn  for  the 
wickedness  of   mankind.      The  Eternal  One  who 
made  men  taught  them  how  to  be  masters;   and 
gave  unto  them,  as  their  dominion,  the  earth  and 
the  air  and  the  sea,  so  that  they  reigned  as  kmgs 
over  all  the  works  of  his  hands.    But  they  forsook 
their  Maker;  and  fashioned  images  of  copper  and  of 
iron  of  wood  and  of  stone,  and  said,  These  be  our 
gods     And  they  became  corrupt,  and  sinned  exceed- 
ingly in  gluttony,  in  drunkenness,  and  in  lewdness. 
And  they  waxed  cruel  and  bloodthirsty,  and  slew 
one  another,  after  the  manner  of  Cain. 

I  mourned  the  more  when  I  perceived  that  their 
sin  was  bringing  a  cloud  of  darkness  over  their 
minds.  They  were  forgetting  the  excellent  knowl- 
edge and  wisdom;  and  were  losing  the  power  and 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


lOl 


;)eared  to 
ic  roll  to 
followcth 


ild  in  the 
irn  for  the 
One  v;ho 
iters ;   and 
earth  and 
a  as  kings 
ey  forsook 
)per  and  of 
ese  be  our 
led  exceed- 
i  lewdness. 
',  and  slew 

d  that  their 

over  their 

lent  knowl- 

.  power  and 


dominion  given  them  by  their  Maker  at  the  first. 
And  I  saw  that  in  the  end  they  would  no  longer 
reign,  but  would  be  over-mastered  and  oppressed 
by  that  which  they  were  intended  to  govern. 

When  I  became  a  man  I  went  apart,  and  dwelt 
alone  in  the  mountains,  that  I  might  not  see  the  evil 
that  men  did  in  their  lives,  and  that  I  might  seek  a 
better  knowledge  of  the  God  of  Heaven;  for  I  de- 
sired most  of  all  things  to  know  and  to  serve  him. 
It  is  not  permitted  me  to  write  all  that  was  made 
known  to  me  while  I  dwelt  apart,  for  the  time  is 
not  yet  come  to  publish  abroad  some  of  the  things. 
But  thou  must  know  that  men  will  wax  more  and 
more  evil  in  their  ways.     Their  minds  will  become 
so  darkened  that  they  will  no  longer  till  the  ground, 
nor  dwell  in  fixed  habitations,  but  will  wander  from 
place  to  place,  like  the  wild  beasts. 

In  a  time  that  God  knoweth  the  earth  will  be 
purged  of  men,  save,  only,  the  few  who  will  be 

found  upright. 

From  the  remaining  seed  of  the  righteous  the 
world  will  be  again  replenished  with  people;  but 
they  will,  none  the  less,  go  on  to  sin. 

Mankind  will  forget,  not  only  the  first  knowledge 
and  wisdom,  but,  also,  him  tha.  made  them  men, 
and  will  deny  that  he  is.  And  they  will  vainly 
imagine  that  they  came  to  be  men  by  the  unfolding 


-■*t«V**'!!*'* 


,oa  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

of  somewhat  that  was  in  the  dust  of  the  earth,  and 

not  by  the  life  of  the  Lord  imparted  unto  theni. 

But  the  Eternal  will  not  forget  his  world  that  he 
hath  made,  nor  the  offspring  begotten  of   his  life 
In  a  set  time  he  will  redeem  his  children,  and  will 
restore  the  earth  to  the  innocence  and  the  beauty 

of  Eden.  ,     ,.  ^  •*  • 

And  thou  must  know,  Son  of  Enoch,  that  it  is 
ordained  that  thou,  who  readest  these  words  shalt 
build  in  the  land  of  Egypt  a  memorial  of  the  former 
time  and  of  the  eternal  purpose  of  goodness,  that, 
in  the  latter  time,  men  may  see  it  and  know  the 

^Tshall  be  a  building  such  as  hath  not  been  made 
by  man  since  the  beginning  of  the  world  and  shall 
never  be  equaled  to  the  end  thereof.  It  shall  be 
the  marvel  of  all  lands,  and  of  all  generations,  for 
its  greatness  and  its  mystery,  and  for  the  testimony 
it  shall  bear  to  men  after  they  shall  have  forgotten 
their  Creator,  and  the  kingly  estate  wherem  he 
nlaced  them  at  the  first. 

It  shall  not  be  for  sacrifice;  yet  shall  it  be  an  altar 
to  the  God  of  Heaven  in  the  midst  of  Egypt  even  a 
pillar  for  a  sign  and  a  testimony  in  the  land  o 
Egypt  For  it  shall  be  a  memorial  of  the  excellent 
knowledge  and  wisdom  and  power  and  dominion 
given  by  the  Creator  to  the  children  begotten  of  his 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


103 


h,  and 
n. 

hat  he 
is  life, 
ttd  will 
beauty 

It  it  is 
s,  shalt 
former 
js,  that, 
LOW  the 

ill  made 
,nd  shall 
shall  be 
ions,  for 
jstimony 
orgotten 
erein  he 

i  an  altar 
it,  even  a 
i  land  of 
excellent 
dominion 
ten  of  his 


life,  but  lost  out  of  memory  by  them,  because  they 
forsook  him  and  lived  in  sin.  And  it  shall  testify 
to  all  who  behold  it  the  Eternal  purpose  of  goodness 
that  is  in  the  heart  of  God. 

And  this  shall  be  the  mystery  of  the  memorial 
thou  shalt  build:  thou  shalt  grave  upon  it  no  word 
of  any  language,  and  yet  thou  shalt  set  forth  in  it  all 
the  forgotten  knowledge  of  God,  of  the  earth,  of  the 
heavens  and  all  the  host  thereof,  and  all  the  knowl- 
edge by  which  the  first  men  had  dominion  over  the 
works  of  God's  hands. 

And  in  the  ages  to  como  men  shall  ask,  Why  was 
this  memorial  made  thus  and  so?  And  they  shall 
come  to  see  a  meaning  and  a  testimony  in  the  place 
where  it  shall  stand,  and  in  the  time  when  it  was 
built,  and  in  its  greatness  and  its  form  and  its 
measurements,  and  in  the  passages  and  the 
chambers    and   all    the    works   thou    shalt   make 

within  it. 

It  shall  be  the  glory  of  this  memorial  that  the 
Lawgiver  shall  look  on  it,  and  marvel,  and  go  on  his 
way  strengthened  and  made  wise;  and  unto  it  shall 
the  Peacemaker  be  brought,  in  his  tender  youth, 
and  he  shall  think  on  it  in  the  after-years  of  his 

travail. 

And  now,  my  son,  get  thee  up  and  do  this  work 
with  thy  might,  for  it  must  needs  be  finished  in 


. ,,  —^k^.-'- 


iS,.X^ '^^f^l^^^^''^'''-  '"-*'' 


I04  ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 

twenty  years.    At  midnight,  twenty  years  from  this 
day,  thou  must  put  the  topstone  on  it.     For,  the 
foundation  whereon  it  shall  stand  is  the  center  of 
the  habitable  earth;  and,  at  midnight  of  the  day 
that  will  fulfill  twenty  years  from  the  day  of  the 
opening  of  this  roll,  the  star  Alcyone  will  stand 
straight  above  the  place  where  thou  shalt  lay  the 
topstone  of  the  memorial;  and  the  star  Alcyone  is 
the  center  of  the  Pleiades  and  of  the  numberless 
stars  of  heaven.     So  shalt  thou  mark  the  center  of 
the  habitable  earth  with  the  base  of  the  memorial, 
and  the  center  of  the  heavenly  host,  with  the  top- 
stone thereof,  at  the  moment  when  the  one  center 
will  be  fair  above  the  other  with  the  Dragon  hang- 
ing at  its  lowest  in  the  north— a  moment  that  will 
not  come  again  until  more  than  twenty  and  five 
thousand  years  shall  have  passed. 

When  men  come  to  know  these  things  they  will 
understand  that  the  Lord  enriched  his  children,  at 
the  first,  with  wisdom  and  knowledge  and  power. 
The  end  of  the  First  Part  of  the  Roll  of  Enoch. 


»V 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


»05 


CHAPTER   XIX. 

After  I  had  read  the  first  part  of  the  roll  the 
second  time  I  considered  how  I  mij^ht  bring  all  these 
things  to  the  knowledge  of  the  king.  For  I  per- 
ceived that  the  building  of  tue  memorial  was  a  work 
for  a  nation  to  do,  and  not  for  one  man,  and  that  1 
must  have  with  me  the  goodwill  of  the  king,  and 
the  wealth  of  Egypt,  if  I  would  accomplish  it.  At 
that  time  I  began  to  understand  the  wisdom  of  our 
father  Enoch  that  sent  me  into  Egypt  to  take  root 
there,  and  to  turn  the  people  from  their  idols,  before 
I  knew  the  work  I  was  set  to  do,  how  great  it  was. 

When  I  had  pondered  all  that  was  before  me  I 
sent  Salmon  unto  the  king,  praying  him  to  come  to 
me  in  the  morning  of  the  next  day,  and  to  bring 
Caphtor,  for  that  I  had  occasion  to  confer  with  him 
in  secret  concerning  matters  of  moment  to  the 
nation  and  to  me. 

King  Suphis  came  as  I  had  desired  him,  and  when 
we  were  seated  I  began  to  tell  him  all  the  way 
whereby  I  had  been  led  into  the  land  of  Egypt.  I 
told  him  first  the  tradition  of  my  father's  house 
concerning  our  forefather  Enoch,  how  he  walked 
with  God    before  the   flood,    and   was  taken   from 


'•■^•:.»":^■.•'^ 


io6 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


among  men  without  death.  Then  I  told  him  of  the 
writing  prepared  by  Enoch,  and  how  it  had  passed 
from  father  to  son,  and  had  come  into  my  hands 
after  more  than  a  thousand  years.  I  told  him, 
also,  of  my  first  journey  into  Egypt,  in  obedience  to 
the  words  graven  upon  the  encasement,  that  I  might 
observe  there  the  Pleiades,  and  know  from  their 
place  in  heaven  when  to  break  the  seal  and  read 

the  writing. 

When  I  had  told  the  king  all  these  things  I  opened 
the  brass  encasement,  and  read  in  his  hearing  the 
two    separate    parchments,   wherein    I    had   been 
directed  to  come  into  Egypt  and  dwell  there,  and  to 
turn  the  king  and  the  nation  from  their  false  gods. 
Then  I  took  out  the  roll  and  read  to  the  king  the 
first  part  thereof,  which  set  forth  the  reasons  why 
the  memorial  must  be  built;  and  why  it  must  stand 
on  a  certain  foundation  in  the  land  of  Egypt;  and 
why  it  must  be  finished  at  midnight  on  a  certain  day. 
As  I  went  on  to  read  the  king's  countenance 
changed  many  times,  for  some  things  he  did  not 
understand;   and   at   some  he  marveled  and  was 
ready  to  cry  out  with  astonishment.     But  when  I 
ceased  reading,  at  the  end  of  the  first  part,  his  face 
was  pleasant  to  look  upon,  and  he  spake  in  a  loud 
voice,  saying: 

At  last  we  have  found  a  work  that  is  worthy  of 


ENOCH.  THE  I'HH.ISTINE. 


107 


of  the 
passed 

hands 
1  him, 
;nce  to 

might 
1  their 
d  read 

opened 
ing  the 
I   been 
and  to 
e  gods, 
ing  the 
»ns  why 
it  stand 
pt;  and 
lin  day. 
tenance 
did  not 
nd  was 
when  I 
his  face 
a  a  loud 

orthy  of 


the  riches  and  of  the  skill  of  Egypt!  For  this  is  by 
the  will  of  the  Most  High!  He  hath  ordained  that 
it  shall  be  planted  in  this  land.  He  will  watch  over 
it;  and  it  shall  be  for  the  excellency  and  the  stability 
and  the  glory  of  Egypt,  forever.  Other  nations 
shall  rise  and  fall  like  the  waves  of  the  sea  when  it 
is  vexed  by  storms;  and  their  memorials  shall 
perish  with  them.  But  this  memorial  to  the  God  of 
Heaven  shall  endure ;  and  alway,  out  of  every  land, 
men  shall  come  hither  that  they  may  look  on  it. 
But  read  on,  I  pray  thee,  that  I  may  hear  all  that  is 
written  in  the  roll. 

Then  I  made  answer,  If  it  please  the  king  I  will 
read  the  second  part,  and  the  third ;  but  the  fourth 
part  is  a  full  description  of  the  work,  and  it  is  long 
— the  king  would  be  weary  to  hear  it.  Moreover, 
it  is  for  the  master-builder  and  the  workmen,  to 
direct  them  how  to  make  every  part  of  the  work, 
and  the  king  will  see  the  work  as  we  go  forward, 
and  will  understand  without  weariness.  Suphis 
thereupon  consented  to  forego  the  reading  of  the 
fourth  part,  but  entreated  me  to  go  on  with  the 
second  and  the  third,  and  I  did  so. 

The  Second  Part  of  the  Roll  of  Enoch. 

Son  of  Enoch:  When  thou  buildest  the  memorial 
in  the  midst  of  Egypt  make  it  of  stone ;  for  it  is  to 


r 


1 08 


ENOCH,  THli  I'UII.ISTINE. 


stand  forever,  to  be  a  witness  to  the  latest  genera- 
tions of  men. 

Make  it  four  square,  and  plant  it  so  ;that  two  of 
the  sides  shall  be  on  the  true  line  of  the  cast  and 

the  west. 

The  length  of  each  of  the  four  sides  thereof  shall  be 
three  hundred  and  sixty  and  five  cubits  and  two  palms. 
Thou  Shalt  not  make  the  sides  upright.  From  the 
rock  whereon  it  shall  stand  all  the  sides  of  the 
memorial  shall  incline  equally,  and  in  a  straight 
line,  the  east  side  ^nd  the  west  side  toward  one 
another,  and  the  north  side  and  the  south  side 
toward  one  another. 

The  sides  will  become  narrower  as  they  grow 
upward,  and  incline,  until  they  meet  in  a  point  over 
the  center  of  the  four  sides  at  the  base,  and  the  point 
where  they  meet  shall  be  two  hundred  and  thirty 
and  two  cubits,  and  one  span,  and  half  a  span, 
above  the  rock. 

All  the  inward  parts  of  the  memorial  shall  be  of 
stone-work,  with  no  empty  places  save  the  passages 
and  the  chambers  that  I  will  tell  thee  of  in  the 
fourth  part  of  the  roll.  I  charge  thee,  make  the 
measurements  true,  and  build  to  them  carefully; 
for  in  everything  there  will  be  a  meaning  and  a  testi- 
mony. 

The  end  of  the  Second  Part  of  the  Roll  of  Enoch. 


.J^^^w'fjS!*'-''*--! 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


109 


genera- 
two  of 
ast  and 

shall  be 
0  palms, 
rom  the 
of  the 
straight 
ard  one 
uth  side 

ey  grow 
>int  over 
the  point 
id  thirty 
a  span, 

lall  be  of 
passages 
•f  in  the 
nake  the 
:arefully; 
id  a  testi- 

Enoch. 


When  I  had  read  thus  far  King  Suphis  lifted  up 
his  hands  in  astonishment,  and  cried  out,  Verily,  my 
lord  Enoch,  it  is  nothing  less  than  a  mountain  that 
we  are  called  to  build!  But  doubtless  there  arc 
stones  enough  in  Egypt,  and  hands,  also,  to  do  the 
work.  Read  on,  I  pray  thee  that  I  may  know  more 
of  this  matter.     So  I  continued  to  read. 

The  Third  Part  of  the  Roll  of  Enoch. 

Son  of  Enoch:  Know  that  I  have  been  before  thee 
in  the  land  of  Egypt,  and  have  marked  the  place 
where  thou  shalt  build  the  memorial.  This  I  did 
after  I  had  written  the  second  part  of  the  roll,  lest 
in  thy  day  men  should  not  know  the  earth  and  the 
heavens  as  they  are  known  to  me,  and  thou  shouldst 
not  be  able  to  find  the  true  center  of  the  habitable 
earth.  I  marked,  also,  the  way  thither  from  the 
dividing  of  the  waters  of  the  River  of  Egypt,  so 
that  thou  mayest  go  to  it  without  fail.  Thus  shalt 
thou  find  it: 

Prom  the  place  where  the  waters  of  the  river 
divide  go  southward,  on  the  west  bank,  an  hundred 
furlongs.  But  when  thou  hast  gone  eighty  furlongs 
begin  to  search  the  face  of  the  rocks  that  are  some 
way  back  from  the  bank  of  the  river.  Search  care- 
fully as  thou  goest,  for  peradventure  in  a  thousand 
years  from  the  time  of  this  writing  the  distance  will 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


n 


no 

not  be  the  same  that  it  no«  1».    The  river  may 
"he  v,o™  away  the  ,an<l  that  is  be,™  the  a,.d.ag 
of  the  waters;  or  it  may  have  added  thereto.    The« 
fore  search  diligently  as  tho«  goest;  and  .f   after 
thou  hast  gone  an  hundred  furlongs,  thou  Bnd  no     _ 
the  mark  I  made,  go  further.     For  near  to  that 
dttance  from  the  dividing  of  the  waters  be  ,.  more 
or  be  it  less,  thou  wilt  find  graven  on  the  face  of  a 
rock  the  form  of  a  clove. 

There,  where  the  graving  is,  turn  thy  face  toward 
the  west,  and  go  straight  before  thee  eighty  fur^ 
ongs  turning  neither  to  the  right  hand  nor  to  the 
T'The  ce'nter  of  all  the  lands  of  the  earth  . 
there-eighty  furlongs  westward  from  "•»-*  tha 
:.  .i.a  fftrm  of  a  dovc — auo  tnere 
hath  graven  on  it  the  lorm  oi  a  uuv 

Shalt  thou  build  the  memorial. 

On  the  top  of  the  roek  that  is  there  thou  wit  find 
.place  that  is  smooth-save  at  one  s,de,  where  « 
riLh  about  three  cubits  above  the  level.    If  thou 
ZU  diligently  thou  wilt  find,  on  the  smooth  place 
Tf    he  rock,  four  sockets  that  I  made  therem;  and 
t  sockets  mark  the  places  where  the  fotir  corne^ 
of  the  memorial  shall  stand.    They  are  distant  f^m 
one  another  three  hundred  and  sixty  and  five  cubu 
and  two  palms,  measuring  from  east  to  west,  or 
uLlonl  to  south,  and  they  are  one  cubit  deep  in 
the  rock. 


vm's'^j 


,^-.^;"tgti«yy<y«^>  J.«.  '«Wg?r.g 


;r  may 
ividing 
There- 
f,  after 
ind  not 
to  that 
it  more 
ace  of  a 

B  toward 
hty  fur- 
)r  to  the 
earth  is 
rock  that 
ind  there 

,  wilt  find 
,  where  it 
If  thou 
)oth  place 
irein;  and 
ur  corners 
stant  from 
five  cubits 
3  west,  or 
bit  deep  in 


ENOCH.  TIIK  PHILISTINE. 


II  I 


Moreover,  I  brought  with  me  to  put  into  them 
four  adamant   stones,  one  stone  for  each  socket. 
One  adamant   was  mine  own,  one  was  given  by 
Methusaleh,   my  son,   one  by  Seth,   and    one   by 
Adam,  the  father  of  us  all.-for  he  was  yet  living. 
Before  I  set  forth  to  go  into  Egypt  we  four  took 
counsel  together  concerning  all  that  I  should  do 
there,   and  we  gave    the    adamants  to  mark    the 
places  of  the  four  corners  of  the  memorial.      Into 
the  sockets  on  the  west  side  I  put,  at  the  north,  Me- 
thusaleh's  adamant,  and  at  the  south,  mine  own. 
Into  those  on  the  east  side  I  put,  at  the  south,  Seth's 
adamant,  and  at  the  north,  Adam's.    Then  I  filled 
the  sockets  with  broken  rock  and  sand,  using  slime 
for  mortar.     Thus  shalt  thou  find  them;  and  thou 
Shalt  keep  for  thyself,  and  for  thy  sons  after  thee, 
the  adamants  at  the  bottom  of  the  sockets. 

The  end  of  the  Third  Part  of  the  Roll  of  Enoch. 
Here  I  ceased  reading,  and  placed  the  parchments 
and  the  roll  in  the  brass  encasement,  and  closed  the 
fastening  thereof.     Then  I  waited  in  silence  to  hear 
what  the  king  would  say. 


8 


w.  rMS'l'SftJU-ijt,'*  ■" 


lit 


ENOCH,  TlIK  IMIIMSTINK 


CHAPTER  XX.  i 

King  Suphis  listened  to  all  the  wonls  of  my  fore 
father  Knob  well  plcasca.  When  1  finished  re.K hn,^ 
r^hira  part  of  the  roU  he  turned  toward* 

,,„!  said,  How  thinkest  thon.  O  Caphtor?     Is  th.s 
work  too  «reat  for  Egypt  to  do  in  twenty  ycrs? 

And  Caphtor  answered:  i  .w  wilt 

There  be  stones  enough.    But  the  k.nd  that  wtU 
endure  lie  far  to  the  south,  where  first  the  waters  of 
he  river  leap  from  the  high  rock  into  the  valley. 
A:d  there  is  no  lack  of  people  to  do  the  work     o 
hew  the  stones,  and  to  bear  burdens,  and  to  labor  tn 
building  the  memorial.     As  for  treasure^^-J^-«; 
eoffers  are  over-full,  and  maybe  replenished  at  wdl 
or  the  whole  land  prospereth.     If  the  king  des.re^ 
I  Uave  this  work  done,  and  my  lord  Enoeh  w.U  aWe 
in  Egypt  to  direet  it.  it  may  be  wrought  and  finished 
in  Z  time  ordained.     Moreover.  I  am  persuaded 
that  the  king  should  give  heed  to  this  message  that 
hath  come  over  the  Hood.     If  thou  ^-^^^Id  wil 
morial  it  will  be  a  perpetual  glory  to  Egypt  and  wdl 
Ise  the  king's  name  to  be  remembered  foreve. 
Thereupon  I  opened  my  mouth  unto  the  ktng.  and 
said : 


r  -»»  -.K..  -« t^i^r-f^e'l'^w^''"-''^'""-* 


KNOCI!.  'IIIK  I'HII.ISTINK. 


'«J 


ly  forc- 

^aphtor 
Is  thiH 

f  yc;irs? 

ihat.  will 
Alters  of 
2  valley, 
vork — to 

labor  in 
le  king's 
a  at  will ; 

desireth 
will  abide 
1  finished 
)ersuaded 
,sagc  that 

this  mc- 
t,  and  will 
d  forever, 
king,  and 


I  rcj«»icu  cxcccdiiiKly  that  thf^  king  afld  iaplitoi, 
his  chief  captain,  are  ready  unto  tl>  s  work.  As  for 
me,  I  will  not  shun  to  do  mine  own  jnirt  in  it;  for 
therefore  am  1  come  into  Egypt.  I  will  not  only 
abide  here  to  direct  the  work,  but  will  also  give  of 
my  sxibstancc  toward  paying  the  cost  thereof;  albeit, 
what  T  have  to  give  will  be  as  nothing  in  so  great 
an  undertaking. 

More  I  woidd  have  said,  but  King  Suphis  woulil 
not  hear  me.  Speaking  vehemently,  he  cut  short 
my  words,  saying: 

Now,  by  my  life,  it  shall  not  be  so!    Thou  must 
needs  abide  here,  and  be  the  master-builder  of  this 
memorial,  for  so  it  hath  evidently  been  ordained. 
But,  as  the  Lord  liveth,  no  part  of  thy  substance 
shall  be  taken  toward  the  cost  of  this  work!     Hast 
thou  not  served  mc  these  five  years  without  reward? 
Thou  hast    brought  to  Egypt    peace,    and    great 
increase  of  riches.     This  undertaking  will  secure  to 
the  kingdom  the  benefit  of  thy  presence  and  thy 
wisdom  for  twenty  years  to  come.      Furthermore, 
the  memorial  will  remain  with  us  in  Egypt  after 
thou  Shalt  have  returned  to  thine    own    land  of 
Philistia— for  doubtless  thy  heart  will  turn  thither- 
ward  when  thy  work  is  done.    Be  content,  therefore, 
to  let  us  build  at  our  own  charges;  save  that  thou 
Shalt  oversee  and  direct  all  the  work.    Thou  shalt 


K'sWHiiei'?:  js-rsOW  ■ 


\  'I 


'     ! 


114 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


have  men  to  labor;  and  skilled  men  to  prepare  the 
stones,  and  to  lay  them  in  the  memorial  according 
to  all  that  is  written  in  the  Roll  of  Enoch.  And 
thou  Shalt  have  treasure  without  stint— so  that,  if 
thou  need  men  of  better  skill  than  the  best  that 
Egypt  can  afford,  thou  canst  send  to  Damascus,  or 
to  Sidon,  or  to  Babylon,  and  bring  them  hither 

When  I  perceived  that  the  king's  heart  was  set  to 
have  it  so  as  he  said,  I  submitted  to  his  will;  never- 
theless I  was  grieved  that  he  would  not  suffer  me  to 
give  a  part  of  the  cost  of  the  memorial. 

We  then  went  on  to  consider  how  we  should  begin 
the  work.  And  we  were  of  one  mind,  that  we  must 
first  find  the  place  where  the  memorial  was  to 
stand.  So  I  sent  forth  Salmon,  the  next  day,  with 
four  men  and  a  measuring  line.     And  I  charged 

Salmon,  saying: 

From  the  dividing  of  the  waters  of  the  river 
measure  southward,  on  the  west  bank,  eighty  fur- 
longs, and  mark  the  place  with  a  post.  Then 
measui-^  twenty  furlongs  more,  and  plant  another 
post;  then,  twenty  furlongs  more,  and  plant  a  third 
post.  After  that,  return  to  the  second  post,  and 
measure,  toward  the  west,  eighty  furlongs,  planting 
at  every  ftrlong  a  post.  Then,  from  the  outmost 
post  toward  the  west— which  will  mark  eighty  fur- 
longs from  the  river— measure  north  and  south,  each 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


"5 


prepare  the 
it  according 
noch.  And 
—so  that,  if 
e  best  that 
amascus,  or 
1  hither 
rt  was  set  to 
will;  ne\er- 
suffer  me  to 

ihould  begin 
;hat  we  must 
)rial  was  to 
xt  day,  with 
d  I  charged 

)f  the  river 
,  eighty  £ur- 
30St.  Then 
ilant  another 
plant  a  third 
id  post,  and 
ags,  planting 
the  outmost 
k  eighty  fur- 
id  south,  each 


way  a  furlong,  and  plant  a  post  at  the  end  of  each 
measurement,  north  and  south. 

After  six  days  Salmon  returned,  having  done  all 
that  I  commanded  him.  The  next  day  thereafter 
we  set  forth  to  go  to  the  place  marked  by  my  fore- 
father Enoch,  when  he  journeyed  into  Egypt  more 
than  a  thousand  years  before.  There  were  with  me 
Suphis  the  king  and  Caphtor,  with  ten  men  of  the 
king's  guard.  Beside  these  I  tork  five  men  to 
labor,  each  having  a  tool  of  iron  wherewith  to  open 
the  sockets  in  the  rock. 

We  rode  on  horses,  and  before  midday  we  came 
to  the  post  that  Salmon  had  planted  at  eighty  fur- 
longs from  the  dividing  of  the  waters.  There  we 
began  to  search  for  the  dove  carven  in  the  rock;  and 
we  were  careful  to  search  the  face  of  every  rock  as 
we  went;  but  we  found  it  not  until  we  had  passed 
by  the  second  post.  There,  an  hundred  and  one 
furlongs  from  the  dividing  of  the  waters,  we  found 
the  sign  left  by  my  for,  father  Enoch,  and  it  was 
carved  deep  in  a  rock  that  was  exceeding  hard,  so 
that  the  form  of  the  dove  was  yet  perfect. 

After  we  had  taken  food  we  returned  northward 
to  the  second  post,  and  there  we  faced  toward  the 
west,  and  followed  the  way  marked  by  Salmon  until 
we  btood  by  the  outmost  post,  that  was  eighty  fur- 
longs from  the  river.     There  we  turned  southward 


ii6 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE 


and  went  a  furlong;  and,  lo,  the  post  that  Salmon 
had  planted  there  was  but  a  little  way  to  the  south 
of  a  great  rock  that  was  flat,  save  at  one  side,  where 
it  rose  about  three  cubits  above  the  other  parts  of  it. 
Then  we  judged  that  we  had  come  to  the  place 
marked  by  my  forefather  Enoch  as  the  center  of  the 
habitable  earth,  whereon   the   memorial    must  be 

built. 

It  being  near  the  eventide  we  did  not  work  that 
night,  but  pitched  our  tents  on  the  rock,  and  par- 
took of  food,  and  rested  until  morning.  Before  the 
sun  had  risen  the  next  day  we  were  abroad  search- 
ing for  the  sockets— and  I  was  not  more  earnest  to 
find  them  than  were  the  king  and  Caphtor— for  we 
all  alike  desired  to  know  whether  we  had  come  to 
the  right  place. 

At  last  I  came  to  a  place  where  the  face  of  the 
rock  was  a  little  sunken,  and  it  was  smooth  as 
though  it  had  been  melted  and  suffered  to  cool;  and 
it  was  not  of  the  same  color  as  the  rock  round  about 
it.  So  I  called  one  of  the  workmen  and  bade  him 
try  that  place  with  the  iron  tool  he  carried.  At  the 
first  blow  he  struck  I  knew  that  I  had  found  one  of 
the  sockets;  for  the  substance  was  not  like  that  of 
the  rock,  but  was  soft,  being  made  of  slime  and  sand 
and  broken  stone.  I  charged  the  workman  to 
remove  only  the  soft  substance,  and  to  work  care- 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


117 


Salmon 
he  south 
B,  where 
rts  of  it. 
le  place 
or  of  the 
must  be 

rork  that 
and  par- 
efore  the 
I  search - 
iarnest  to 
• — for  we 
I  come  to 

ce  of  the 
nooth  as 
cool;  and 
md  about 
aade  him 
.  At  the 
id  one  of 
ke  that  of 
and  sand 
rkman  to 
'ork  care- 


fully after  he  had  gone  down  half  a  cubit,  for  that 
at  the  depth  of  a  cubit  there  was  somewhat  of  value 
that  must  not  be  injured. 

Then  I  took  my  course  from  the  socket  I  had 
found,  and  measured  toward  the  south  three  hundred 
and  sixty  and  five  cubits  and  two  palms,  and  came 
upon  another  socket,  and  measuring  from  each  of 
these  a  like  distance,  from  west  to  east,  I  found  the 
other  two.     While  the  workmen  were  removing  the 
substance  that  filled  the  sockets  we  kept  watch  over 
them  lest  the  adamants  should  be  injured.     In  due 
time  the  sockets  were  all  emptied  and  I  held  in  my 
hand  the  four  adamants.      I  was  careful  to  wrap 
each  in  a  separate  parchment,  and  to  mark  them, 
that  I  might  know,  afterward,  which  was  given  by 
Adam,  the  father  of  us  all,  and  which  by  Enoch, 
by  Seth,  and  by  Methusaleh. 

Many  years  thereafter,  when  I  had  returned  to 
mine  own  land  of  Philistia,  and  Zillah  had  borne  me 
sons  and  daughters  (for  she  bare  no  children  in 
Egypt),  I  sent  the  four  adamants  to  Babylon  where 
were  men  skilled  to  grave  and  to  polish  all  manner 
of  precious  stones.  There  I  had  them  polished,  and 
set  in  fine  gold,  with  the  name  of  the  giver  graven 
on  the  setting  of  each  stone.  And  I  had  them  en- 
cased each  in  a  golden  box,  and  directed  that  they 
should  be  for  an  inheritance  to  descend   to   my 


„8  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

children    and   their  offspring  to  the  end  of   the 

world. 

We  set  a  post  in  each  of  the  sockets  and  then 
returned  well-pleased,  the  king  to  his  palace  in 
Memphis,  and  I  to  my  pavilion  below  the  dividmg 

of  the  waters. 

Before  we  separated  I  asked  of  the  kmg,  When 
will  it  please  thee,  my  lord,  that  we  meet  again  to 
consider  how  we  may  best  carry  forward  the  work, 
and  with  whom  beside  thy  servant  will  it  please  thee 

to  confer? 

The  king  answered,  After  three  days  come  thou 
to  the  palace,  and  bring  with  thee  Salmon  thy  scnbe 
for  he  is  a  wise  man.     There  will  we  take  counsel 
together-thou  and  I  and  Caphtor  and  Salmon. 


**.. 


.r**,  ,    ,— •» 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


119 


of    the 


md  then 

alace    in 

dividing 

ig,  When 

again  to 

Lhe  work, 

[ease  thee 

ome  thou 
hy  scribe, 
e  counsel 
tnon. 


CHAPTER  XXI. 

On  the  morning  of  the  third  day  after  wc  found 
the  place  of  the  foundation  of  the  memorial  I  went 
to  the  palace  in  Memphis,  taking  Salmon  with  me. 
There,  with  King  Suphis  and  Caphtor,  we  con- 
sidered every  part  of  the  work  to  be  done  in  build- 
ing the  memorial,  how  we  might  prepare  the  stones, 
.  and  bring  them  from  the  quarry,  and  lay  them  in 
the  building. 

In  the  fourth  part  of  the  Roll  of  Enoch  there 
were  directions  to  guide  me  at  every  step,  and, 
already,  I  had  devised  therefrom  a  way  of  working. 
So  I  begged  of  them  that  were  with  me  to  hear  me 
first,  and  then  speak  and  show,  if  they  could,  what 
better  way  might  be  taken  to  do  the  work.  When 
they  were  agreed,  I  spake  freely  of  the  whole 
matter,  saying: 

It  will  be  a  full  year  before  we  can  lay  the  first 
stone.  I  counsel  that  Caphtor  shall  have  charge  of 
the  quarries;  and  that  he  shall  depart,  straightway, 
to  the  tribes  that  dwell  round  about  the  place  where 
the  good  stone  is  that  will  endure.  There  let  him 
make  a  levy  of  men  to  work  in  the  quarries;  of  the 
children  of  Ludim  on  the  west  bank  of  the  river, 


>m^'mv^" 


tuttmn.iT**  Ti""""  -r^-—^-^ 


,jo  ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 

two  thousand;  of  the  children  of  Phut  on  the  cast 
bank,  two  thousand;  and  of  the  children  of  Seba  on 
the  east  bank,  two  thousand.     These  six  thousand 
shall  serve  in  the  quarries  one  year,  and  return  to 
their   brethren;    and    in    thejr    places    other   six 
thousand— two  thousand  from  each  tribe— shall  serve 
the  next  year,  and  return.    So  shall  they  serve  by 
turns,  a  year  at  a  time,  for  twenty  years,  in  prepar- 
ing the  stones  for  the  memorial.     In  the  beginning 
of  the  first  year  they  shall  labor  to  clear  the  quarries 
of  the  soil,  and  of  every  useless  rock,  and,  so,  un- 
cover all  the  stone  that  is  sound  and  good  for  our  use ; 
also,  they  shall  prepare  ways  down  to  the  river,  so 
that  the  stones  can  be  moved  thither  with  ease. 
After  these  things  are  done  let  them  prepare  stones 
for  the  building,  sufficient  for  the  lading  of  the  floats 
we  will  send  near  the  end  of  the  first  year.    And  let 
Caphtor  be  careful  to  fix  the  hire  of  them  that  labor, 
at  the  beginning,  lest  any  man  be  oppressed. 

I  counsel  further  that  Salmon  be  sent  to  the  Phoe- 
nicians to  buy  of  them  Boats  such  as  they  are  skillful 
to  make  of  the  cedars  of  Lebanon.  Let  him  have 
the  king's  authority  to  buy  two  hundred  floats,  each 
an  hundred  cubits  long  and  forty  cubits  wide,  and 
having  twenty  oars  for  each  side.  Let  him  agree 
with  the  Phoenicians  what  the  price  of  the  floats 
shall  be;  and  that  payment  thereof  shall  be  made 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


131 


the  cast 

Seba  on 
thousand 
return  to 
ither   six 
lall  serve 
serve  by 
n  prepar- 
)eginning 
;  quarries 
d,  so,  un- 
ir  our  use ; 
i  river,  so 
ifith  ease, 
are  stones 

the  floats 
And  let 
;hat  labor, 
id. 

)  the  Phoe- 
are  skillful 

him  have 
loats,  each 

wide,  and 
him  agree 

the  floats 
1  be  made 


whensoever  they  bring  them  to  the  king  and  deliver 
them  here  in  the  River  of  Egypt,  above  the  dividing 
of  the  waters.  When  Salmon  shall  have  finished  to 
covenant  with  the  Phoenicians  let  him  return  hither, 
and  be  with  me  in  the  labor  that  will  be  needful  to 
be  done  at  the  great  rock  in  Gizeh. 

As  to  myself,  I  purpose  to  leave  the  care  of  my 
flocks  and  herds  to  Enos  my  chief  herdsman,  and  to 
remove   my  household  to  Gizeh,  and  dwell  there, 
that  I  may  have  continual  oversight  of  the  work.     I 
will  prepare  for  Caphtor  a  description  of  the  stones 
to  be  laid  in  every  course  of  the  memorial—what 
their  length  and  breadth  and  thickness  shall  be— so 
that,  when  they  come  to  us  here,  they  can  be  laid 
every  stone  in  its  place  without  the  stroke  of  a  ham- 
mer.    Thereafter  I  will  cut,  in  the  face  of  the  rocks 
that  be  near  to  the  foundations,  lines  to  show  the 
direction— upwards  or  downwards  or  level— and  the 
length  and  breadth  and  height,  of  all  the  passages 
and  chambers  to  be  made  in  the  memorial;    and 
lines  to  show  the  outer  faces  thereof,  how  they  are 
to  incline  toward  one  another.     So  shall  the  work- 
men have  continually  before  their  eyes  the  direction, 
and  the  measurement,  and  the  very  image  of  all  the 
work  they  are  to  do. 

Moreover,  it  will   require  ten  thousand  men  to 
work  on  the  floats;  and  five  thousand  men  and  a 


' 


-    -i^lC^fltfji'r.J-A. 


'''—y^*^--^'^^'?^^^'-; 


ii^wift'Tr  T   '    ■*  *AiA^^ 


L 


133 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


thousand  yoke  of  oxen  to  move  the  stones  from  the 
floats  to  the  great  rock  in  Gizeh;  and  four  thousand 
men  to  build  the  stones  into  the  memorial.  These 
men  I  must  levy  of  the  Mizraim,  the  Caphtorim, 
and  the  Pathrusim,  and  the  other  tribes  that  dwell 
between  this  place  and  the  Middle  Sea. 

The  king  will  perceive  that  twenty  and  five  thou- 
sand men  must  labor  twenty  years,  save  one,  and 
some  of  them  full  twenty  years,  to  finish  the  me- 
morial at  the  time  ordained.  The  charge  for  the 
men,  and  the  floats,  and  the  carts,  and  the  tools 
they  must  use,  will  be  exceeding  great.  Therefore 
I  entreat  that  I  may  be  permitted  to  give  the  two 
thousand  oxen  from  my  herds,  and  to  maintain  the 
number  throughout  the  twenty  years.  Let  this  be 
my  part  toward  building  the  memorial. 

Seeing  that  I  had  so  great  a  desire  to  do  this  the 
king  was  pleased  to  say.  Let  it  be  as  thou  wilt. 
Peradventure  it  will  be  better  so,  for  my  people  have 
not  yet  forgotten  that  we  were  wont  to  esteem  the 
horned  beasts  as  holy  to  the  gods.  But  hast  thou 
not  more  to  say  concerning  the  work?  I  answered: 
Thus  have  I  conceived  of  the  work,  as  I  have  said, 
and  of  the  apportionment  of  it;  and  so  may  we 
begin  and  continue  and  end  it  in  the  allotted  time, 
if  the  God  of  Heaven  be  with  us.  The  first  lading 
of  the  floats  can  be  delivered  in  Gizeh  before  the 


:rom  the 
housand 
These 
phtorim, 
at  dwell 

ve  thoti- 
)ne,  and 

the  me- 
e  for  the 
the  tools 
"herefore 

the  two 
ntain  the 
et  this  be 

0  this  the 
hou  wilt, 
ople  have 
jteem  the 
bast  thou 
inswered : 
have  said, 

1  may  we 
tted  time, 
rst  lading 
)efore  the 


ENdCII,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


»33 


end  of  this  year,  and  vvc  can  bcijin  to  build.  There- 
after the  floats  will  come  to  us  laden  with  stones, 
four  times  every  year,  and  we  will  go  on  to  build 
until  the  memorial  shall  be  finished  in  every  part. 
And  now  if  any  of  you  can  show  a  better  way  of 
working  let  him  speak  freely,  as  I  have  done. 

But  the  kinjr  instantly  made  answer  for  himself 
and  for  the  others,  saying : 

There  can  be  no  better  way.  In  everything  do  as 
thou  hast  said.  And,  if  in  ten  years  there  is  not 
good  promise  of  finishing  the  work  at  the  time 
appointed,  thou  shalt  have  as  many  more  of  men 
and  of  beasts  as  may  be  required.  For  the  topstonc 
must  be  set  in  its  place  on  that  midnight  when  the 
Pleiades  shall  stand  over  the  foundation  marked  by 
thy  forefather. 

Then  we  further  considered  the  time  when  we 
would  begin.  And  wc  determined  that  after  ten 
days  Salmon  should  depart  to  the  Phoenicians,  and 
Caphtor  to  the  quarries,  and  I,  with  my  household,  to 
the  great  rock  in  Gizeh.  And  so  did  we  all— rejoic- 
ing that  the  time  had  come  to  put  to  our  hands  and 
work. 

From  that  time  we  labored  diligently,  each  in  his 
place,  and  the  hand  of  the  Lord  was  with  us.  We 
began  to  build  at  the  end  of  the  first  year;  and 
thereafter  the  memorial  grew,  in  each  year,  as  much 


I 


.fft-rfaiT-a 


'i,S7  3/i^'t 


'i^^^^^^^^^^^Kd^ 


,J4  ENOCH,  THE  WIILISTINK, 

OS  did  assure  us  that  wc  could  finish  it  in  due 

time. 

Of  hindrances  and  vexations  and  penis  there  were 
more  than  enough-both  to  the  king,  and  to  me,  and 
also  to  Caphtor  the  chief  captain.  Therefore  will  I 
write  of  these  things,  next.  Afterward  I  will  wnte 
of  the  memorial-what  it  was,  and  all  that  it  signi- 
fied in  every  part  when  it  was  finished-and  of 
what  befell  on  that  midnight  when  we  set  the  top- 
stone  in  its  place. 


r 


in  due 


ENOCH.  THE  I'MlLISTlNri. 


'35 


ere  were 
me,  ami 
jre  will  I 
will  write 
it  signi- 
i — and  of 
i  the  top- 


CHAPTER    XXII. 

On  a  certain  day,  about  the  middle  of  the  first  year 
of  our  work,  I  waB  busy  showing  the  men  who 
wrought  under  mc  how  to  cut  the  lines  in  the  face 
of  the  rocks  at  Gizch,  against  the  time  when  we 
would  begin  to  build.  And,  behold,  there  came 
unto  me  a  messenger  from  Caphtor,  saying: 

Caphtor,  my  master,  is  in  sore  trouble  for  that  the 
rock  at  the  (luarrics  is  hard,  exceedingly,  so  that  we 
cannot  cleave  it  as  we  have  been  wont  to  do  in 
other  places.  When  we  make  holes  in  it,  and  drive 
in  wedges  of  wood,  and  pour  on  water  that  the 
wedges  may  swell  and  cleave  the  rock,  lo,  some  of 
them  do  not  take  the  water,  and  other  some,  when 
they  take  it,  rise  up  out  of  the  holes,  but  the  rock 
rcmaineth  firm  as  it  was  before.  My  master  bade 
me  say  unto  thee  that,  if  no  better  way  can  be  de- 
vised, we  shall  not  be  able  to  quarry  enough  of 
stones  to  build  the  memorial,  no,  not  in  an  hundred 
years;  and  he  prayeth  thee  to  counsel  him  in  this 
matter. 

When  I  heard  this  I  determined  that  I  would  go  to 
the  quarries,  and  see  with  mine  own  eyes  the  work 
that  Caphtor  had  already  done,  and  show  him  how 


».j...i.|[^i_|i  ^j'^-^--.^  -."- -'.*^  T:^^^t^^Jy^^^^^^^^^^^^^^--' 


h 


tt6 


KNOCII,  TIIK  PMILISTINF,. 


to  cleave  the  rock.     The  kin^  would  not  suffer  me 
to  go  so  far  to  the  south  without  a  k'"'1"1.  because  of 
the  Libyan  robbers,  who  dwelt  in  a  country  of  R'^d 
land,  in  the  midst   of  the  desert,  westward  from 
Thebes.     So  I  set  forth,  taking  twenty  horsemen; 
and  after  eight  days  we  came  to  the  high  rock 
where  the  waters  of  the  river  fall  into  the  valley. 
Near  to  that   place  we    found  the   fiuarrics;   and 
Caphtor  received  me  with    gladness.       The    men 
that  wrought  under  him  were    laboring,   some  to 
finish  the  clearing  of  the  good  stone  from  all  that 
cumbered    it,   and  some  to  cleave  the  rock   with 
wooden  wedges. 

The  next  day  Caphtor  showed  me  all  the  work  he 
had  done,  and  told  me  his  trouble  and  his  fear  that 
we  would  not  be  able  to  build  the  memorial  of  the 
rock  that  was  there  because  they  could  not  cleave  it. 
Then  1  asked  him,  Is  there  here  any  marble?  He 
answered.  Within  six  furlongs  of  this  place  there  is 
abundance  of  marble;  but  it  is  coarse  and  gray. 
Then  I  said  unto  him : 

This  is  what  thou  shalt  do.  Let  some  of  the  men 
build  me  a  furnace  of  the  loose  stones  that  lie  about. 
The  walls  of  it  shall  be  a  cubit  in  thickness;  and  the 
inside  shall  be  round,  and  four  cubits  high  and  three 
cubits  across.  Let  another  company  gather  of  wood 
a  great  deal,  for  fuel,  and  bring  it  hither.     And  let 


:=^»v,      :a*^~^'«-«-   ' 


KNOCII    THK  IMIIMSTINK. 


1^7 


suffer  me 
bocausc  of 
ry  of  jjood 
uvarcl  from 
horsemen ; 

hi^'h  rock 
the  valley, 
irrics ;   anil 

The  men 
r,  some  to 
>m  all  that 

rock  with 

;hc  work  he 
lis  fear  that 
lorial  of  the 
ot  cleave  it. 
larblc?  He 
lace  there  is 
3  and  gray. 

;  of  the  men 
lat  lie  about, 
ess;  and  the 
gh  and  three 
ther  of  wood 
er.     And  let 


others  bring  to  mo  hrro  ob  much  of  the  marble  as 
will  fill  the  furnace.        nd  so  it  was  done. 

Then  I  made  the  n  cu  put  the  marble  into  the  fur- 
nace, and  mix  the  wood  with  it  as  they  put  it  in,  so 
that  the  fire  would  reach  every  part  of  the  marble. 
When  all   was  jjrcparcd  T  made  them  kindle    the 
wood;  and  charged  them  to  feed  the  flames  until  the 
marble  became  red  with  the  heat,  and  to  maintain 
the  heat  at  that  strength  four  days  and  four  nights. 
After  the  time  of  burning  was  past,  and  the  heat 
of  the  furnace  had  abated,  I  directed  the  men  to 
remove  the  burnt  marble  from  the  furnace,  and  to 
break  it  into  small  pieces  with  hammers.     Then  1 
showed  them  to  hollow  out,  as  it  v/cre,  a  basin,  in 
the  hard  rock ;  and  made  them  fill  it  with  the  broken 
marble,  and  pound  it  into  a  fine  powder. 

The  powder  of  burnt  marble  being  ready,  I  said 
unto  Caphtor,  Show  me  the  holes  made  for  the 
wedges  of  wood.  And  when  he  showed  them  to  me 
I  filled  them  with  the  powder,  save  an  hand  breadth 
at  the  top,  and  I  drove  it  down  and  made  it  hard 
with  a  tool  of  iron,  and  poured  water  on  it,  and 
drove  in  after  the  water  a  filling  of  wood.  And  I 
said  unto  Caphtor,  In  the  morning  this  rock  will  be 
rent  asunder  the  full  length  of  this  line  of  holes. 
And  it  was  so. 
The  next  m<^rning  when  Caphtor  saw  the  rock 


i 


h\ 


128 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


y  ? 


cloven  asunder  he  cried  aloud  for  joy;  and  he  said 
unto  me.  Of  a  truth  the  Lord  is  with  thee!  TSven 
this  red  rock,  that  is  like  the  nether  millstone  for 
hardness,  cannot  resist  thee!  Thou  mayest  now 
return  to  Gizeh  assured  that  our  part  of  the  work 
will  go  forward. 

But  I  tarried  other  three  days  and  taught  Caphtor 
many  things :  chiefly,  how  to  burn  the  marble ;  and 
to  keep  some  of  the  men  burning  it  for  that  use  con- 
tinually, so  that  they  might  have  it  alway  fresh 
from  the  fire.  And  I  showed  him  to  cover  the  burnt 
marble  from  all  moisture  until  they  were  ready  to 
use  it  in  the  holes,  lest,  being  already  swollen,  it 
would  have  no  strength  to  cleave  the  rock. 

And  I  taught  him  to  make  the  holes  round,  and  of 
the  same  width  from  the  top  to  the  bottom;  also, 
that  they  must  be  full  two  cubits  in  depth,  so  that 
large  pieces  of  the  rock  would  be  thrust  out  when 
the  marble  swelled  by  taking  in  the  water.  More- 
over, I  directed  that  the  men  should  work  all  the  day 
making  holes  in  the  rock,  and  fill  them  with  the 
powder  of  burnt  marble  at  sundown,  so  that  while 
they  were  taking  their  rest  the  marble  would  be 
working  for  them. 

When  I  returned  to  Gizeh,  and  told  the  king  how 
we  overcame  the  hardness  of  the  rock,  he  niarveled, 
exceedingly,  and  asked.  How  cometh  it  to  pass  that 


llSliB-i-'JU'*-^  -KO-i-rw*^ 


T 

r 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


129 


and  he  said 
thee !  "Sven 
nillstone  for 
mayest  now 
of  the  work 

iffht  Caphtor 
marble;  and 
that  use  con- 
alway  fresh 
/er  the  burnt 
rerc  ready  to 
y  swollen,  it 
ick. 

round,  and  of 
bottom;  also, 
epth,  so  that 
list  out  when 
mter.  More- 
rk  all  the  day 
icm  with  the 
30  that  while 
jle  would  be 

the  king  how 

he  niarveled, 

it  to  pass  that 


thou,  who  hast  alway  been  a  shepherd,  and  dwelt  in 
tents,  hast  knowledge  of  the  things  which  concern 
them  that  build  temples  and  palaces?  I  answered : 
When  Aclmon,  my  father,  was  grown  old  and 
feeble  it  was  in  my  heart  to  build,  for  his  comfort,  a 
palace,  near  to  our  pasture  lands  in  Philistia;  but  I 
could  not,  not  knowing  how  to  prepare  the  stones. 
At  that  time  there  came  unto  us  a  merchant  of 
Babylon  to  buy  wool.  Him  I  told  of  my  desire ;  and 
how  I  was  vexed  because  neither  I  nor  any  of  my 
people  could  work  the  stones.  And  he  said,  I  will 
send  thee  a  man  of  Babylon  that  knoweth  to  burst 
the  hardest  rock.  So  I  waited  for  the  man  of 
Babylon ;  and  when  he  was  come  he  made  light  of 
our  trouble,  and  said,  It  is  nothing.  And  he 
wrought  after  the  manner  of  working  that  I  showed 
Caphtor  and  clave  the  very  hardest  of  the  rocks. 
Furthermore,  he  told  me  that  his  forefathers  wrought 
in  the  same  way  »vhen  they  built  the  great  temple  to 
the  sun  that  is  in  Baalbec,  where  they  quarried 
pieces  of  rock  thirty  and  five  cubits  long,  and  nearly 
six  cubits  square.  Thou  mayest  be  sure,  King 
Suphis,  that  the  man  of  Babylon  spake  truth,  for  the 
pieces  of  rock  remain  in  Baalbec  unto  this  day,  and 
I  have  seen  them  with  mine  own  eyes. 

The  king  was  pleased  to  commend  my  knowledge ; 
and  he  went  on  to  say : 


I30  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

On  the  morrow,  when  thou  hast  examined  the 
work  done  in  Gizeh  while  thou  wast  absent,  and  hast 
set  the  men  a  further  task,  return  to  me,  and  bring 
Salmon  with  thee,  that  we  may  take  counsel;  for 
there  are  evil  tidings  from  the  tribes  that  dwell  by 
the  sea,  concerning  the  levy  of  men  to  work  on  the 
floats. 


■  Swilllli  — 


.*.  ■■■tysenattS^. 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


•3> 


itnined  tlio 
it,  and  hast 
,  and  bring 
ounsel;  for 
It  dwell  by 
vork  on  the 


CHAPTER   XXIII. 

When  I  went  unto  the  king,  the  next  day  after  I 
returned  from  the  quarries,  behold,  there  was  with 
him  Pathrus,  the  chief  tax-gatherer ;  and  I  perceived 
that  the  countenance  of  Pathrus  was  troubled.  As 
I  drew  near,  with  Salmon,  the  king  commanded 
Pathrus,  saying,  Tell  now  in  the  hearing  of  my  lord 
Enoch,  and  of  Salmon,  the  evil  tidings  thou  hast 
brought  from  the  tribes  that  dwell  by  the  sea. 
Thereupon  Pathrus  turned  his  face  toward  us,  and 
said: 

It  is  now  twenty  days  since  I  went  northward  to 
the  Lebahim  and  the  Naphtuhim  and  the  Eberites 
to  receive  the  tribute  that  is  due  unto  the  king.  As 
I  went  from  tribe  to  tribe,  lo,  there  were  murmur- 
ings  and  bitter  complaint  because  that  my  lord 
Enoch  hath  demanded  of  these  tnbes  a  levy  of  ten 
thousand  men  to  work  on  the  floats.  And  they  were 
saying.  Wherefore  should  we  be  taken  from  our 
wives  and  our  little  ones,  from  our  flocks  and  our 
herds,  from  our  fields  and  our  vineyards,  and  from 
netting  the  fish  that  be  in  the  great  sea? 

And  when  I  came  to  the  Eberites  it  was  told  me 
that  two  men  had  gone  up  and  down  through  the 


13*  ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 

tribes,  incensing  them  against  my  lord  Enoch;  and 
against  the  building  of  this  memorial  to  a  God  vho, 
but  yesterday,  was  unknown  in  Egypt;  and  against 
the  king,  also,  because  he  followeth  the  counsel  of 
this  stranger  from  Philistia,  and  consentcth  to  the 
utter  overthrow  of  all  the  ancient  gods  of  Egypt. 
And  it  was  told  me,  further,  that  of  the  two  men, 
one  is  Altipherah,  the  sometime  high  priest  of  Ptah, 
who  was  driven  forth  because  he  would  not  sacrifice 
to  the  God  of  Heaven;  and  the  other  is  known  as 
Hanac  the  Younger.     He  giveth  out  that  he  is  the 
son  of  that  Hanac  whom  my  lord  Enoch  slew,  as  he 
saith,  in  the  mountains  of  Philistia.     This  man  is  a 
giant,  being  four  cubits  high;  and  is  fierce  and  ter- 
rible, and  secketh  vengeance  for  the  slaying  of  his 

father. 

These  be  the  tidings  I  bring  from  the  north 
country.  It  will  be  the  king's  wisdom  to  determine 
quickly  what  must  be  done;  for,  if  they  continue  to 
hearken  to  Hanac  and  Altipherah,  the  people  will 
surely  rebel  against  the  king's  authority. 

As  he  listened  to  these  things  King  Suphis  waxed 
hot  in  his  wrath;  and  when  Pathrus  ceased  he  cried 
out,  This  demandeth  instant  punishment!  Is  it  not 
a  matter  for  thee,  my  lord  Enoch?  Shouldst  not 
thou  lead  a  force  against  them,  and  cut  off  this  mis- 
chievous priest  and  Hanac,  the  foe  of  thine  house. 


;jc„-z;s=S^— ?-JSSSiBip*-yf^  : 


,^«-..«--    -^«:^;rs;Yi«1-?K?^?'"i 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


133 


loch;  and 
God  v'ho, 
id  against 
ounsel  of 
th  to  the 
3f  Egypt, 
two  men, 
it  of  Ptah, 
t  sacrifice 
known  as 
:  he  is  the 
lew,  as  he 
s  man  is  a 
:e  and  ter- 
ring  of  his 

the   north 

determine 

:ontinue  to 

people  will 

phis  waxed 
ed  he  cried 
!  Is  it  not 
louldst  not 
)ff  this  mis- 
hinc  house, 


and  put  to  the  sword  all  that  have  followed  them  to 
murmur  against  thee  and  me? 
Then  I  entreated  the  king  to  hear  me,  and  said: 
May  it  please  thee,  O  Suphis,  to  remember  that  1 
was  sent  to  do  this  work  as  a  man  of  peace,  and  am 
not  permitted  even  to  carry  the  sword,  much  less  to 
smite  with  it.      As  for  Hanac  the  Younger  I  fear 
him  not.     They  who  watch  over  me  are  mightier 
than  he.     I  did  slay  his  father  in  battle  because  he 
slew  my  brothers,  and  had  taken  captive  Zillah,  my 
espoused  virgin.     After  we  shall  have  finished  the 
memorial,  if  he  still  desire  to  avenge  his  father,  I 
will  not  shun  to  meet  him.     But  until  the  topstone 
of  this  memorial  be   set  I  will  strike  no   man  in 
wrath,  neither  will  I  hide  myself  from  the  stroke  of 
any  who  would  hinder  me. 

If  the  king  will  give  ear  to  my  counsel,  let  one  of 
the  captains  go  forth  with  five  hundred  men,  and  lay 
hold  on  Hanac  and  Altipherah  and  we  will  cast  them 
into  prison  until  the  memorial  be  finished.  And  let 
him  take  of  the  turbulent  peoples  hostages,  seven 
of  the  chief  men  of  each  tribe,  and  they  shall  be  in 
our  hands  as  pledges  of  the  submission  and  service 
of  their  brethren. 

As  I  counseled,  so  was  it  done;  and  when  the 
soldiers  came  again  from  the  north  they  brought 
with  them  twenty  and  one  hostages  for  the  three 


■  ■  r  s '  ^?j^ -ij^^?!?? " 


rit-|ftT-i>n»  "-li""'     •*'     '-  <Wt»»*^'' ^'  IM^  '-■ 


134  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

tribes  that  had  murmured  against  the  king  and 
against  me.  But  Hanac  the  Younger  and  Alf.ph- 
erah  they  brought  not;  for  they  escaped  and  fled  to 
the  south  and  joined  themselves  to  the  Libyan  rob- 
bers that  dwelt  in  the  desert  on  the  good  land  that 
licth  to  the  west  of  Thebes. 

Afterward,  in  a  time  of  great  tribulation  and  peril, 
I  came  to  know  that  these  robbers  of  the  desert 
were  of  Hanac's  kindred,  the  Amorites,  and  had 
been  subject  of  a  long  time  to  a  brother  of  the  elder 
Hanac  whom  I  slew  in  Philistia. 


i»«»-lS*S«<*«"**-* 


^--^^»ir«p-,!7iwi.';-*t'S*Sr^*S'-"* 


ENOCH,  THE  I'UILISTINE. 


»35 


king  and 
d  Alt'ph- 
nd  fled  to 
byan  rob- 
land  that 

and  peril, 
;hc  desert 
,  and  had 
E  the  elder 


CHAPTER    XXIV. 

After  the  soldiers  came  again  from  the  north 
country  I  began  to  prepare  works  in  Gizeh  whereby 
we  could  receive  and  handle  the  stones  that  Caphtor 
would  presently  send  us  from  the  quarries. 

There  was  a  man  of  the  king's  household  whose 
name  was  Mizra,  and  he  was  both  skillful  and  strong- 
hearted  to  do  great  works.     So  I  took  him  and  set 
him  over  a  thousand  men,  to  dig  a  deep  and  wide 
trench  from  the  river  to  a  point  where  the  rocks 
began    to   rise   above    the    land,   about    five    fur- 
longs from  the  place  of  building.     This  work  I  did 
that  we  might  bring  the  laden  floats  near  to  the 
foundation.     And  I  was  careful  to  have  them  dig 
the  trench  when  there  was  the  least  water  in  the 
river,  so  that  we  could  bring  the  floats  by  that  way 
whether  they  came  in  the  season  of  the  flood  or  when 
the  waters  were  fully  abated.     And  I  gave  to  Mizra 
a  writing  wherein  I  fully  directed  him  concerning 
all  he  was  to  do,  saying: 

When  the  trench  shall  be  opened  to  the  place 
where  the  rocks  rise  above  the  land  thou  shalt  make, 
at  the  end  of  it,  a  great  chamber  in  the  rock,  from 
the  top  thereof  down  to  the  bottom  of  the  trench. 


Slirr?jP»i*r."^ ' 


K-  ,sy  •- ^^;  'j'.r.a.A'g&;j3>ja 


j.aa.cx-iea*''  <•;  a  ■»»■ 


136 


ENOCH.  THE  IMHLISTINE. 


Take  measurements,  and  make  it  larjje  enough  to 
contain  one  of  the  floats,  with  room  to  spare  about 
two  cubits  on  each  side.  Around  the  top  of  the 
chamber,  on  the  three  sides  of  it,  build  a  wall  of 
stones  and  slime.  Make  the  wall  five  cubits  thick, 
and  carry  it  up  five  cubits  above  the  height  of  the 
foundation  of  the  memorial.  For  the  side  of  the 
chamber  that  will  be  open  towaid  the  trench  thou 
Shalt  make  a  gate  of  strong  timbers,  that  may  be 
lifted  up  and  let  down,  as  we  will. 

Then  thou  shalt  make  a  road  twenty  cubits  wide, 
and  inclining  in  a  straight  line  from  the  top  of  the 
wall  about  the  chamber  to  the  place  of  building,  and 
to  the  level  thereof.  Lengthwise  of  the  road,  and 
covering  it  from  side  to  side,  thou  shalt  place  hewn 
timbers  of  oak,  bedded  and  fastened  on  other  tim- 
bers lying  under  them,  crosswise.  Put  the  upper 
timbers  close  one  to  another-a  hewn  side  to  a  hewn 
side— and  make  them  firm  in  their  places  that  they 

cannot  be  moved. 

While  thou  art  making  the  trench  and  the  chamber 
and  the  road,  send  other  laborers  southward,  a  great 
way,  to  the  place  where  the  bottom  of  the  river  lieth 
as  high  as  the  top  of  the  wall  around  the  chamber 
in  the  rock  will  be.  There  let  them  begin  another 
trench,  smaller  than  the  first,  that  will  bring  the 
water  to  us  at  the  top  of  the  wall.     Let  them  make 


!M;j«S!f-'*^  *  *'S*^  •  "**"■■ 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


•37 


nough  to 
ire  about 
)p  of  the 
a  wall  of 
)its  thick, 
jht  of  the 
de  of  the 
ench  thou 
it  may  be 

ibits  wide, 
top  of  the 
Iding,  and 

road,  and 
)lace  hewn 
other  tim- 

the  upper 
;  to  a  hewn 
1  that  they 

le  chamber 
ird,  a  great 
!  river  lieth 
le  chamber 
jin  another 
bring  the 
them  make 


the  trench  in  the  land  where  land  is,  and  in  the  rock 
where  rocks  are.  And  as  they  come  toward  Gizch, 
where  the  land  and  the  rocks  lie  below  the  height  of 
the  wall  where  the  water  is  to  issue,  let  them  build 
upward  with  stones  and  slime,  and  form  the  trench 
in  that  which  they  build. 

I  made  these  works  that  wc  might  draw  the  floats 
laden  with  stones— one  by  one— into  the  chamber  in 
the  rock,  and  shut  down  the  gate  behind  it  and 
let  the  water  from  the  upper  trench  flow  into  the 
chamber  and  fill  it  to  the  top  of  the  wall,  and,  so, 
lift  the  float,  with  its  lading  of  stones,  to  that  height 
by  means  of  the  water  of  the  river.  From  that  point 
I  knew  we  could  move  with  ease  the  heaviest  stones 
that  Caphtor  would  send  us,  for  it  would  be  over  the 
timbered  road  inclining  all  the  way  from  the  top  of 
the  chamber  in  the  rock  to  the  foundation. 

I  considered  beforehand  and  foresaw  that  wc  must 
needs  make  many  scaffolds,  and  a  long  ascending  way, 
round  about  the  memorial  on  every  side— compass- 
ing it  many  times  as  v/c  v/ould  build  upward  toward 
heaven.  And  I  foresaw  that  the  way  must  be  very 
strong,  and  stand  firm,  to  bear  the  weight  of  the 
stones,  and  of  the  men  and  oxen  in  number  sufficient 
to  move  them. 

Therefore  T  set  Salmon,  my  scribe,  over  five  hun- 
dred men,  to  prepare  of  timbers  a  great  store— cedar 


sr? 


gir"'^^* 


t38 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


for  posts,  and  oak  for  beams  and  coverings.  And  1 
determined  that  I  would  not  lay  the  casing  stones  in 
the  angles  that  would  be  made  by  the  retiring 
courses  of  the  memorial  until  I  had  used  the  angles 
as  resting  places  for  the  ends  of  the  beams  on  the 
inner  side  of  the  ascending  way,  and  for  the  ends  of 
the  posts  on  the  outer  side  of  it.  Moreover,  I  saw 
that  we  could  build  in  the  casing  stones  after  all  the 
courses  were  finished,  working  from  the  top  down- 
ward as  we  would  remove  the  timbers  of  the  ascend- 
ing way  and  send  them  down  to  the  earth. 

And  I  set  men  under  master-workmen  to  prepare 
all  manner  of  ropes  and  chains  and  rollers  such  as  we 
would  use  in  building.  I  directed  them,  also,  to 
make  yokes  for  the  oxen;  and  carts  having  wheels, 
sc^me  one  cubit  high  and  other  some  twelve  cubits; 
for  I  knew  that  some  of  the  stones  would  be  so  great 
that  they  could  be  moved  in  no  other  way  than  to 
hang  them  under  the  axles  of  the  carts  having 
wheels  twelve  cubits  high. 

In  the  eighth  month  of  the  first  year  of  our  work 
the  Phoenicians  delivered  the  two  hundred  floats  in 
the  River  of  Egypt,  as  they  had  covenanted  to  do. 
We  appointed  to  each  float  two  score  and  ten  men- 
forty  to  work  the  oars,  three  to  prepare  food,  six  to 
labor  in  turns  with  the  others  and  to  supply  the  lack 
of  service  if  any  were  sick,  and  one  to  be  master  of 


ENOCH,  TIIK  PIIILISTINK 


139 


And  I 

stones  in 
retiring 
le  angles 
(IS  on  the 
ic  ends  of 
cr,  I  saw 
ter  all  the 
op  down- 
ic  ascend- 

o  prepare 
mch  as  we 
I,  also,  to 
ig  wheels, 
ve  cubits; 
)e  so  great 
ly  than  to 
•ts  having 

our  work 
;d  floats  in 
ited  to  do. 
ten  men — 
Food,  six  to 
)ly  the  lack 
J  master  of 


the  float  ami  of  all  the  men.     At  the  ctul  of  the 
eighth  month  we  sent  them  southward  to  the  (luar- 

ries. 

It  was  on  the  day  when  I  had  dwelt  in  the  land  of 
Egypt  eleven  years  that  the  first  of  the  floiits 
returned  from  Caphtor,  laden  with  stcmes.  Wc 
drew  it  into  the  chamber  in  the  rock;  and  when  wc 
had  let  down  the  gate  behind  it  we  turned  the  water 
that  came  from  afar  in  the  upper  trench  into  the 
chamber  until  it  was  filled  to  the  top  of  the  wall. 
King  Suphis  stood  with  me  beholding;  and  when  he 
saw  the  water  rise  up  in  the  chamber,  and  saw  it  lifit 
the  float  with  its  burden  of  stones  to  the  top  of  the 
wall,  he  was  amazed;  and  he  praised  my  wisdom, 
and  glorified  God. 


^ 

( 


fegr-'gfiT"*' 


rT^ 


—--^ 


140 


liNUCU,    lllli  I'lllLlSTlNli. 


CHAPTER    XXV. 

In  tlic  sixth  year  of  the  huiUlinK,  it  came  to  pass 
that  I  was  taken  unawares,  l.y  the  subtlety  of  llanae 
the  Younyjer  and  of  Altiplierah,  tiie  hijjh  priest  of 
Ptah.  These  men  hated  nie  and  tlie  worl:  I  was 
doing,  and  plotted  to  destroy  me  in  seeret.  That 
they  might  the  more  surely  cut  me  off  they  waited 
until,  for  their  long  tiuietness,  I  was  assured  of 
peace  and  safety. 

They  conspired,  also,  with  Suphis,  the  Prince  of 
Egypt,  and  covenanted  with  him  that  they  would  put 
his  father  to  death,  and  that  he  should  reign  in  his 
father's  stead.  And  Suphis,  the  prince,  covenanted 
with  them  that  he  would  restore  all  the  gods  of 
Egypt,  with  their  temples  and  their  priests,  as  they 
were  before  I  came  into  Egypt,  and  that  he  would 
make  an  utter  end  of  the  memorial  to  the  God  of 

Heaven. 

About  the  middle  of  the  sixth  year,  I  went  south- 
ward to  the  quarries,  taking  with  me  a  score  of  the 
king's  guard.  When  I  set  forth  to  return  to  Gizeh, 
we  pitched  our  tents,  at  the  end  of  the  first  day's 
journey,  in  a  solitary  place  near  to  the  bank  of  the 
river.     Because  there  had  been  peace  in  the  land  ot 


^«a^r^',^'>l»■ 


KNOCII.  Till?  PHII.TSTtNl?. 


141 


ic  to  pass 
of  Ilanac 
priest  of 
)rk  I  was 
ct.  That 
ey  waited 
bsurcd   of 

Prince  of 
wouUl  pot 
ijjn  in  his 
ovcnantccl 
c  gods  of 
ts,  as  they 
he  would 
lie  God  of 

rent  south- 
sore  of  the 
I  to  Gizeh, 
first  day's 
lank  of  the 
the  land  of 


a  long  time,  I  set  no  watch,  but  suffered  all  the  men 
to  sleep  and  take  their  rest.  In  that  nifjht,  a  little 
before  the  break  of  day,  Hanac  came  upon  us,  with 
more  than  two  hundred  of  the  Libyan  robbers. 
They  moved  stealthily  in  the  darkness,  as  a  fox  creep- 
eth  upon  his  prey,  and  compassed  us  about  on 
every  side ;  and  they  seized  us,  and  bound  our  hands 
and  our  feet  with  cords  or  ever  we  were  aware ;  for 
we  were  in  a  deep  sleep. 

When  I  was  fully  awake,  and  knew  what  had  been 
done  unto  us,  I  was  astonished  and  sore  afraid ;  and 
I  marveled  greatly  that  there  had  been  no  sound  of 
battle,  nor  any  voice,  neither  yet  did  any  one  of  them 
speak.  They  stood  round  about  us,  in  appearance 
exceeding  fierce  and  terrible,  but  they  stood  in 
silence;  beholding,  as  we  lay  prone  on  the  earth, 
without  doing  anything  further  to  us. 

Presently,  when  the  sun  arose,  Hanac  made  a  sign 
with  his  sword,  pointing  across  the  desert  toward 
the  good  land  that  lieth  westward  from  Thebes. 
Straightway  certain  of  the  robbers  loosed  our  feet 
and  thrust  us  toward  the  place  where  we  had  left 
our  horses.  When  we  were  come  to  the  place,  the 
robbers  commanded  us  by  signs— for  still  they  were 
silent  as  dead  men— to  get,  each  man,  upon  a  horse; 
and  when  they  saw  that  we  could  not,  for  that  our 
hands  were  bound,  they  lifted  us  up  and  set  us  on 


"fsm — 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


14a 

the  horses.  Then  the  robbers,  with  Hanae  going 
before,  moved  forward;  keeping  us  m  their  midst, 
and  leading  the  horses  whereon  we  sat. 

When  they  eame  to  the  hiding  plaee-abont  two 
Jongs  from  onr  eamp-where  they  had  left  thejr 
11   horses,  and   were  seated  thereon,  they  rode 
::„tly  toward  the   good  land  beyond   the  dese 
keeping  ns  hemmed  in  on  every  side.     And  sfU 
they  s^ke  no  word,  neither  to  one  anothernor  to  ns. 
All  the  day,  until  the  s„n  went  down  and  «  was  dark 
to  rode  in  silenee.     At  last,  when  it  was  wen  .^o 
the  night,  we  came  to  their  stronghold;  and,  havmg 
brought  torches,  they  were  about  to  thrust  us  mto 
the  Lgeon.    Then  1  lifted  «P  my  voice  and  cned 
against  Hanac,  saying; 

Boast   not  thyself,   O    Hanac,   t.ec=>nse    a^^  th.s 
present  we  are  in  thy  hand,  neither  th.nk  that  thou 
Ls.  do  ns  any  harm ,    Behold,  thou,  thyself^t  n 
the  hand    of  one  thou   seest  not-     He  ts  able  .0 
wither  up  thy  life  with  the  breath  of  his  mouthl    If 
tCwouJdo  well  for  thyself  and  for  those  thou 
rulest,  dismiss  now  both  me  and  the  men  oj  the 
king's  guard,  and  restore  all  that  .s  mme,  and  suffer 
us  to  go  on  our  way  in  peace. 

Hanac  answered  not  a  word;  but  his  ace  w  s 
dark  and  threatening  of  evil,  like  the  eloud  that  n 
summer,  gathercth  power  into  itself,  and  bursteth 


^•t.^>--.ftv,sy.'ii,v. 


•■'-•■Vi;i*C»  a«.,A's'fi  ' 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


143 


anac  going 
tieir  midst, 

-about  two 
id  left  their 

they  rode 
the  desert, 
And  still 
er  nor  to  ns, 
it  was  dark, 
ras  well  into 

and,  having 
rust  us  into 
ce  and  cried 

.use  at  this 
ink  that  thou 
hyself,  art  in 
le  is  able  to 
s  mouth!  If 
or  those  thou 
B  men  of  the 
ne,  and  suffer 

his  face  was 
cloud  that,  in 
and  bursteth 


forth  in  wrath,  shooting  out    ,i,;itnings,  and  filling 
the  vault  of  heaven  with  its  th  r .  ^er. 

When  we  were  made  fast  in  the  dungeon,  they 
brought  us  abundance  of  savory  food;  whereat  I  was 
amazed  beyond    measure.      But,    inasmuch   as    we 
were   an  hungered    and    very    weary,  we  did    eat 
freely  thereof  and  were  satisfied.     Afterward  I  called 
the  men  of  the  king's  guard  about  me,  and  lifted  up 
my  voice  to  the  God  of  Heaven  and  prayed,  saying: 
Have  mercy  on  me,  O  Lord  God,  I  beseech  thee, 
and  hear  my  cry  for  deliverance.    When  thou  calledst 
me,  O  God,  I  gave  heed  unto  thee.      In  following 
thee  I  am  now  come  into  the  jaws  of  the  devourer, 
and  am  between  the  teeth  of  him  that  hateth  me 
with  cruel  and  bitter  hatred.     Think  on  me  this  day, 
O  my  God,  and  bring  me  out  with  thy  strong  hand. 
And  think  on  these  men  who  are  with  me  in  this 
calamity,    and    suffer    no    harm    to    befall    them. 
Remember,    O    Lord  God,  how  thou  didst  require 
it  of  me  to  be  naked  to  the  stroke  of  every  one  who 
would   hinder  me   in  this  work,  and   to  have   no 
defense  but  thine.     And  now,  O  Lord,  behold  how 
this  Hanac  hath  triumphed  over  me,  and  all  the  evil 
he  purposeth  against  me.      Stretch  forth  thy  hand 
and  deliver  me,  O  Lord  God,  for  I  have  trusted  in 

thee  alone. 

When   I  had  finished  praying,  we  laid  down  on 

10 


'.;it,«ii*(A.-H.i'f*' 


144  ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 

the  floor  of  the  dungeon  and  slept  in  peace,  for  we 

trusted  in  God,  that  he  would  defend  us,  and,  in 

good  time,  deliver  us. 
The  next  day  I  was  made  to  know  wherefore  it 

was  that  we  were  so  bountifully  fed,  and  that  we 

were  so  to  be  fed  certain  days  before  Hanac, would 

begin  to  take  his  vengeance. 
In  the  morning  of  our  first  day  in  the  dungeon 

there  came  in  unto  us  six  of  the  Libyan  robbers; 
and  they  made  signs  that  I,  alone,  must  go  forth 
with  them.     So  I  arose  and  went ;  and  they  guarded 
me  as  I  walked,  two  before  me,  and  two  behind,  and 
one  on  either  side.    Thus  they  took  me  out  of  the 
dungeon,  and  across  a  wide  court  into  another  build- 
ing, which  was  very  great  and  strong;  and  they 
brought  me  through  many  passages  thereof  until  we 
came  into  a  chamber  which  was  like  a  place  of  judg- 
ment.    At  one  end  of  the  chamber  three  men  were 
seated,  as  it  were  on   thrones;  and  the   men  were 
clad  in  long  garments  of  black  reaching  down  to  the 
feet  and   gathered  about  the  loins  with  a  girdle. 
Over  the  face  of  each  was  a  veil  of  black,  with  open- 
ings for  the  mouth  and  the  eyes  and  the  nostrils. 
And  they  wore  each   a  breastplate,  made  of  five 
thigh-bones  of  men  fastened  to  the  garment  of  black, 
and  on  the  head  the  similitude  of  a  crown,  the  lower 
part  thereof  being  of  black  cloth,  and  the  upper  part 


:e,  for  we 
>,  and,  in 

lerefore  it 
I  that  we 
lac,  would 


ENOCH,  THE  mULISTlNE. 


145 


the  skull  of  a  man.  Along  the  sides  of  the  chamber 
stood  twenty  and  four  men— twelve  on  a  side— and 
they,  also,  were  clad  in  garments  of  black;  and  in 
the  right  hand  of  each  was  a  long  spear,  one  end 
thereof  resting  on  the  floor,  and  the  other  reaching 
a  full  cubit  above  his  head. 


1  dungeon 
I  robbers; 
t  go  forth 
y  guarded 
shind,  and 
out  of  the 
:her  build- 

and  they 
jf  until  we 
ce  of  judg- 
men  were 
men  were 
own  to  the 
I  a  girdle, 
with  open- 
le  nostrils. 
,de  of  five 
it  of  black, 
I,  the  lower 

upper  part 


:i 


""ircr  'BttT*-"-  '^ini^^y^iy  1^" 


146 


ENOCH,  THE  i'lllLlbTINE. 


CHAPTER    XXVI. 

The  six  men  who  brought  me  into  the  chamber, 
thrust  me  forward  until  I  stood  before  the  three  that 
sat  as  judges;  then  they  went  out,  making  fast  the 
door  whereby  we  had  entered.  Thereupon  he  who 
sat  on  the  middle  throne  stood  up— he  was  a  giant  in 
stature— and  removing  the  veil  from  his  face,  he 
looked  steadfastly  on  me  and  said : 

Enoch,  son  of  Admon,  I  am  Hanac,  son  of  that 
Hanac  whom,  by  subtlety,  thou  didst  snare  and  slay 
in  the  mountains  of  Philistia.  I  will  tell  thee,  pres- 
ently, the  number  of  the  days  thou  hast  yet  to  live, 
and  the  manner  of  death  by  which  thou  shalt  die.  But 
I  would  have  thee  to  know,  first,  wherefore  it  was  I 
slew  thee  not  by  the  river,  when  thy  life  was  under 
my  hand,  and  ihou  in  a  deep  sleep;  and  I  would 
have  thee  to  know,  also,  why,  until  this  moment, 
thou  hast  heard  no  voice  since  thou  hast  been  in  my 
power.  Know  that  thou  art  captive  to  the  Brothers 
of  Silence.  Their  time  to  speak  is  when  they  take 
counsel  beforehand  what  they  will  do.  When  they 
go  forth,  it  is  their  time  to  be  silent,  and  do  the 
thing  ordained,  making  no  sound.  While  thou  wast 
yet  at  large,  and  until  we  had  thee  here  in  our 


ENOCH.  THE  PHH^ISTINE. 


M7 


:haniber, 
lirec  that 
;  fast  the 
a  he  who 

1  giant  in 
face,  he 

n  of  that 
:  and  slay 
lee,  pres- 
et to  live, 
;  die.  But 

2  it  was  I 
ms  under 
i  I  would 

moment, 
2en  in  my 
i  Brothers 
they  take 
V^hen  they 
id  do  the 
thou  wast 
re  in  our 


stronghold,  thou  wast  a  living  man;  and,  by  our 
vow,  we  might  not  let  thee  hear  the  sound  of  our 
voices.  But  now  thou  art  unto  us  as  a  dead  man 
that  cannot  hear,  for  the  number  of  thy  days,  and 
the  manner  of  thy  death  are  determined.  Know, 
also,  that  when  we  shall  have  made  an  end  of  thee, 
and'of  all  who  are  with  thee,  then  the  false  king  of 
Egypt,  whom  thou  hast  perverted,  shall  come  hither 
as  thou  camcst,  and  shall  die,  in  like  manner  as  thou 

Shalt  die. 

Then  the  four  and  twenty  men  who  stood  along 
the  sides  of  the  chamber,  stamped  with  the  foot  and 
smote  on  the  floor  with  their  spears,  and  shouted,  as 
with  the  voice  of  one  man,  So  shall  it  be,  O  Abba- 

him ! 

When  Hanac  was  seated,  the  man  on  his  right  hand 
arose  and  uncovered  his  face ;  and  regarding  me  with 
an  evil  eye,  he  said : 

Enoch,  son  of  Admon,  I  am  Altipherah,  high 
priest  of  Ptah.  Where  art  thou  now,  thou  that  con- 
temnest  the  gods  of  Egypt?  Thou  that  drivest  forth 
their  priests  to  wander  as  vagabonds  in  the  earth? 
And  where  now  is  thy  God-the  God  of  Heaven,  as 
thou  callest  him?  Verily,  thou  didst  serve  him  well ! 
Why  doth  not  he  arise,  and  deliver  thee  out  of  our 
hands?  Behold,  he  is  nothing!  Thou  canst  not  see 
him,  nor  hear  him,  neither  can  he  do  anything  to 


r^^!imetzi:^m':»^mis^!»-»^'»r^-- 


148 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


help  thee!    Thou  shalt  die,  and  the  ancient  gods  ot 
Egypt  shall  be  restored,  with  their  temples  and  their 

priests ! 

Again  the  four  and  twenty  men  that  stood  along 
the  sides  of  the  chamber  stamped  with  the  foot,  and 
smote  on  the  floor  with  their  spears,  and  shouted, 
louder  than  before,  So  shall  it  be,  O  Abbahim! 

Then  arose  the  man  on  Hanac's  left  hand,  and 
unveiled  his  face,  and  said  unto  me : 

Enoch  of  Philistia,  I  am,  as  thou  knowest,  Suphis 
the  Prince  of  Egypt.     It  was  an  evil  day  for  thee 
when  thou  camest  hither  to  overthrow  the  gods  of 
Egypt  by  turning  away  from  them  the  heart  of  my 
father,  the  king.     And  this  thou  didst  that,  of  the 
stones  of  Egypt  and  by  the  labor  of  Egypt,  thou 
mightest  build  unto  thy  God,  who  is  as  nothing,  a 
memorial  greater  than  hath  ever  been  built  to  any 
other  god  worshiped  by  man.     Behold  in  me  and  in 
Hanac  and  in  Altipherah,  the  Abbahim  of  the  Broth- 
ers of  Silence;  and  know  that  they  and  we  live  only 
to  rid  the  world  of  thee,  and  to  make  an  utter  end  of 
the  evil  work  thou  hast  begun.     The  Brothers  of 
Silence  are  like  the  sands  of  the  desert  for  number, 
and  are  everywhere  in  the  land.     While  thou  wast 
creeping  as  a  serpent  into  the  heart  of  the  king,  and 
oppressing  Egypt   to   begin  the    building  of  this 
memorial,  we  were  taking  the  sons  of  Egypt  apart, 


ft^jjg^^j'^  j^ 


::,-': x--^:'  ^--t^-e- ■' 


<-   ^*  6-   ►  ■^' 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


149 


nt  gods  of 
5  and  their 

tood  along 
B  foot,  and 
d  shouted, 
ihim! 
hand,  and 

est,  Suphis 
ly  for  thee 
;he  gods  of 
leart  of  my 
:hat,  of  the 
Igypt,  thou 
nothing,  a 
)uilt  to  any 
I  me  and  in 
E  the  Broth- 
ive  live  only 
utter  end  of 
Brothers  of 
for  number, 
3  thoti  wast 
le  king,  and 
ling  of   this 
Sgypt  apart, 


one  by  one.  and  making  them  swear  by  their  ancten 
gods  to  obey  us,  and  to  do  in  silence,  and  withou 
question,  whatsoever  might  be  ordained  m  secret 
council  by  us,  their  Abbahim-for  we  three  are  the 
Fathers,  and  all  who  follow  us  are  the  Brothers,  of 
Silence     We  have  thee  in  our  hands,  and  will  purge 
the  earth  of  thee  in  a  way  thou  thinkest  not  o 
After  that,  we  will  deal  with  my  father  as  we  shal 
have  dealt  with  thee;  and  I  will  reign  m  my  father 
stead.      Hanac  shall  be    my  chief    captam;    and 
Altipherah  shall  be  High  Priest,  as  he  was  before. 
And  Zillah.  thy  wife,  shall  be  mine,  to  do  w.th  her 
as  I  will,   in    spite  of  the  dread  presence  I  met  at 
thy  threshold,  and  in  spite  of  thy  God  of  Heaven. 

whom  thou  servest. 

Then  Hanac  and  Altipherah  arose  and  stood  «.th 
the  prince.     And  Hanac,  stretching  forth  h.s  hands 
laid  his  right  hand  on  the  skull  that  «-  ^  *«  "^f 
of  Altipherah,  and  his  left  hand  on  the  sWl  th  t 
was  on  the  head  of  Suphis  the  pnnce  and  sa  d  un  o 
„e-    Enoch  of  Philistia,  the  days  thou  hast  yet  to 
„ve  are  twenty  and  four.     Know  that  they  who  are 
with  me  in  this  desert  are  sprung  from  "X  ""O-*' 
the  Amorites,  and  are  eaters  of  men     Three  day 
thou,  and  the  twenty  men  of  the  k-g's  g-rd  shall 
he  nourished  with  ahundance  of  delectable  food^   On 
the  fourth  day  I  will  give  one  of  the  guard  to  certam 


,«»i-M»i>iiri»i:ii'{ii>i^"*"*''ii*» ' 


yi^fe3(rgeaK=A;2'^-^3'-*ii^5^^  "•' 


! 


f 


ISO 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


of  my  men,  and  they  shall  feast  upon  him;  on  the 
fifth  day  I  will  give  another  of  the  guard  to  other 
some  of  my  men;  and  each  day  thereafter  I  will 
give  one,  until  there  shall  be  none  left  of  the  guard. 
And  thou  shalt  stand  by,  and  behold  and  see,  when 
each  shall  be  slain,  and  shall  be  seethed  in  th^  pots 
and  baked  in  the  ovens  and  eaten  by  the  men  to 
whom  he  was  given.     On  the  four  and  twentieth  day 
from  this  present  I  will  slay  thee  with  mine  own 
hand,   and  will  hew  thee  to  pieces;   and  my  men 
shall  seethe  parts  of  thee,  and  bake  parts  of  thee, 
and  eat  thee  in  my  presence.     So  will  I  avenge  my 
father,  and  all  that  perished  with  him  in  Philistia, 
and  all  that  died  by  thy  subtlety  in  the  desolate 
mountains.     Moreover,  thou    and   thy   men    shall 
serve  to  make  the  Brothers  of  Silence  strong-hearted 
to  go  forward  and  purge  the  throne  of  Egypt  of  the 
king  whom  thou  hast  perverted,  and  purge  all  the 
land  of  Egypt  of  this  God  of  Heaven,  and  of  his 
memorial. 

When  we  shall  have  finished  with  thee  and  thy 
men,  and  with  the  king,  there  shall  be  left  of  you 
nothing  at  all  but  your  bones.  Nor  shall  there 
have  been  heard  any  sound  of  battle,  nor  cry  of  pain, 
nor  of  wrath  by  which  peradventure  some,  having 
heard,  might  know  how  it  was  ye  were  made  to  dis- 
appear  from  the   earth.      For  ye  will  have  been 


^»^aa5S»sis«."sn!srrr.'=^:sr.<rr.'r« 


^,'i.tfj!»iKr::;:;;23e=i'!^:^»^~''-*  *'■*'"  ^'*'^^ 


ENOCH.  THK  PHILISTINE. 


»5» 


on  the 
o  other 
■  I  will 
!  guard. 
e,  when 
the(  pots 
men  to 
ieth  day 
inc  own 
ny  men 
of  thee, 
inge  my 
*hilistia, 
desolate 
jn    shall 
-hearted 
pt  of  the 
B  all  the 
d  of  his 


caught  away  from  among  men  by  the  Brothers  ot 
Silence,  who  work  secretly,  and  make  no  sound. 

When  Hanac  ceased  speaking  the  four  and  twenty 
,^,en  that  stood  along  the  sides  of  the  chamber 
stamped,  thrice  three  times,  with  the  foot,  and  smote 
on  the  floor  with  their  spears,  and  shouted  vehe- 
mently, as  with  the  voice  of  thunder,  So  shall  it  be, 
O  Abbahim! 


and  thy 
"t  of  you 
ill  there 
'  of  pain, 
I,  having 
le  to  dis- 
ive  been 


*<vrs***^sa<rr-tt»'rjs^  ■ 


B— ~trij'~TiiV^^^^'°^°^-'"~"  '<::% 


:3JiSipMSSSS2i?»«^-- 


iSt 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


CHAPTER    XXVII. 

Notwithstanding  the  great  swelling  words  of  mine 
enemies,  and  that  I  was  in  their  hands,  and  that 
they  intended  an  evil  and  bitter  thing  against  mc 
and  against  the  king,  yet  did  I  not  fear,  neither  was 
I  in  anywise  dismayed.  And  I  lifted  up  my  voice 
against  them,  and  cried : 

Woe  unto  thee,  Hanac!  Woe  unto  thee,  Altiph- 
erah !  And  thou,  Suphis,  Prince  of  Egypt,  that  plot- 
test  in  secret  to  take  away  thy  father's  life,  that  thou 
mayest  sit  down  on  the  throne  before  the  time, 
behold,  thine  eyes  shall  never  again  look  on  the 
throne  thou  hast  coveted,  nor  upon  thy  father's  face ! 
Woe  unto  you  that  conspire  to  do  evil  against  the 
God  of  Heaven!  If  ye  had  hated  me,  alone,  and 
had  purposed  evil  only  against  me  and  Zillah  my 
wife,  peradventure  I  might  have  feared  you.  But 
now  ye  have  made  your  battle  to  be  against  the 
Almighty,  in  that  ye  have  blasphemed  his  name,  and 
have  put  forth  your  wicked  hands  to  stay  the  work- 
ing of  his  will.  Woe  vmto  you  when  once  he  riseth 
up!  Behold,  your  destruction  lingereth  not.  It 
cometh  furiously,  as  a  whirlwind! 

More  I  would    have  said;    for  my    mouth  was 


M^»k»^^ 


Hieaifl5»rr 


■^4«mjrr*S7--w*-r-' 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


Hi 


ds  of  mine 
and  that 
gainst  niL- 
either  was 
I  my  voice 

;e,  Altiph- 
,  that  plot- 
,  that  thou 

the  time, 
ok  on  the 
her's  face ! 
gainst  the 
alone,  and 
Zillah  my 
you.  But 
gainst  the 
name,  and 

the  work- 
e  he  riseth 
1  not.      It 

louth  was 


opened  to  smite  them  with  words,  as  with  a  sharp 
sword;  but  they  could  not  endure  the  smiting;  so, 
Hanac  made  a  sign  to  the  men  that  stood  along  the 
sides  of  the  chamber,  and  six  of  them  surrounded 
me,  and  had  me  away  in  haste  to  the  dungeon. 

As  soon  as  wc  were  alone  together  in  the  dungeon, 
I  rehearsed  to  the  men  of  the  guard  all  the  words  of 
the  Abbahim.     And  when  the  men  began  to  be  in 
great  fear,  and  to  cry  out  because  of  the  horrible 
thing  that  was  threatened  against  us,  I  comforted 
them  as  best  I  was  able.     I  showed  them  how  my 
God  had  given  me  victory  over  the  elder  Hanac  in 
battle,  and  over  Hanac  the  Younger,  when  I  dis- 
comfited him  in  the  desolate  mountains  without  any 
weapon  of  war,  and  how  he  had  prospered  me  in  the 
land    of    Egypt.      And   I  counseled   them  to   eat 
freely,  as  I  would  do,  of  the  good  food  that  was  to 
prepare  us  for  the  ovens  and  the  pots,  and  for  the 
teeth  of  the  eaters  of  men;  for  that  we  might  need 
our  strength  at  the  time  of  our  deliverance. 

Furthermore,  I  stretched  forth  my  hands  over 
their  heads  and  blessed  them,  and  covenanted  with 
them,  in  the  name  of  my  God,  that  not  a  hair  of 
their  heads  should  be  hurt.  Then  their  spirit 
returned,  and  they  were  of  good  courage;  for  they 
trusted  in  God,  and  in  me,  that  I  was  his  servant. 
Three  days  we  abode  in  the  dungeon,  and  waited 


■»^^f**;?aj(rKrwrr*£7A"' 


>.»^a*m—  iiii^wii'  '"'^ 


f 


»S4 


KNOCH.  TIIK  PHILISTINE. 


i 


for  deliverance.  On  each  day  there  came  in  unto 
us  the  Abbahim ;  and  they  mocked  and  blasphemed, 
and  showed  us,  in  many  bitter  and  rcvilinjj  words, 
that  which  would  begin  on  the  fourth  day  of  our 
captivity. 

On  the  third  night  after  the  sentence  was  made 
known  unto  us,  we  determined  that  we  would  not 
sleep,  but  would    watch  in   readiness  for   instant 
departure  from  the  dungeon;  for  we  were  persuaded 
that  we  would  be  brought  forth  before  the  morning. 
And  at  midnight,  behold,  we  heard  a  sound  as  of 
men  stepping  softly  round  about  our  dungeon ;  but 
wte  knew  not  who  they  were,  nor  wherefore  they  had 
come.     Presently,  and  from  afar,  we  heard  a  tumult 
of  battle— men  shouting  to  one  another,  and  swords 
clashing  upon  swords,  and  the  cries  of  men  wounded 
unto  death.     Then  we  knew  that  God  had  risen  up 
in  our  behalf.     And  I  heard  the  voice  of  Hanac,  rag- 
ing like  a  lion,  and  calling  to  his  men— commanding 
them  to  follow  him  quick  to  the  dungeon,  and  charg- 
ing them,  Slay  me  that  dog  of  a  Philistine,  and 
every  man  of  the  king's  guard !     Let  not  one  escape ! 
But  when  they  were  come  near  to  burst  in  itpon  us 
and  slay  us,  I  knew  that  they  who  came  first,  step- 
ping softly    round  about  the  dungeon,   were  our 
friends;  for  I  heard  them  in  fierce  battle  with  the 
Libyans,  to  stay  them  from  coming  in  unto  us.     And 


"- 


*;MiSs«*sKesfi 


— •  ■♦-•''ytiiB '.';.'»»' I*  w  '«*  •. 


le  in  tinto 
asphemed, 
ny^  words, 
lay  of  our 

was  made 
would  not 
or   instant 
persuaded 
2  morning, 
ound  as  of 
igcon;  but 
re  they  had 
rd  a  tumult 
and  swords 
n  wounded 
id  risen  up 
rianac,  rag- 
mimanding 
and  charg- 
istine,  and 
one  escape ! 
in  upon  us 
first,  step- 
were  our 
le  with  the 
;o  us.     And 


KNOCn,  TIIK  IMIIMSTINK. 


«5.S 


over  all  the  tumult  I  heard  the  great  voice  of  Caph- 
tor.  like  unto  a  brazen  trumpet,  crying,  first,  unto 
Hanac,  Die,  thou  wild  beast!  though  1  knew  not, 
until  afterward,  that  it  was  Hanac  whom  he  slow  at 
that  moment.  Then  he  cried  unto  me,  Fear  noth- 
ing, my  lord  Enoch!  We  will  guard  thee  where 
thou  art  until  the  battle  be  finished! 

The  fighting  and  the  slaughter  continued  for  the 
space  of  an  hour.  Because  the  noise  of  the  battle 
went  not  from  about  the  dungeon  and  the  strong- 
hold. I  knew  that  Caphtor  had  them  hemmed  in  on 
every  side;  and  I  prayed  in  my  heart  that  every  one 
of  them  might  be  cut  off;  and  it  was  so.  When 
Caphtor  burst  in  the  door  and  brought  us  out,  there 
was  no  more  fighting;  for  the  Libyan  robbers,  with 
Hanac  and  Altipherah  and  Suphis,  the  Prince  of 
Egypt,  were  all  slain. 

Then  gave  I  great  thanks  to  the  God  of  Heaven 
for  deliverance  from  so  great  a  peril.  And  I  fell 
upon  Caphtor's  neck,  and  kissed  him,  and  said  unto 
him.  Next  to  the  Almighty  we  owe  thanks  to  thee; 
for  thou  hast  been  the  feet  and  the  hands  of  our 
deliverance.  How  cometh  it  to  pass  that  thou  and 
thy  men  are  here  to  rescue  us  at  the  moment  when 
our  enemies  were  about  to  devour  us  up? 

Caphtor   answered   me.  Blessed  be   the  God  of 
Heaven— thy  God  and  mine— that  I  gave  heed  to  a 


1 


f-rrteffi^c.'*^**"' 


"•r*.  jtr-y-^'^'^-' 


156 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


vision  that  came  to  me  on  the  night  after  thou  went- 
est  forth  from  the  quarries  in  the  morning.     Bat  if 
it  please  thee,  my  lord,  I  will  tell  thee  the  whole 
matter  after  that  we  have  cared  for  the  wounded, 
for  their  cries  afflict  mine  ears.     Moreover,  we  must 
all  take  food;  and  must  rest  for  a  season;  for  we 
have  done  neither  to  any  purpose  for  two  days  and 
two  nights.     We  were  persuaded  that  both  thou  and 
the  king  were  in  jeopardy,  and  spared  not  ourselves. 
I  saw  that  it  must  needs  be  as  Caphtor  had  said; 
for,  what  with  all  he  had  to  make  known  to  me,  and 
all  that  I  must  tell  him  of  our  captivity,  and  of  the 
conspiracy  against  the  king,  our  conference  would  be 

long. 

So  we  went,  straightway,  unto  the  wounded  of  our 
own  people,  and  bound  them  up,  and  gave  them 
water  to  drink,  and  comforted  them  in  every  way  as 
we  could.  The  dead  were  everywhere,  cumbering 
the  ground;  but  we  were  glad  when  we  percei'/ed 
that  but  few  of  Caphtor's  men  had  fallen.  The 
Libyans  were  lying  in  heaps;  and  we  saw  that  many 
had  been  slain  by  their  own  brethren,  hating  turned 
their  swords  against  one  another  in  the  confusion 
and  the  darkness  of  the  night.  And  every  man  of 
them  was  dead,  for  Caphtor  had  charged  certain  of 
his  men  to  go  over  the  field  and  make  it  sure  that 
not  even  one  of  them  should  rise  up  again. 


^t;tfim_'iMm'*''*'a!iti*»iiJ!Ji.'Jt^-  - 


;.,»-»■  m  r,y,-»i,»i,\ifi^ii}m  I  vyjeti  '.XM*  -! 


thou  went- 
tig.     But  if 

the  whole 
2  wounded, 
jr,  we  must 
on;  for  we 
ro  days  and 
th  thou  and 
t  ourselves. 
ir  had  said; 

to  me,  and 
,  and  of  the 
ce  would  be 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

As  soon  as  we  had  fully  ministered  to  the 
wounded,  and  had  all  partaken  of  food,  I  besought 
Caphtor  that  he  and  his  men  would  lie  down  and 
rest,  while  I,  with  the  men  of  the  king's  guard, 
would  keep  watch,  for  that  we  were  neither  weary 
with  marching,  nor  sore  with  the  wounds  of  battle. 
And  they  did  so,  and  waked  not  until  it  was  drawmg 
toward  evening. 

The  rest  of  that  day  we  labored  in  preparing  to 
bury  the  dead.  When  it  was  dark  I  took  Caphtor 
into  my  tent— for  we  had  recovered  the  spoil  that 
Hanachad  taken  from  us-and  there  I  entreated  him 
to  tell  me  how  it  was  that  he  knew  of  my  peril  and 
came  to  my  relief. 


inded  of  our 
gave  them 
very  way  as 
,  cumbering 
e  percei'/ed 
alien.  The 
V  that  many 
i^  ing  turned 
le  confusion 
/ery  man  of 
d  certain  of 
it  sure  that 
in. 


i^'»j<y»-»(iM!B'.'.';«W'»'.')&*"'^»*''| 


-,J-gg5„^«*??**^ 


I  I 


I 


,58  ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


CHAPTER    XXVIII. 

When  I  demanded  it  of  him  the  second  time, 
Caphtor  told  me  fully  how  it  came  to  pass  that  he 
knew  to  come  to  my  rescue,  saying: 

On  the  night  of  that  day  when  thou  wentest  forth 
from  the  quarries  toward  Gizeh,  I  had  a  vision,  and 
I  saw  therein  many  things  that  made  me  sore  afraid 
for  thee,  and  for  the  king.  Toward  the  morning  my 
sleep  went  from  me;  and  because  it  was  not  yet  day- 
break I  slept  again.  In  my  second  sleep,  in  a  smgle 
hour,  I  had  the  vision,  and  it  seemed  to  be  full  forty 

days  long. 

In  the  beginning  of  it  I  saw  a  glorious  presence 
standing  by  my  bed;  and  he  passed  his  hands  over 
my  face,   and  down  my  arms  to  the  ends  of  my 
fingers,    but  he  spake   no    word.      After   a  httle 
space  he  touched  my  face  with  his  hands,  and  drew 
them'  quickly  away;   and   my  spirit    followed   his 
hands,  and  came  out  of  my  body,  so  that  I  became 
two-myself   standing  with  the    glorious  one,  and 
looking  down  upon  myself,  lying  on  the  bed.     Then 
he  who  had  wrought  this  upon  me  beckoned,  and  I 
followed  him  through  the  door;   and  instantly  we 
floated  upward,  very  swiftly,  into  the  air.     As  it 


-• i'*^jJB?8!Bl^*^^ap.<!'"--*.'-»'''  "^' 


,  .«^  ;  ll^^.^l^»^>P?^T^■l»^^^^efe»'- 


^  *^p!^S-^*-'''*'r'w- 


ENOCH.  THE  PHH.ISTINE. 


159 


econd  time, 
lass  that  he 

ventest  forth 
a  vision,  and 
le  sore  afraid 
morninijf  my 
not  yet  day- 
p,  in  a  single 
I  be  fiill  forty 

ous  presence 
is  hands  over 

ends  of  my 
^fter  a  little 
ids,  and  drew 

followed  his 
hat  I  became 
;ous  one,  and 
le  bed.  Then 
;ckoned,  and  I 
I  instantly  we 
le  air.      As  it 


were  in  a  single  moment  of  time,  we  were  over  a 
place  by  the  river  where  thy  tents  were  pitched. 

And  T  saw  thee  and  thy  men  seized,  and  bcu.^, 
and  carried  away  into  the  desert,  on  horses.  Fi.m 
that  time  it  was  verily  a  Vision  of  Days. 

The  first  day,  I  saw  thee  carried  westward,  all  the 
day  and  thrust  into  a  dungeon  where  it  was  dark. 
The  second  day  I  saw  thee  in  a  hall  of  judgment; 
and  three  judges,   that  hated  thee,  seemed  to  be 
pronouncing  judgment  on  thee;  but  I  could  hear  no 
word       Afterward,  on  that  day,  I  saw  thee  taken 
back  to  the  dungeon;  and  I  hovered  over  the  place, 
all  the  third  day,  and  the  fourth,  also.      On  the 
morning  of  the  fifth  day  in  the  vision,  I  saw  thee 
and  one  of  thy  men  brought  out  of  the  dungeon,  and 
the  man  was  slain  in  thy  presence,  and  carried  away 
in  pieces;  whereat,  thy  countenance  was  sad  exceed- 
ingly    On  the  sixth  day  they  did  likewise  with  an 
other  of  thy  men,  and  also  on  each  day  that  fol- 
lowed until  all  the  men  of  the  king's  guard  had  been 
slain  in  thy  presence.     And  as  the  days  increased  m 
number,  I  saw  that  thou  didst  grow  more  and  more 
sorrowful,  nigh  unto  death,  and  my  spirit  was  m 
great  heaviness  for  thee. 

On  the  five  and  twentieth  day  of  the  vision,  I  saw 
them  bring  thee  forth  alone,  for  there  was  not  a 
man  of  the  guard  left,  to  bring  with  thee.     And  I 


11 


-V.--r«!l 


■%^Sf 


I 


,60  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

saw  the  chief  of  thy  foes,  who  was  a  giant  in  stature, 
draw  his  great  sword  and  cut  thee  down,  and  hew 
thee  in  pieces,  and  give  thee  to  one  and  another  of 
his  men.     Then  was  my  spirit  hot  with  exceedmg 
wrath;  and  I  essayed  to  cry  aloud  against  thy  foes, 
and  against  thy  God  who  had  forsaken  thee,  and 
left  thee  naked  to  the  sword  of  thine  enemy;  and 
most  of  all  I  would  have  cried  against  myself,  that  I 
was  not  at  thy  right  hand  to  defend  thee  or  to  die 
with  thee.      But  I  could  make  no  sound,  neither 
could  I  do  anything  but  behold  the  evil  thing  that 
was  being  done.     After  that  there  were  three  days 
without  slaughter;  and  I  hovered  over  the  place, 
mourning  for  thee,  and  grieving  that  I  had  had  no 

power  to  help  thee. 

On  the  eight  and  twentieth  day  of  the  vision  I 
saw  them  bringing  in  other  captives;  and,  lo,  they 
were  the  king,  and  eight  of  his  household  that  were 
brought,  and  one  of  the  eight  war       ^self  as  I  was 
before  the  vision  possessed  me.     h.      they  did  with 
them  as  they  had  done  with  thee  and  the  men  of  the 
king's  guard.    After  three  days  they  began  to  slay,  in 
the  king's  presence,  each  day  one  of  his  household. 
The  last  of  the  king's  household  to  be  slain  was 
myself;  and  I  beheld  from  above  while  they  cut  me 
down,  and  hewed  me  in  pieces;  and  I  marveled  that 
it  could  be  so. 


k-«HjW-'i'*tTW»r% 


r*->SiV'fir^;A.^' •■s'*'^'''^'^^^^'**''***''**^ 


'.MM«'ft*«'*r- 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


i6i 


in  stature, 
,  and  hew 
another  of 
exceeding 
t  thy  foes, 
thee,  and 
nemy;  and 
self,  that  I 
le  or  to  die 
id,  neither 
thing  that 
three  days 
the  place, 
had  had  no 

;he  vision  I 
,nd,  lo,  they 
Id  that  were 
elf  as  I  was 
ley  did  with 
i  men  of  the 
in  to  slay,  in 
3  household, 
je  slain  was 
they  cut  me 
larveled  that 


On  the  fortieth  day  of  the  vision  they  brought 
King  Suphis  out  of   the  dungeon,   and  slew  him, 
and  did  with  his  body  as  they  had  done  with  the 
others      My  wrath  and  my  sorrow  for  thee  became 
twofold  because  of  that  which  they  did  to  the  king; 
but  I   could  neither  cry  out  nor  do  anything  but 
behold  and  see  the  abomination  that  was  wrought. 
Then  he  that  was  with  me  made  a  sign,  and  in  a 
moment  we  were  at  the  bed  whereon  my  body  was 
lying;  and  he  spoke,  for  the  first  time  in  the  forty 
daysof  the  vision,  saying: 

Know,  O  Caphtor,  that  some  of  the  evils  thou  hast 
looked    upon    have     already    befallen    Enoch    of 
Philistia,  but  he  liveth  still,  and  will  be  safe  to-day, 
and  to-morrow,  and  the  day  after.  Howbeit,  if  thou 
dost  not  find  him,  and  dost  not  deliver  him  before 
the  rising  of  the  sun  on  the  fourth  day  from  this 
present,  then  thou  hast  already  seen,  and  mourned 
for.  the  things  which  will  surely  befall  Enoch,  and 
the  king,  and  thee.     Lo,  I  have  told  thee.     Seek 
him  in  the  stronghold  of  the  Libyan  robbers,  on  the 
good  land  that  is  in  the  midst  of  the  desert.     And 
when  thou  comest  into  battle,  let  not  thy  heart  pity 
nor  thy  hand  spare  one  of  the  abominable  seed. 

When  he  that  was  with  me  in  the  vision  ceased 
speaking,  he  drew  near  to  my  body  and  touched 
it   and  my  spirit  returned  into  my  body,  and  I  awoke 


g_^  1^1  iiii<*''i        ff ' 


-«**.. .  »-*,  ^.«^,r!*.**ri*'-''*cffl52ife5fti;:;s^S^^'*^  * 


,62  ENOCH,  THE  PHH^ISTINE. 

out  Of  the  Vision,  and  knew  that  I  had  slept  but  one 

hour.  ,  .  , 

Then  I  arose  and  sent  in  haste  for  the  chief  men 
under  tne  at  the  (luarries-men  over  thousands,  and 
over  hundreds.     And  I  charged  them  to  choose  out 
a   thousand    men    that   had    borne    arms,  and    to 
make  them  ready  to  go  forth  with  me  at  the  gomg 
down  of  the  sun.     And  I  sent  before  me  two  spies, 
to  go  round  about  the  stronghold,  and  keep  watch 
of  all  they  did  there,  and  to  get  knowledge  of  where 
thou  wast  kept  in  holding.      Also,  I  chose  fifty  tried 
men  to  go  with  me  before   the  battle,   and  stand 
round  about  the  place,  wheresoever  thou  wast  kept, 
that  we  might  guard  thy  life  during  the  fighting. 
All  these   things  we  did.      The   good  hand   of  the 
Lord  was  with  us,  in  the  march  over  the  desert,  and 
afterward  in  the  battle,  so  that  not  one  we  desired 
to  save  was  harmed,  and  not  one  that  was  foe  to 
thee  and  the  king  escaped. 

When  Caphtor  finished  to  tell  me  of  his  vision, 
and  all  he  did  in  obedience  thereto,  I  rehearsed  unto 
him  all  that  had  been  done  to  me  from  the  time 
when  they  seized  us  in  our  sleep  to  the  moment  of 
our  deliverance.  And  I  told  him  of  the  conspiracy 
against  the  king,  by  the  Abbahim,  and  their  follow- 
ers  the  Brothers  of  Silence;  and  that  the  Abbahim 
at  the  head  of  the   evil   work   were  Hanac,  and 


fe.*«'g^-ia:?i?-;" 


.^Sis«tfes»^.vT«-*Ss.^^v^^^^^^^^ 


;  but  one 

liief  men 
inds,  and 
loose  out 
,  and    to 
;he  going 
;wo  spies, 
ep  watch 
of  where 
fifty  tried 
ind  stand 
irast  kept, 
!  fighting, 
lid   of  the 
[esert,  and 
vc  desired 
vas  foe  to 

his  vision, 
arsed  unto 
1  the  time 
moment  of 
conspiracy 
leir  foUow- 
e  Abbahim 
lanac,  and 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


163 


Altipherah,  and  Suphis  the  Prince  of  Egypt;  and 
that,  doubtless,  the  prince's  body  was  among  the 

slain.  ,    , 

When  Caphtor  knew  how  they  purposed  to  deal 
with  the  king  and  with  me-even  as  he  had  seen  m  the 
Vision  of  Days-he  lifted  up  his  voice  in  a  new 
thanksgiving  that  he  had  been  forewarned  and  sent 
forth  to  cut  off  our  enemies.  But  he  mourned  for 
the  prince,  and  most  of  all  for  his  baseness,  and 
because  the  king,  his  master,  must  be  told  of  it,  and 
would  grieve  and  break  his  heart. 

The  next  morning  I  counseled  long  with  Caphtor 
concerning  what  we  ought  to  do.     And  we  deter- 
mined that  we  would  bury  all  the  dead  of  the  Libyan 
robbers,  and  raze  the  stronghold  and  the  dungeon 
to  the  ground,  leaving  not  one  stone  upon  another^ 
Thereafter  I  would  depart  unto  Gizeh,  taking  with 
me  Caphtor,  and  five  hundred  men,  and  the  body 
of  the  prince-for  we  had  found  it  on  the  outskirts 
of  the  battle-ground,  as  though  he  had  endeavored 
to  flee  away.     The  rest  of  the  army  were  to  return 
slowly    to  the    quarries,   bearing    with    them    the 
wounded,  and  our  dead,  that  they  might  be  buried 
among  their  kindred. 

On  the  fourth  day  after  the  battle  it  was  as  though 
the  Libyans  had  never  been.  We  blotted  out  every 
memorial  of  them.     Of  the  stones  of  the  stronghold 


jgJ*-(^^»^*St'''''!*ftf- . 


i 


,64  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE, 

and  the  dungeon  we  made  graves,  under  the  ground  , 
and  there  we  bestowed  the  dead  bodies  of  Hanac, 
and  Alttpherah,  and  three  hundred  and  fifty  and  six 
of  the  Libyans.     On  the  toundations  of  the  strong- 
hold and  the  dungeon,  and  on  the  graves,  we  sowed 
fresh  earth,  so  that  the  grass  would  overgrow  them, 
and  men  would  forget  that  th.y  ever  existed;  for 
they  were  eaters  of  men,  and  therefore,  accursed. 
On  the  fifth  day  after  the  battle  we  departed  from 
the  place;  I,  with  Caphtor  and  five  hundred  men, 
toward  Gizeh;  the  residue,  toward  the  quarnes. 


l.  SI 


KKfefSW*' 


^wSIj^Sr."  'i-a*^-'' 


a^jS^fas^-v^s.r 


■  l^ffflfif^f*^-^'^.'^- 


le  ground , 
of  Hanac, 
ty  and  six 
lie  strong- 
we  sowed 
row  them, 
xisted;  for 
,  accursed, 
arted  from 
dred  men, 
larries. 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE.  i^5 


CHAPTER    XXIX. 

On  the  tenth  day  of  our  journey  toward  Gizch,  wc 
came,  at  noontide,  near  unto  Memphis  about  si.xly 
furlongs.  There  I  directed  the  men  to  pilch  their 
tents,  and  to  abide  there  with  the  b.xly  of  the 
prince;  but  I,  with  Caphtor,  went  forward  to  the 
king,  to  tell  him  secretly  of  all  that  had  come  to  pass. 
When  we  came  to  the  palace,  and  they  brought  us  m 
unto  the  king,  he  cried  out  in  astonishment;  for  he 
knew  not  but  that  Caphtor  was  at  the  quarries. 

Straightway,  lest  he  should  demand  an  account  of 
us  in  the  presence  of  others,  I  entreated  the  king 
that  we  might  have  speech  of  him  alone;  and  he 
took    us   into   a  room  apart.      Then  he  instantly 
demanded   of  me   wherefore  I   had  come  with   a 
troubled   countenance,  and   had  brought   with  me 
Caphtor,  the  chief  captain.     At  first  I  could  not 
speak,  but  fell  on  my  knees  at  the  king's  feet,  and 
wept  aloud,  and  Caphtor  wept  with  me ;  for  we  were 
grieved  for  the  king,  when  we  thought  of  all  that  we 
must  make  known  unto  him.     And  the  king  said 

unto  us: 

What    mean  ye?     Why    weep    ye  at  my   feet? 
Behold,  I  am  a  man  like  unto  yourselves,  and  have 


y;^f»^^«****fe*^^ 


►.j^j^v-ik,:  ■;>•./■  «ia^n>?.f«».j: 


.^-i 

% 


166  ENOCH,  THK  PHILISTINE. 

had  loiiR  acquaintance  with  evil  and  sorrow.  Speak, 
and  tell  me  wherefore  ye  are  broken-hearted  this 
day!  Then,  in  much  tremblins,  I  opened  my  mouth 
unto  the  king,  and  said: 

Let  my  lord  now  lift  up  his  heart  to  the  God  of 
Heaven,  who  comforteth,  and  raiscth  up  his  serv- 
ants, when  they  mourn,  and  are  bowed  down  with 
grief.     And  let  the  king  hear  with  patience  unto  the 
end.  all  that  we  must  make  known;  for  we  bring 
heavy  tidings.     And  when  it  shall  appear  that  I,  and 
the  king's  servant  Caphtor,  have  had  to  do  with  that 
which  when  he  knoweth  it,  will  afflict  the  king's  soul 
and,  peradventure,  break  his  heart,  let  it  then  be 
remembered  that,  alway,  we  have  loved  the  kmg. 
and  are  innocent  of  any  purpose  to  work  evil  agamst 
him,  or  any  of  his. 

Then  I  rehearsed  unto  King  Suphis  all  that  had 
befallen  me  at  the  hands  of  the  Brothers  of  Silence; 
and  all  the  words  of  the  Abbahim  when  they  had  me 
into  the  hall  of  judgment.      The  king's  heart  was 
rent  asunder  with    anger  and  with    grief,    as  he 
listened,  and  came  to  know  that  Hanac,  and  Altiph- 
erah  the  vagabond  high  priest  of  Ptah,  and  Suphis, 
the    Prince  of   Egypt,  were   the  Abbahim   of  the 
Brothers  of  Silence;  and  that  these  three  had  con- 
spired together,  and  provided,  in  the  service  of  the 
Brothers  of  Silence,  that  first  I,  and  afterward  the 


.,_  ^ --r —  *-,-■'■.- X*. 


ftjgj^«i**fr^^- 


r<^et^..0 


1 


ENOCH.  TIIK  PHILISTINE. 


167 


Speak, 
.rtctl  this 
ny  mouth 

e  God  of 
his  serv- 

own  with 

2  unto  the 
wc  bring 

that  I,  and 

I  with  that 
ting's  soul 
it  then  be 

the  king, 
5vil  against 

II  that  had 
of  Silence ; 
ley  had  me 
,  heart  was 
:ief,    as  he 
and  Altiph- 
and  Suphis, 
him   of  the 
;e  had  con- 
rvice  of  the 
terward  the 


king  should  be  caught  away  from  among  men  m 
the  mystery  of  silence,  and  be  slain,  and  be  devoured 
by  the  eaters  of  men ;  and  that  it  was  their  covenant 
together  that  Suphis,  the  prince,  should  reign  m  his 
father's  stead,  that  Hanac  should  be  chief  captain, 
that  the  idol  gods  of  Egypt  should  be  restored,  with 
Altipherah  as  high  priest,  and  that  the  memorial  to 
the  God  of  Heaven  should  be  utterly  blotted  out. 

When  I  had  finished  to  speak,  I  desired  Caphtor 
to  make  known  to  the  king  his  Vision  of  Days,  and 
all  that  followed  after;  and  he  did  so.     When  he 
told  of  the  battle  at  midnight,  he  was  careful  to 
make  the  king  understand  that  he  knew  not  what 
the  conspiracy  was,  nor  that  the  Prince  of  Egypt 
was  even  privy  to  it;  much  less  that  he  was  present 
with  Hanac  and  Altipherah  in  the  Libyan  strong- 
hold, and  was  slain,  unawares,  in  the  darkness  of  the 
night.     Then  Caphtor  went  on  to  show   unto  the 
king  how  we  had   blotted  out  every  memorial  of 
the  Libyan  robbers  from  the  earth ;  and  that  we  had 
brought  with  us  the  body  of  the  Prince  of  Egypt 
that  we  might  know  the  king's  pleasure  concern- 
ing it.  ,  , 

Then  we  waited  in  silence  for  the  king  to  speak: 
and  presently,  in  a  lamentable  voice,  as  of  one  that 
giveth  up  the  ghost,  he  said: 

Ye   are   faithful   men,  and   true,  both   of   you. 


,x; 


•>,-4MBV-«.^»i^  -   «  •- »  ■ 


-•'ai^v-'^«.."i' 


lit 


1  1 


,68  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

Suphis  my  son,  mine  only  son,  is  slain;  but  I  hold 
you  guiltless.     It  would  seem  that  ye  have  left  alive 
no  one  upon  whom  my  vengeance  should  fall.      I 
cannot  speak  to  you  to-day.     Return  now  to  your 
encampment,  and  come  to  me  again  to-morrow,  at  this 
time  of  the  day.  But  sec  to  it  that  ye  tell  no  man  here, 
nor  at  the  place  where  your  tents  are  pitched,  nor  m 
all   Egypt,  whose  body   it  is  ye   have  m   charge. 
Leave  me  now,  I  pray  you;  for  I  would  be  alone 
with  my  sorrow  and  my  shame;  and  I  would  con- 
sider what  I  ought  to  do. 

We  returned  to  the  encampment;  and  before  we 
slept  we  made  every  man  swear  by  God  that  he 
would  never  reveal,  but  always  conceal,  from  all 
people,  whose  body  it  was  that  we  brought  from  the 
Libyan  stronghold.  Afterward  we  did  likewise 
with  the  men  that  returned  from  the  stronghold  to 
the  quarries.  And  unto  this  day  it  is  a  tradition  in 
the  land  of  Egypt  that  the  only  son  of  King  Suphis 
disappeared  from  among  men,  but  no  man  knoweth 

°We  went  unto  the  king  the  next  day,  at  the  time 
appointed;  and,  behold,  in  one  day  his  countenance 
had  been  so  marred  by  grief  that  he  was  as  a 
stranger  in  our  sight.  When  we  were  seated  in  his 
presence,  the  king  mourned  unto  us  for  his  son,  and 
directed  us  what  we  should  do  with  his  body,  saying: 


>*^aw«Erti3nff"5«^:(ttr^ 


nnat^^m 


ENOCH.  TlIK  PIIILISTINK. 


169 


but  I  hold 
ve  left  alive 
aid  fall.  I 
ow  to  your 
irrow,  at  this 
10  man  here, 
ched,  nor  in 

in   charge, 
lid  bo  alone 

would  con- 
id  before  we 
God  that  he 
sal,  from  all 
ght  from  the 
did  likewise 
stronghold  to 
a  tradition  in 

King  Suphis 
man  knoweth 

y,  at  the  time 
J  countenance 
he  was  as  a 
e  seated  in  his 
Dr  his  son,  and 
5 body,  saying: 


I  am  sore  stricken,  and  am  as  a  man  that  gocth 
c.uick  into  the  grave.     Would  Ood  that  Suphis.  my 
son,  had  never  been  born;  or.  that  he  had  died  as 
becomcth  a  Prince  of  Egypt;   then  I  could   have 
borne  it.     It  is  the  gall  of  my  bitterness  that  havmg 
here  his  dead  body  I  may  not  essay  to  bury  it  among 
his  forefathers:   for.  in  so  doing,   1  must    publish 
abroad  his  shame,  and  mine  own.     There  shall  be 
no  judgment  of  the  dead,  such  as  would  have  been 
under  the  idol  gods  we  have  forsakcti.     Even  the 
mother  that  bore  him  must  never  know  wherefore, 
and  by  what  manner  of  death,  he  died;  but  must  be 
left  to  say,  when  she  mourneth  for  him.  Peradven- 
ture  my  son  was  drowned,  or  was  devoured  by  wild 

Since  Suphis  joined  himself  to  the  Brothers  of 
Silence,  and  perished  among  them,  he  shall  be  with 
them  in  his  burial ;  and  no  memorial  shall  ever  bring 
him  to  the  remembrance  of  man.  As  for  me,  it 
remaineth  evermore,  that  whensoever  I  remember 
that  I  once  had  a  son,  my  heart  must  bleed  inwardly 
and  in  silence,  for  his  baseness,  and  for  the  horrible 
wickedness  he  purposed  to  do. 

On  the  morrow  Caphtor  shall  depart  to  the  quar- 
ries, with  all  the  men  who  came  hither  with  you; 
and  he  shall  carry  with  him  the  dead  body  ye 
brought  hither.      On  the  way,  he  shall  turn  aside 


rtat^^^imti^  "'■ 


'%i;p*lf»-' 


El 


170  ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 

and  bury  it  among  the  Brothers  of  Silence,  and  level 
the  ground  over  it,  as  ye  did  to  all  the  rest.  And  it 
shall  be  your  duty,  both  of  you,  to  close  the  mouths 
of  all  who  know  what  ye  know  of  this  matter,  so  that 
they  shall  never  reveal  how  it  was,  and  wherefore 
it  was,  that  the  Prince  of  Egypt  died. 

As  for  the  conspiracy,  we  have  nothing  further  to 
fear.  Ye  have  turned  the  fathers,  and,  also,  the 
children  of  it,  into  Brothers  of  Silence  indeed.  If 
there  be,  here  and  there  in  the  land,  a  few  of  them 
left,  they  will  wait  to  be  commanded  by  the  voices 
that  ye  have  silenced,  and  for  the  beckoning  of  the 
hands  that  ye  have  made  to  vanish  from  the  earth. 
Then  the  king  dismissed  us,  and  we  went  each  his 
way— Caphtor  to  the  quarries,  and  I  to  my  pavilion 

in  Gizeh. 

In  the  years  that  followed  there  was  peace;  for 
they  were  all  cut  off  that  were  enemies  to  me  and  to 
the  God  of  Heaven.  We  wrought  with  our  might; 
and  the  memorial  grew  until  it  reached  up  into 
heaven  like  one  of  the  mountains  of  Philistia.  And 
I  was  careful,  in  everything,  to  make  it  after  the 
pattern  showed  me  in  the  fourth  part  of  the  Roll  of 
Enoch 


ejiiij«P!C^?t*a«f3««?^-^'->ir~ 


E. 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


i7> 


;nce,  and  level 
B  rest.  And  it 
Dse  the  mouths 
matter,  so  that 
and  wherefore 

;hing  further  to 
and,  also,  the 
ice  indeed.  If 
,  a  few  of  them 
d  by  the  voices 
eckoning  of  the 
from  the  earth. 
re  went  each  his 
[  to  my  pavilion 

was  peace;  for 
lies  to  me  and  to 
with  our  might ; 
reached  up  into 
■  Philistia.  And 
lake  it  after  the 
irt  of  the  Roll  of 


CHAPTER    XXX. 

In  the  twentieth  year  of  the  building,  about  the 
middle  of  the  year,  there  came  unto  me,  in  Gizeh, 
Job,    Melchizedek   and   Abraham,    the    Chaldean. 
For  1  had  sent  them  letters,  praying  them  to  come, 
that  I  might  show  them  the  memorial,  and  the  sig- 
nificance of  every  part  thereof.     And  I  entreated 
them  so  to  order  their  matters,  beforehand,  that 
they  could  abide  with  me  unto  the  end  of  the  work, 
and  see  what  would  come  to  pass  on  that  midnight 
when    the    Pleiades    would    stand    fair    over    the 
memorial  at  the  moment  v.-hen  I  would  put  the  top- 
stone  in  its  place. 

King  Suphis  was  glad  when  he  knew  that  my 
kinsmen  and  Abraham  were  coming  to  me;  and  he 
gave  commandment  that  three  royal  pavilions  should 
be  prepared  for  them  to  dwell  in;  for  they  were 
great  men  and  honorable.  And  he  directed  his 
chief  butler  to  make  provision  for  them,  and  their 
servants,  and  their  beasts,  to  be  fed  from  the  king's 
own  stores.  When  they  were  come,  and  we  had 
settled  them  in  the  pavilions,  he  sent  them  greetings 
of  goodwill,  and  great  store  of  food  of  every  kind  for 
man    and  for   beast.     After   they  were  refreshed 


«'■■* 


■■!; 


J72  ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE, 

from  their  journey,  two  days,  the  king  came  in  per- 
son to  greet  them,  and  said  unto  them : 

I  count  myself  happy,  and  to  be  in  great  honor, 
that  ye  are  come  to  sojourn  with  us,  for  a  season  in 
this  land  of  Egypt.     Of  a  long  time  I  have  had 
knowledge  of  your  wisdom,  and  your  greatness ;  and 
of  the  favor  which  the  God  of  Heaven  hath  showed 
you  because  ye  were  upright,  and  feared  him  and 
eschewed  evil.      And  thou,  Abraham  of  Chaldea, 
wast  as  the  angel  of  God  unto  me,  to  make  me 
understand   the  vanity   of  idols,  and  the   glorious 
xnajesty    and  power    of  the  true    and  only    God^ 
Behold,  all  the  land  Egypt  is  before  you,  as  though 
it  were  your  own.     My  servants  are  your  servants ; 
my  stores  of  bread  and  flesh,  of  fruit  and  wine,  and 
what  else  soever  I  have,  are  yours,  to  do  with  them 
as  ye  will,  as  long  as  it  shall  please  you  to  remam 

^t^n  Melchizedek,  the  King  of  Salem,  arose  to 
speak f-  himself,  and  for  Job  and  Abraham;  and  he 
bowed,  -aself  before  the  king,  and  said: 

Thy  servants,  O  king,  are  not  worthy  of  all  the 
honor  thou  hast  showed  them.  We  be  plain  men, 
dwelling  in  tents,  and  keeping  flocks  and  herds  after 
the  manner  of  our  fathers.  If  we  have  any  praise 
at  all  it  is  that  we  are  children  of  Enoch,  who 
walked  with  God  before  the  flood,  and  was  taken 


,  ,»OTlwwy...iia»*n'Ja«J»»i-J*':-5y 


^^..ifeM^'^^^i--'^'*'"***:*'*'''*'^ 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


173 


amc  in  pcr- 

reat  honor, 
a  season,  in 
I  have  had 
jathess;  and 
lath  showed 
ed  him,  and 
of  Chaldea, 
to  make  me 
the   glorious 
i  only    God. 
3U,  as  though 
our  servants; 
,nd  wine,  and 
do  with  them 
'ou  to  remain 

alem,  arose  to 
raham;  and  he 
lid: 

•thy  of  all  the 
be  plain  men, 
md  herds  after 
ave  any  praise 
jf  Enoch,  who 
and  was  taken 


from  among  men  without  death;  and  that  we  have 
maintained    the   worship   of  the   true  God  in  the 
midst  of  peoples  who  bowed  down  to  idols;  and  that 
we  have  preserved  something  of  the  excellent  knowl- 
edge and  wisdom  that  were  in  our  forefathers.     But 
thou,  O  Suphis,  art  worthy  of  multiplied  honor,  for 
that 'thou,  being   a  great  king,  and   having  been 
brought  up  from  thy  youth  to  worship  idols,  didst 
listen,  as  with  the  heart  of  a  little  child,  to  the  voice 
of  God,  and  didst  fully  turn  thyself  and  thy  people 
unto  him,  and  didst  build  this,  so  great  a  memorial, 

to  his  name. 

Whereupon,  King  Suphis  answered,  vehemently, 
Nay,  verily,  O  Melchizedek !  If  my  lord  Enoch,  and 
after  him  Abraham,  had  not  come  hither,  there  had 
been  no  memorial  to  the  God  of  Heaven  in  this 
land;  neither  had  I,  nor  any  of  my  people,  bowed 
the  knee  to  him. 

After  the  greetings,  we  had  long  conference; 
there  being  present  with  us  Caphtor,  who  had  come 
from  the  quarries,  and  Salmon,  my  scribe.  And  we 
determined  that  on  the  next  day  we  would  begin  to 
go  round  about,  and  over,  and  through  the  memo- 
rial, that  I  might  expound  to  them  the  significance  of 
the  works  I  had  made. 

But  we  did  not  so-as  we  had  determined-on 
the  next  day  nor  until  the  seventh  day  thereafter. 


,74  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

For     early   in   the   morning  of  the  day  when  we 
thought    to  begin,   Salmon    came    unto    me,    and 

'^My   lord,   we  are    at   our  wits  end,  and   know 
not  what  to  do.     The  topstone  of  the  memoria  can- 
not be  found.    We  have  made  the  platform  for  it. 
whereon  it  must  rest,  at  the  top.  until  the   time 
Cometh  for  putting  it  in  its  place.     And  we  thought 
to  carry  it  up  this  day;  for  we  will  need  every  fol- 
lowing day.  until  the  appointed  time,  to  send  down 
to  the  earth  the  timbers  of  the  ascending  way  and 
to  build  the  casing  stones  into  the  angles  made  by 
the  retiring  courses  of  the  memorial.     All  yesterday 
we  searched,  everywhere,  for  the  topstone;  and.  lo. 
it  cannot  be  found.     Caphtor  declareth  that  it  was 
made  at  the  quarries,  more  than  three  years  ago 
before  they  began  to  make  the  casing  stones;  and 
that  it  was  sent  hither  as  soon  as  it  was  made. 

Then  I  knew  that  I  must  do  nothing  else  until  the 
topstone  would  be  found.  I  sent  forth  companies 
on  every  side  of  the  memorial,  and  we  searched 
diligently,  three  days,  and  found  it  not  On  the 
fourth  day  I  sent  for  the  chief  mason,  and  demanded 

''^wTat  have  ye  done  with  the  topstone?  Behold,  it 
is  the  most  precious  of  all  the  stones  of  the  memo- 
rial being,  in  itself,  the  chie£  corner-stone,  and  the 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


175 


ly  when  we 

0  me,    and 

,  and   know 
emorial  can- 
tfoi-m  for  it, 
til  the   time 
a  we  thought 
2d  every  fol- 
io send  down 
ing  way,  and 
gles  made  by 
All  yesterday 
tone;  and,  lo, 
th  that  it  was 
ee  years  ago, 
g  stones;  and 
ls  made. 
J  else  until  the 
rth  companies 

1  we  searched 
not.  On  the 
and  demanded 

ne?  Behold,  it 
!S  of  the  memo- 
-stone,  and  the 


similitude  of  the  whole;  moreover,  it  will  be  near- 
est unto,  and  will  point  toward  heaven.  The  other 
four  corners  rest  down  on  the  earth,  and  are  as 
nothing  in  comparison  of  this  stone  that  ye  have  lost. 
What  "have  ye  done  with  it? 

The  chief  mason  was  silent    a   long   time,  and 
bethought  himself  carefully.     Then   he  made  an- 

swer : 

My  lord,  I  take  great  shame  to  myself  and  to  them 
that  are  under  me.     About  three  years  ago  there 
came  to  us,  on  one  of  the  floats,  a  stone  that  had  no 
fellow  among  all  the  stones  of  the  memorial.     It 
was  neither  square,  nor  obl6ng.  nor  of  any  shape 
that    would  fit  in   any  part   of  the    work.      And, 
because  we  thought  it  was  made  that  way  by  the 
error  of  Caphtor,  or  of  some  that  were  under  him  at 
the  quarries,  we  despised  and  rejected  it.     We  als- 
feared  that  some  of  the  workmen  might  take  it  as  a 
proper  stone,  and  build  it  in  where  it  would  weaken 
the  work.      Therefore  we  let  it  down  the  shdmg 
way  into  the  dark  chamber  that  is  in  the  solid  rock 
under  the  foundation;  and  there  it  lieth  this  day,  as 
it  were  in  a  sepulchre. 

I  rebuked  the  master  mason,  sharply,  and  sent 

him  forth  to  take  men,  with  timbers  and  ropes,  and 

raise  the  topstone  out  of  the  pit,  that  we  might  send 

it  up  to  its  own  place.     After  toiling  two  days  they 

12 


i 


,76  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

brought  it  forth  to  the  light;  and  we  sent  it  up  the 
ascending  way  to  the  platform  and  placed  .t  thereon, 
awaiting  the  time  when  I  would  set  U  as  the  com- 
pleteness  and  chief  corner-stone  of  the  memonal. 


-JWiiwiMiter  ^- 


sent  it  up  the 
:ed  it  thereon, 
it  as  the  com- 
!  memorial. 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE.  i77 


CHAPTER    XXXI. 

The  next  morning  after  I  saw  the  topstone  on  its 
platform,  I  took  Job,  Melchizedek  and   Abraham, 
with  King  Suphis,  Caphtor  and  Salmon;   and  we 
went  forth  together  to  view  the  works  I  had  made. 
I  took  them,  first,  to  the  outer  end  of  the  descend- 
ing passage  that  beginneth  some  way  up  the  north 
side  of  the  memorial.     It  inclineth  downward  in  a 
straight  line,  through  the  stones  of  the  building,  to 
its  foundation.     Thence  it  is  produced,  on  the  same 
incline,  through  the  solid  rock,  until  it  endeth  in  a 
chamber  that  is  under  the  very  center  of  the  memo- 
rial, fifty  cubits  below  the  level  of  the  foundation. 
When  I  had  told  them  of  the  chamber,  and  the  pas- 
sage descending  into  it,  I  went  on  to  say: 

The  chamber,  and  that  part  of  the  passage  that  is 
in  the  solid  rock,  are  not  of  the  memorial.  The 
chamber  is  the  tomb  of  King  Suphis,  and  the  pas- 
sage in  the  rock  belongeth  to  the  construction 
thereof.  I  have  covenanted  with  the  king  that  when 
he  shall  be  buried  his  servants  shall  have  freedom 
of  the  passage  that  belongeth  to  the  memorial,  to 
unseal  it,  and  pass  through  it  with  the  king's  body, 
on  the  way  to  his  sepulchre.     And  the  king  hath 


,78  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

covenanted  with  me  that  when  his  servants  shall 
return  from  burying  him  in  his  sepulchre  in  the 
rock,  they  shall  wall  up  the  passage,  at  the  place 
where  it  entereth  the  rock,  and  shall  seal  up  agani 
the  outer  end  of  the  passage  in  the  memorial  with 
the  same  stones  wherewith  I  shall  have  sealed  it, 
and  with  fresh  mortar. 

Although  the  parts  that  belong  to  the  sepulchre 
were  not  required  of  me  by  the  Roll  of  Enoch, 
nevertheless  prepared  them  with  goodwill,  when  I 
knew  that  the  king  desired  to  be  buried  there.     And 
I  verily  believe  tha>  men  will  come  to  see  a  mean- 
ing in  them;  and.  also,  in  that  stone  which  hath  no 
feilow  in  the  building,  and  in  all  that  befell  it  when 
it  was  despised  and  rejected  by  the  ignorant,  and 
was  hid  away  in  the  king's  sepulchre,  and  was  after- 
ward raised  up  and  exalted  to  be  the  chief  corne 
and  completeness  of  this  memorial  to  the  God  of 

Heaven.  .      i  • 

When  I  had  finished  to  describe  the  kmg  s 
sepulchre,  we  went  down  from  the  opening  on  the 
north  side.  As  we  stood  together  on  the  rock  I 
stretched  forth  my  hand  and  showed  them  the 
memorial,  how  great  it  was  in  its  length  and  breadth 
and  height,  and  I  said  unto  them : 

Behold  herein-in  its  greatness,  and  in  its  propor- 
tions.  and  in  the  passages  and  chambers  I  have  made 


'^^i^g|^gatSEaC^^jte3»,^ 


.  jti^i»  *> 


KNOCn.  TUB  PHILISTINE, 


179 


ervants  shall 
ilchrc  in  the 
at  the  place 
seal  up  again 
emorial,  with 
avc  sealed  it, 

the  sepulchre 
[1  of  Enoch,  I 
adwill,  when  I 
d  there.  And 
Lo  see  a  mean- 
which  hath  no 

befell  it  when 
;  ignorant,  and 

and  was  after- 
le  chief  corner 
to  the  God  of 

ibe  the  king's 
opening  on  the 
on  the  rock,  I 
3wed  them  the 
gth  and  breadth 

nd  in  its  propor- 
bers  I  have  made 


in  it-thc  proofs  tliat  our  fathers  before  the  flood 
were  not  left  in  ignorance,  like  the  beasts,  but  had  a 
more  excellent  knowledge  than  we,  of  the  works  of 
God  that  are  in  the  earth,  and  in  the  firmament  of 
heaven.     For,  in  every  least  thing,  I  have  builded 
this  memorial   as  I  was  commanded  by  our  fore- 
father Enoch,  in  the  Roll  that  was  written  more  than 
a  thousand  years  ago.     Today,  and  tomorrow,  and 
as  many  days  as  shall  be  needful,  we  will  view  it 
without  and  within,  and  take  its  measurements,  and 
see  all  it  containeth.     After  that  we  will  sit  in  my 
pavilion,  and  Salmon,  my  scribe,  shall  read  in  our 
hearing  from  the  fourth  part  of  the  Roll,  where  the 
meaning  of  every  part  is  set  forth;  and  where  it  ts 
made  to  appear  what  knowledge  our  forefathers  had 
of  the  things  that  be  in  earth  and  heaven. 

Thereafter  we  attended,  each  day,  to  that  one 
thing  I  showed  them  where  be  the  sockets  under 
the  corners,  that  were  dug  by  my  forefather  Enoch 
when  he  came  into  Egypt.  Then  we  took  measur- 
ing lines  and  measured  all  the  proportions  of  the 
memorial,  from  corner  to  corner,  and  from  each 
corner  to  the  point  where  the  fifth  corner  of  the  top- 
stone  would  be  when  set  in  its  proper  place. 

Having  finished  the  outer  measurements,  we  went 
up  the  north  side,  at  the  center,  to  the  opening  of  the 
long  passage;  and,  because  it  was  dark  within,  we 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


1 80 

carried  Ump.  And  as  we  stood  ^V^^^^^^f'^^ 
»aid  to  them  that  were  with  „,e  In  the  Rol.  o 
Enoch  this  whole  passage  .s  called  The  Way  ot 
Mankind.  It  decline.h,  ftrst,  in  a  «  ''■";'° 
the  sepulchre  of  Suphis;  howbeit,  <«'y  =>  I""' 'I  " 
Is  witWn  the  memorial,  and  that  part,  alone,  hath  a 

"trn  wlhtd  .one  thirty  and  five  cuhit^the 

passage  descending  all  the  "y-"'/™^  "ed 
place  where  beginneth  an  upward  mclme  b„  lied 
them  still  downward,  toward  the  sepulchre,  five 
IlTts  more  to  the  level  of  the  f°-0^"°".  "[^ 
cubits  in  all,  from  the  opening.  Th.s  part  ot  the 
;:ssage,ineUning  downwards. .m  the  o^^^^^^^^ 

irrrmrth'-He  read  from  the 

""  Then  we  returned  upward  to  the  Pl-»  «"'7  *! 
main  passage  beginneth  to  ascend;  and  there  I  sa.d 
r^o  tCprom'this  point  to  the  end  the  pas^ge  .s 
called  The  Way  of  the  Restoration  ""^^  ^"*;'' 
into  many  parts,  the  meaning  whereof  shall  t- 
clearly  understood  from  the  Roll. 

When  we  had  gone  upward  ten  cubits  I  ^.d,  Th.s 
part  of  the  upward  passage  is  named  The  Way  of  the 
'cUt;  a^ten  cubits  farther  I  said.  From  the  end 
of  The  Way  of  The  Covenant  to  th.s  pomt  .t  is  The 


'^^r^'ii^      «-•*- 


(**'='-*«'- 


i^.ii'*-^*^ 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


i8i 


le  opening,  I 
the  Roll  of 
The  Way  of 
aight  line,  to 
y  a  part  of  it 
al6ne,  hath  a 

e  cubits — the 
came  to  the 
line;  but  I  led 
icpulchre,  five 
mdation,  forty 
lis  part  of  the 
he  opening  to 
of  the  Father- 
read  from  the 

jlace  where  the 
md  there  I  said 
d  the  passage  is 
,  and  is  divided 
lereof   shall   be 

ibits  I  said,  This 

The  Way  of  the 

id,  From  the  end 

is  point  it  is  The 


Way  of  the  Law.  Then  we  went  upward  other 
twenty  cubits,  and  I  told  them.  It  is  The  Way  of  the 
Sanctuary.  The  next  division  of  the  passage  is 
eight  cubits  long;  and  when  we  came  to  the  end 
thereof  I  said,  It  is  The  Way  of  Silence.  And  while 
we  stood  at  the  end  of  The  Way  of  Silence,  I  said 

unto  them : 

The  part  that  is  next  hath  not  been  measured; 
neither  shall  it  ever  be  measured  by  man;  for  it  is 
holy.  Therefore,  when  ye  pass  over  it  count  not 
your  steps,  nor  in  any  way  seek  to  keep  in  remem- 
brance the  length  of  this  part  of  the  passage;  and 
put  off  your  shoes  from  your  feet,  and  go  over  it 
barefoot,  for  it  is  holy. 

So  we  all  went  over  that  part  of  the  way  barefoot; 
and  we  made  some  of  our  steps  short,  and  other 
some  long,  lest  we  should  afterward  remember  and 
conceive  the  length  of  the  way  that  was  not  to  be 
measured  by  man.    At  the  end  of  the  unmeasured 
distance,  I  showed  them  a  well  that  I  had  made 
through  the  stones  of  the  memorial,  and  through  the 
solid  rock,  into  the  king's  sepulchre,  and  I  told  them 
of  a  resting  place  I  had  made  in  it-as  it  were  a 
tomb-at  the  level  of  the  foundation.    And  I  showed 
them  how  I  had  left  the  stones,  round  about  the 
mouth  of  the  well,  so  that  they  had  the  appearance 
of  having  been  thrust  upward-as  if  the  well  had 


r 


lit  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

been  made  by  workinR  from  beneath  upward,  and 

not  from  above  downward. 

From  the  mouth  of  the  well  I  led  them  aside,  nuo 
a  passaKc  that  branchcth  off  there  on  a  level,  and 
whon  we  had  gone  forty  cubits  we  came  to  a  cham- 
ber, wherein  the  passag.  endeth.  And  I  said.  The 
way  is  The  Way  of  the  Scomers ;  the  chamber  wherc- 
it,  it  endeth  is  The  Chamber  of  Sorrows. 

Then  we  returned  to  the  mouth  of  the  well  that  is 
at  the  end  of  the  holy  place,  and  I  led  them  again 
tipward  in    the  main  passage       But  they  were  all 
amazed  when  they  saw  that,  whereas,  thus  far  the 
passage  is  low.  so  that  in  walking  the  head  must  be 
bowed,  it  is,  from  this  point,  lofty,  being  thirteen 
cubits  and  a  ha.^  in  height;  and  is  finished  with  the 
finest  of  the  red  stone.     And  I  told  them  that  this 
part  of  the  passage  is  The  Highway  of  Nations. 
And  I  showed  them  the  bases  of  red  stone,  whereon 
I  had  graven  the  likeness  of  tombs  that  are  open, 
and  the  dead  gone  forth;  for  so  had  I  been  com- 
manded  in  the  Roll  of  Enoch. 

From  the  well  which  is  at  the  beginning  of  The 
Highway  of  Nations  it  is  forty  cubits  to  the  end  of 
that  part  of  the  passage.  When  we  were  near 
to  the  end  thereof  we  came  to  the  step,  straight 
upward,  that  reacheth  from  side  to  side,  and  is  a 
cubit  and  a  half  in  height.     When  we  had  passed 


'?tiiC3^^^^J5»^^*"' ^"^ --^ ' 


•.-irj:i:ssr-:"is.  ■s-'-r^sswr-* 


'*^- 


1 


[£. 


1  upward,  and 


icm  aside,  into 
n  a  level,  and 
ime  to  a  cham- 
ind  I  said.  The 
hamber  whcre- 
iws. 

the  well  that  is 
led  them  again 
t  they  were  all 
as,  thus  far  the 
c  head  must  be 
being  thirteen 
inishcd  with  the 
1  them  that  this 
vay  of  Nations. 
I  stone,  whereon 
i  that  are  open, 
lad  I  been  com- 


eginning  of  The 
(its  to  the  end  of 
1  we  were  near 
he  step,  straight 
:o  side,  and  is  a 
;n  we  had  passed 


r,-^-.iJ.---  , 


^^ 


-"Svry'T' 


^ 


.^, 


v'.',,e>.  ^  „o. 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


■50   ""^^     M^H 

■^  m  12.2 

Siii  *- 
^  us  IIM 


iS. 


IL2^  IIIIII.4    il.6 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


w 


;  =p^:r^^'-i^~^0^ 


r,^ai&mjii^t^iiM!em?'Si,X^:^s«-'^-\ 


,B«j«8P6Sia«ii«^raS» 


c.? 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


'1 

i  ■ 


i 


':< 


!^ 


t' 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


»83 


the  step  some  way,  and  were  at  the  end  of  The 
Highway  of  Nations,  we  came  to  that  place  where 
the  floor  is  broken  and  rough,  and  the  roof  is  again 
low.     After  that  is  the  porch  that  openeth  into  the 
last  chamber  of  all;  and  over  this  porch  of  entrance 
is  the  overhanging  great  rock— as  it  were  to  put  in 
fear  every  one  who  would  pass  under  it  into   the 
chamber,  lest  it  should  fall.      When  I  had  shown 
them  all  these  things,  I  led  them  under  the  great 
stone,  and  through  the  porch  of  entrance,  into  the 
chamber,  and  said  unto  them.  This  is  The  Chamber 
of  The  Word.     It  standeth  on  the  fiftieth  course  of 
the  memorial,  and  is  proportional,  as  fifty  is  to  one, 
to  the  laver  of  red  stone,  which  ye  see  in  the  center. 
Then  I  told  them  its  measurements;  and  I  showed 
them  that  in  The  Chamber  of  The  Word  there  was 
nothing  at  all  but  the  laver  of  red  stone;  and  that 
there  was  nothing  to  remember,  or  to  understand, 
save  that  it  was  made  of  the  choice  red  stone  from 
the  upper  quarries,  wrought  and  polished  in  the 
most  excellent  way,  and  that  it  was  proportional,  not 
only  to  the  laver  within  it,  but,  also,  to  many  other 
things,  all  of  which  will  be  made  clear  in  the  read- 
ing of  the  Roll.     Then  I  went  on  to  say: 

There  is  yet  another  chamber;  and  it  is  more 
glorious  in  its  workmanship,  and  in  its  significance 
than  anything  ye  have  seen.     I  made  it  of  porphyry 


I 


sawfe-sr— — -K- 5  t^s.!xss'4 


-  ':^'  i:.4:>r  "^^-SiSi^sEii 


i84 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


and  alabaster,  and  adorned  it  with  silver  and  gold 
and  precious  stones,  according  to  all  that  was  com- 
manded in  the  Roll.  There  is  nothing  on  earth  that 
hath  anj'  glory  in  comparison  of  it.  But  it  is  the 
will  of  my  forefather  Enoch  that  it  shall  be  sealed 
up,  and  its  place  in  the  memorial  be  unknown,  until 
the  fullness  of  the  time  which  is  decreed,  when  the 
mystery  which  lieth  beyond  death  shall  be  made  to 
appear  unto  men. 

We  finished  all  our  work  in  viewing  the  memorial, 
in  four  and  twenty  days.  And  we  determined  that 
after  seven  days  of  rest  we  would  listen  to  the  read- 
ing of  the  fourth  part  of  the  Roll  of  Enoch. 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


185 


E. 

ilver  and  gold 
that  was  com- 
g  on  earth  that 
But  it  is  the 
shall  be  sealed 
inknown,  until 
reed,  when  the 
lall  be  made  to 

r  the  memorial, 
etermined  that 
en  to  the  read- 
Enoch. 


CHAPTER  XXXII. 

On  the  morning  of  the  seventh  day  after  we  fin- 
ished viewing  the  memorial,  the  king  and  Caphtor 
came  to  my  pavilion;  and  I  sent  unto  my  kinsmen 
and  Abraham,  for  they  dwelt  near  me,  saying,  The 
king  and  Caphtor  are  with  me,  and  all  things  are 
ready  for  the  reading.     When  they  were  come  in,  I 
took  the  Roll  of  Enoch  out  of  the  encasement,  and 
having  turned  to  the  fourth   part,  I   found    that 
portion  of  it  that  showeth  the  meaning  of  every- 
thing pertaining  to  the  memorial,  and  gave  the  Roll 
to  Salmon,  and  directed  him  to  read  from  that  por- 
tion, only.     For  I  would  not  weary  them  with  all  the 
writing  wherein  I  had  been  instructed,  as  master- 
builder,  in  what   manner  I  was   to  do  the  work. 
Then  Salmon  read  as  followeth,  from 

The  Fourth  Part  of  the  Roll  of  Enoch. 

Son  of  Enoch,  if  thou  build  to  the  sockets  I  made 
in  the  rock,  thou  wilt  mark,  in  the  foundation  of  the 
memorial,  the  center  of  the  habitable  earth ;  for  it  is 
there,  in  the  midst  of  the  sockets.  And  in  the  sides 
of  the  memorial  that  face  toward  the  north  and  the 
south  thou   wilt  mark  the  true  east;   and  no  man 


.Ts::3)s:.'if; 


,86  ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 

shall  ever  be  able  to  show  that  thou  didst  err  by  an 
hair's  breadth. 

Furthermore,  in  the  four  sides  of  the  memorial, 
as  thou  measurest  from  socket  to  socket,  thou  wilt 
make  a  square,  the  whole  boundary  whereof  will  be 
equal  to  the  whole  boundary  of  a  circle  of  such  size 
that  a  straight  line  reaching  from  its  center  to  its 
boundary  would  be  equal  to  the  height  of  the 
memorial.  And  such  a  circle  would  show  the  shape 
of  the  whole  earth,  and  be  proportional  thereto; 
whereas,  the  memorial  is  but  the  framework,  in 
straight  lines,  of  one  half  of  the  earth. 

If  thou  put  the  topstone  in  its  place  at  the  moment 
when  the  Pleiades  are  fair  above  the  memorial,  and 
the  Dragon  hangeth  at  its  lowest  in  the  north,  thou 
wilt  mark  the  center  of  the  heavenly  host  with  the 
topstone;  for  that  center  is  in  Alcyone  of  the 
Pleiades-and  thou  wilt  mark  it  at  the  moment 
when  the  center  of  the  habitable  earth  will  he 
straight  under  it-a  moment  that  will  not  come  again 
until  more  than  twenty  and  five  thousand  years  shall 

have  passed. 

If  thou  build  to  all  the  measurements,  then,  in  the 
height  of  the  memorial,  thou  wilt  show,  in  propor- 
tion the  distance  of  the  sun  from  the  earth.  For 
the  height  is  proportional  to  that  distance;  and  the 
proportion  is  such  that  thou  shalt  measure  it  truly 


I 


E. 

didst  err  by  an 

the  memorial, 
)cket,  thou  wilt 
whereof  will  be 
•cle  of  such  size 
,ts  center  to  its 

height   of    the 

show  the  shape 
rtional   thereto; 

framework,  in 

:h. 

:e  at  the  moment 

e  memorial,  and 

the  north,  thou 
ily  host  with  the 
Alcyone  of    the 

at  the  moment 
e  earth  will  lie 
11  not  come  again 
lusand  years  shall 

lents,  then,  in  the 

show,  in  propor- 

1  the  earth.     For 

distance ;  and  the 

measure  it  truly 


ENOCH.  THE  PHH.ISTINE. 


187 


by  taking  the  height  of  the  memorial  tcnfckl,  and 
then  taking  that  larger  measure  tenfold,  and  then 
taking  that  still  larger  measure  tenfold,   and  con- 
tinuing so  to  do  until  thou  hast  nine  times  multiplied 
the   height  of   the   memorial— each    time    tenfold. 
Thus,  at  noontide,  when  the  sun  shineth  on  the  five 
corners  at  the  same  moment,  thou  mayest  say  with 
truth.  The  light  cometh  from  such  a  distance,  so 
many  times  greater  than  the  height  of  the  memorial. 
Moreover,  in  the  height  of  the  memorial  thou  wilt 
show  to  men,  in  proportion,  the  length  of  a  straight 
line  reaching  from  one  side  to  the  other  side  of  the 
earth,  passing  through  its  center  and  pointing  toward 
the  star  that  ruleth  in  the  north.      For  the  height  of 
the  memorial  is  proportional  to  the  half  of  such  a 
line,  as  one  is  to  forty  and  two  thousand  nine  hun- 
dred and  eighty,  to  wit:  for  every  cubit,  or  other 
measure,  in  the  height  of  the  memorial  there  are 
forty  and  two  thousand  nine   hundred  and  eighty 
such  measures  in  a  straight  line  reaching  from  the 
center  of  the  earth  to  its  circle,  and  pointing  toward 
the  star  that  ruleth  in  the  north. 

My  son,  there  be  other  proportions,  to  measures 
of  time,  and  space,  and  weight,  that  men  will  come 
to  see,  if  thou  art  careful  to  build  as  I  have  directed 
thee.  '  But  when  thou  makest  the  passages  and  the 
chambers  within  the  memorial,  remember  that  thou 


{ 


— T- 


,88  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

art  setting  forth  in  stone,  without  the  use  oi  any 
word,  that  which  was  made  known  to  me  when  I 
went  apart  from  men.  for  a  season,  that  I  might  be 

alone  with  God. 

The    passages  and    the  chambers,   when    taken 
together,  signify  The  Way  of  Mankind;  how  they 
began   and  have  continued,  and  what  they  shall  yet 
become  under  the  hand  of  the  Lord.     In  every  least 
thing  as  well  as  in  the  greatest,  let  thy  measure- 
„,ent;  and  thy  work   be  true;   for,  there  must  be 
wrought  into  the  stone,  not  only  the  state  of  mankind 
at  one  time  and  at  another,  but,  also,   the  number 
of  the  years  wherein  they  have  been,  or  shall  yet  be, 
in  this  or  in  that  state-for  it  was  all  made  known 

unto  me. 

Make  the  opening  of  The  Way  of  Mankind  well  up 
the  north  side  of  the  memorial,  at  the  center,  full 
thirty  and  five  cubits  from  the  foundation,  as  thou 
goest  up.     And  this  is  to  show  that  the  Lord  God 
Lde  men  in  his  own  image,  and  not  in  the  low 
similitude  of  any  beast.     But  let  not  the  openmg  be 
any  higher  up  than  I  have  said.      For.  whereas, 
man  could  receive  from  the  Lord  God  being  and  life, 
comeliness  and  strength   with  knowledge  and  wis- 
dom  there  was  one  thing  needful  to  his  perfection 
that' he  could    not  receive  by    creation,  but  must 
attain  unto  it  by  obedience.     That  most  excellent 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTTNE. 


189 


IE. 

the  use  <»f  any 

to  me  when  I 

that  I  might  be 

s,  when  taken 
ikind;  how  they 
at  they  shall  yet 
In  every  least 
et  thy  measure- 
,  there  must  be 
state  of  mankind 
Iso,  the  number 
1,  or  shall  yet  be, 
all  made  known 

Mankind  well  up 
t  the  center,  full 
mdation,  as  thou 
at  the  Lord  God 
a  not  in  the  low 
ot  the  opening  be 
For,  whereas, 
fod  being  and  life, 
owledge  and  wis- 
,  to  his  perfection 
reation,  but  must 
lat  most  excellent 


thing  was  holiness,  which  is  the  choosing  to  do  good 
at  a  time  when  it  is  possible  to  do  evil.  Therefore 
it  was  that  holiness  could  not  be  received  from  the 
Lord  God  by  ci cation.  But  he  did  receive  inno- 
cence, which  is  next  unto  holiness  in  excellence,  and 
is  that  seed  from  which  holiness  groweth. 

The  Lord  God  gave  unto  mankind  every  good  gift, 
and  placed  them  in  a  garden  of  delights,  laying  no 
burden  at  all  upon  them.     And  he  gave  them,  to 
obey,  a  single  precept  that  was  not  grievous,  that 
thereby  their  innocence  might  grow  into  holiness,  as 
a  good  seed  groweth  and  ripeneth  into  fruit.     There- 
fore thou  Shalt  make  the  opening  of  The  Way  of 
Mankind   no  higher   than  I   have   directed   thee; 
because  it  was  needful  for  their  perfection  in  man- 
hood that  they  should  grow  into  a  higher  state  than 
it  was  possible  to  give  them  by  creation. 

Our  first  father  and  mother  did  not  obey  the  Lord 
God,  but  sinned  by  doing  the  one  thing  of  which  he 
had  said.  Ye  shall  not  do  it.  Then  the  seed  of  holi- 
ness, which  is  innocence,  died  in  them.  When  they 
multiplied  in  the  earth  their  offspring  were  begot- 
ten,  and  born,  without  innocence,  and  from  their 
youth  there  was  in  them  an  heart  to  g  ajwnward, 
and  to  live  without  God. 

Therefore  the  first  part  of  The  Way  ot  Mankind 
shall  be  called   The  Way   of   the  Fatherless.     It 


S 


■■•^^0^.- 


U)o  ENOCH.  THE  I'HH.ISTINE. 

shall  decline  from  the  very  beginning,  towari  the 
foundation  of  the  memorial,  until  ,t  toucheth  he 
level  thereof.  Make  it  forty  cubits  long,  netthc 
„,ore  nor  less-,  and  the  forty  cub.ts  are  two  thousand 
years  wherein  the  course  of  mankind  shall  be  down- 
ward-a  cubit  for  every  fifty  years. 

But  the  Lord  God  hath  a  purpose  of  goodness 
toward  mankind,  to  restore  them  to  innocence,  and 
to  lead  them  upward  to  holiness,  ^--f"-;  ^7:"- 
ning  at  the  bottom  of  The  Way  of  the  Fathcles 
.„d  thence,  forward  unto  the  end,  the  passage  shal 
dint  upward,  and  it  shall  be  called  The  Way  o 

the   Restoration;   for  over  it   mankind    shall    walk 
upward,  and  be  restored  to  the  innocence  wherem 

thev  were  created 

The  Way  of  the  Restoration  is  divided  mto  parts 

that  I  will  now  tell  thee  of,  and  what  they  signify^ 
The  f^rst  part  is  The  Way  of  the  Covenant;  and  it 
extendeth  upward  in  the  passage  ten  cubits,  wh.ch 
are  five  hundred  years.  For  the  Lord  God  will  call 
a  man  out  of  an  idolatrous  kindred;  and  the  man 
will  hearken  to  the  voice  of  the  Lord,  and  obey  it, 
and  will  go  forth  from  his  own  country  and  his 
kindred,  forsaking  the  gods  of  his  father  and  of  his 

ii,o  T  nrd  God      And  God  will  enter 
mother  to  serve  the  Lord  Uoa.     ^n 

into  covenant  with  the  man,  that  his  seed  shall  be 
blessed,   and   that  they  shall    give  blessing   to  all 


IK. 

ng,  towara  the 
it  toucheth  the 
s  long,  neither 
re  two  thousand 
1  shall  be  down- 

Dse  of  goodness 
)  innocence,  and 
"herefore,  hegin- 
F  the  Fatherless, 
the  passage  shall 
led.  The  Way  of 
kind  shall  walk 
^nocence  wherein 

iivided  into  parts 
/hat  they  signify. 
Covenant ;  and  it 
ten  cubits,  which 
Lord  God  will  call 
•ed;  and  the  man 
:^ord,  and  obey  it, 
I  country  and  his 
,  father  and  of  his 
Vnd  God  will  enter 
t  his  seed  shall  be 
ve  blessing   to  all 


KNOC'H.  TIIK  I'llII.ISTINK. 


101 


people,  and  that  he  shall  be  the  father  of  nations. 
And  the  man  will  teach  men  the  knowledge  of  God. 
He  will  be  greatly  beloved;  and  men  will  call  him 
the  Friead  of  God,  and  will  walk  with  him,  and 
with  his  seed  after  him,  in  The  Way  of  the  Cove- 
nant, five  hundred  years.  Howbcit,  not  all  men  will 
walk  with  him,  but  only  some. 

Next  after  The  Way  of  the  Covenant  is  The  Way 
of  the  Law;  and  its  length  is  ten  cubits;  and  the 
ten  cubits  arc  five  hundred  years.     It  significth  that, 
at  the  time  marked  by  the  beginning  of  that  way, 
the  Lord  God  will  call  another  man  out  of  the  seed 
of  the  man  of  the  covenant.     He  will  be  great  among 
men,  and  will  be  called  the  Man  of  God.     He  will 
give   statutes  and   commandments  unto  men,  how 
they  ought  to  worship  and  serve  the  Lord  God  in  all 
things.     And  he   will  lead  his  people   apart  from 
other  nations,  that  they  may  keep  the  Law  that  he 
will  give  unto  them  from  the  Lord. 

After  The  Way  of  the  Law  is  The  Way  of  the 
Sanctuary.  It  is  twenty  cubits  long ;  and  the  twenty 
cubits  are  a  thousand  years,  wherein  men  will  still 
walk  upwards,  remembering  the  covenant  and  the 
Law  of  the  Lord,  and  worshiping  him  in  a  holy 
sanctuary,  which  will  be  the  wonder  and  joy  of  the 
whole  earth.  For  the  light  of  the  Lord  will  be  in 
that  sanctuary,  and  his  covenant  shall  be  there,  and 

13 


►  '  ^vnK^-    .. 


,9t  ENOCH.  THK  PHILISTINK. 

from  it  shall  the  Law  ^o  forth.  Moreover,  the  altar 
of  God  will  be  therein;  and.  from  afar,  men  w.ll 
bring  unto  it  their  offerings  for  the  mercies  they  have 
received,  and  for  the  sins  they  have  done.  And 
there  will  be  many  prophets  to  say  unto  the  people, 
Thus,  and  so,  saith  the  Lord,  ccmcerning  what  they 
have  done,  and  what  they  ought  to  do,  and  what 
shall  presently  come  to  pass. 

The  Way  of  Silence  is  next  after  The  Way  of  the 
Sanctuary,  and  extendeth  upward  in  the    passage 
eight  cubits;  and  the  eight  cubits  are  four  hundred 
years,  wherein  the  voice  of  no  prophet  from  the 
Lord  shall  be  heard.     The  silence  shall  be,  in  part, 
because  that  the  Lord  God  had  provided  all  instruc- 
tion needful  for  that  part  of  The  Way  of  the  Restora- 
tion in  giving  to  men  the  Covenant  the  Law,  and 
the  Sanctuary.      But  it  is  appointed,  chtety,  that 
men  may  come  to  wonder,  and  to  ask,  Wherefore 
doth  not  the  Lord  speak  unto  us  by  prophets,  as  he 
spake   unto  our  fathers?     So  shall    they  be  made 
eager  to  hear  when,  at  last,  there  will  come  one 
speaking  words  such  as  were  never  heard  on  earth, 
before  his  coming,  and  never  shall  be,  after  his  going 
away     For  he  shall  speak  the  last  great  Word  of 
Life  from  the    Lord,  by  which  men  shall  go  yet 
higher  up  in  The  Way  of  the  Restoration,  until  they 
come  to  that  state  wherein  the  Word  shall  be  in 


wj»-.  »».iy»-  • 


over,  the  ultnr 
far,  men  will 
rcics  they  have 
u  done.  And 
ito  the  people, 
ling  what  they 
do,  and  what 

rhc  Way  of  the 
,n  the  passajjfc 
e  four  hundred 
>phct  from  the 
hall  be,  in  part, 
idcd  all  instruc- 

of  the  Rcstora- 
t,  the  Law,  and 
;d,  chieily,  that 

ask.  Wherefore 

prophets,  as  he 
[  they  be  made 
;  will  come  one 

heard  on  earth, 
le,  after  his  going 
It  great  Word  of 
len  shall  go  yet 
ration,  until  they 
Novd  shall  be  in 


KNUCll.  Tllli  I'lllhlSTINli. 


!<>.{ 


them,  also,  as  the  light  of  the  sun  is  in  every  living 
eye.  And  the  Man  of  the  Word  shall  speak  not 
alone  to  the  children  uf  the  Covenant,  but  also  to  all 
the  kindreds  of  the  earth,  to  call  them  into  The  Way 
of  the  Restoration.  Therefore  was  the  time  of 
silence  appointed. 

Beyond  The  Way  of  Silence  there  is  a  part  of  the 
passage  to  be  left  unmeasured  forever,  for  it  is  holy. 
Thus  Shalt  thou  separate  it  from  the  part   that  is 
before  it  and  the  part  that  is  behind  it;  at  the  end 
of  The  Way  of  Silence  put  thy  shoes  from  off  thy  feet, 
and  quench  the  light  of  thy  lamp;  and,  taking  a  white 
stone  in  thine  hand,   go  upward    in  the  passage 
through   the   darkness,  making  some  of  thy  steps 
long,  and  other  some  short;  and  thrice  shalt  thou 
turn' back   on  thy  steps,   and  go  forward    again. 
When  thou  hast,  thus,  gone  upward  some  way— how 
far  thou  must  not  know- drop  the  white  stone,  to 
mark  the  place  where  thou  mayest  begin  again  to 
measure  the  remaining  part  of  the  passage.     The 
Unmeasured  Holy  Way  is  the  time  of  the  sojourn  of 
the  Word  with  men.     He  will  be  with  them  before, 
but  in  such  manner  as  that  they  will  not  see  him, 
nor  in  anywise  perceive  his  presence.     Aii^l  he  will 
be  with  them  after  the  sojourn,  so  as  he  was  with 
them  before  it.     But  in  the  time  of  the  sojourn  he 
will  be  manifest  as  a  man  with  men,  and  will  speak 


'94 


ENUCII,  THE  I'llILlSTINE. 


the  lust  Kicat  Word  of  Life  from  the  Lore!  in  the 
words,  and  with  the  voice,  of  a  man :  howbeit,  there 
hath  not  been,  neither  shall  there  t-ver  be,  the  fellow 
of  the  Man  whose  time  on  earth  is  signified  in  The 
Unmeasured  Holy  Way. 

At  the  end  of  that  way— the  place  where  thou 
shalt  drop  the  white  stone— make  a  well,  as  I  have 
before    showed    thee— through    the   stones  of    the 
memorial  down  to  the  foundation  thereof;   and  at 
the  bottom  of  the  well  make  a  tomb.     The  tomb  and 
the  well  signify  that,  through  the  blindness  of  their 
hearts,  the  children  of  the  Covenant  will  hate  the 
Man  of  the  Word  without  cause,  and  will  cut  him  off 
from  among  the  living,  and  seal  up  his  body  in  a 
sepulchre.     But  thou  shalt  leave  the  stones  round 
about  the  well,  in  appearance,  as  though  they  had 
been  thrust  up  from  beneath ;  for  the  Man  of  the 
Word   will  come  forth    from  his  sepulchre,  alive. 
And  men  will  come  to  know  that  his  death  was  a  sac- 
rifice, forever,  for  sin ;  and  that,  as  he  died  and  lived 
again,  so  they  also  will  revive  after  death,  and  come 
forth  from  their  graves  to  die  no  more. 

From  the  mouth  of  the  well  at  the  end  of  The 
Unmeasured  Holy  Way,  there  brancheth  off  from 
the  main  passage  a  way  that  leadeth  into  a  chamber, 
going  never  any  higher  than  the  mouth  of  the  well. 
That  way  is  The  Way  of  the  Scorners,  and  is  forty 


:ne. 

the  Lord  in  the 

:  howljeit,  there 

/er  be,  the  fellow 

signified  in  The 

lace  where  thou 
a  well,  as  I  have 
e  stones  of  the 
thereof;  and  at 
.  The  tomb  and 
blindness  of  their 
ant  will  hate  the 
C.  will  cut  him  off 
ap  his  body  in  a 
the  stones  round 
though  they  had 
the  Man  of  the 
sepulchre,  alive. 
is  death  was  a  sac- 
he  died  and  lived 
r  death,  and  come 
lore. 

t  the  end  of  The 
■ancheth  oflE  from 
h  into  a  chamber, 
nouth  of  the  well, 
rners,  and  is  forty 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


195 


cubits  long;  and  the  forty  cubits  are  two  thousand 
years,  wherein  the  children  of  the  Covenant  will 
continue  to  scorn  the  Man  of  the  Word,  whom  their 
fathers  hated  without  a  cause,  and  cut  off  from  among 
the  living.  They  will  go  no  more  upward  in  The 
Way  of  the  Restoration  until  the  two  thousand  years 
are  ended.  The  chamber  at  the  end  of  The  Way  of 
the  Scorners  is  The  Chamber  of  Sorrows,  and  signi- 
fieth  that  the  children  of  the  Covenant  will  be  healed 
of  their  blindness,  and  will  mourn  with  exceeding 
sorrow  for  their  scorning,  and  will  return  to  The 
Way  of  the  Restoration  and  be  led  up  thereon  by  the 
Man  of   the  Word    whom  they  had   despised  and 

rejected. 

From  the  mouth  of  the  well  the  main  passage  is 
no  longer  low  as  it  is  from  the  opening  to  that  point, 
but  is  thirteen  cubits  and  a  half  in  height;  and  it  is 
finished  with  choice  stones,  and  graved  along  the 
bases  to  the  likeness  of  tombs  that  are  open  and  the 
dead  gone  forth.  These  things  signify  that  The 
Way  of  the  Restoration  will  be  more  excellent 
because  of  the  counsels,  and  the  accomplished  sacri- 
fice, and  the  coming  forth  from  the  dead  of  the  Man 
of  the  Word;  and,  also,  that  he  will  send  unto  every 
nation,  as  well  as  to  the  children  of  the  Covenant, 
the  Word  of  Life  from  the  Lord.  Therefore  that 
part  of  the  passage  is  The  Highway  of  Nations.      It 


^ 


I 


I' 


i! 


if 


:. 


196 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


is  forty  cubits  in  length;  and  the  forty  cubiti  are 
two  thousand  years  wherein  men  of  all  the  kindreds 
of  the  earth  will  go  up  thereon.     The  step  that 
crosseth  from  side  to  side  of  the  way,  near  to  the 
end,  whereby  thou  risest  up  a  cubit  and  a  half  at 
one'step,  showeth  that  near  to  the  end  of  the  two 
thousand  years  the  people  who  will  be  walking  there 
will  remember  the  children  of  the  Covenant,  and 
will  send  unto  them  to  take  them  by  the  hand  and 
lead  them  into  The  Way  of  the  Restoration.     And 
the  Lord  God  will  bless  every  one  that  doeth  so; 
and  he  will  heal  the  blindness  of  the  children  of  the 
Covenant  who  had  alway  despised  the  Man  of  the 
Word,  and  will  bring  them  in.     The  whole  earth 
will  be  glad  with  exceeding  joy  when  the  children 
of  the  Covenant  come  again  into  The  Way  of  the 
Restoration;  and  therefore  is  the  step  in  The  High- 
way of  Nations,  near  to  the  end  thereof. 

At  the  end  of  The  Highway  of  Nations,  the  roof  of 
the  passage  droppeth  low  down  as  it  is  in  the  first 
part;  and  the  floor  is  broken  and  rough;  and  over 
the  porch  of  entrance  to  the  last  chamber  of  all  a 
great  stone  overhangeth,  as  it  were  ready  to  fall 
upon  and  crush  any  who  would  pass  under  it.  In 
these  things  it  is  shown  that  before  mankind  shall 
reach  the  excellence  whereunto  the  Lord  God  pur- 
poseth  to  lead  them,  there  will  be  a  time  of  trouble, 


!^ 


E. 

orty  cubiti  are 
ill  the  kindreds 
The  step  that 
•ay,  near  to  the 
t  and  a  half  at 
end  of  the  two 
e  walking  there 

Covenant,  and 
y  the  hand  and 
storation.     And 

that  doeth  so; 
!  children  of  the 
the  Man  of  the 
he  whole  earth 
len  the  children 
The  Way  of  the 
ipinThe  High- 
reof. 

tions,  the  roof  of 
it  is  in  the  first 
rough;  and  over 
chamber  of  all  a 
re  ready  to  fall 
ss  under  it.  In 
e  mankind  shall 
3  Lord  God  pur- 
i  time  of  trouble, 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


197 


and  that  many  will  tremble  and  be  afraid.     The 
trouble  will  be,  in  part,  because  of  the  rebellion  of 
many  against  the  authority  of  the  Man  of  the  Word, 
for  that  he  no  longer  appeareth  among  men  as  he 
did  in  the  time  of  the  sojourn.     But,  chiefly,  it  will 
be   because  of  somewhat  which  the  multitudes  of 
them  that  follow  the  Man  of  the  Word  will  come  to 
know-how  that  many  things  wherein  they  will  be 
trusting  most  are  not  the  chief  things  in  their  restor- 
ation.    They  will  have  many  visible  ordinances ;  and 
'many  writings  of  the  Covenant,  and  the  Law,  and 
of  all  that  the  Lord  God  had  said  to  other  genera- 
tions by  prophets  and  by  the  Man  of  the  Word. 
Moreover,  they  will  have  writings  of  men  who  lived 
after  the  prophets,  and  after  the  Man  of  the  Word; 
and  they  will  trust  over-much  in  these  to  tell  them 
what  the  meaning  is  of  the  Covenant,  and  the  Law, 
and  the  prophets,  and  the  Word  of  Life  from  the 
Lord  that  was  spoken  by  the  Man  of  the  Word. 
Now,  when  they  begin  to  learn  that  the  very  Word 
of  the  Lord  God  for  each  man  is  such  that  it  cannot 
be  fully  written  on  parchment,  nor  set  forth  per- 
fectly in  any  ordinance,  but  must  be  received  into  a 
man's  own  spirit  from  the  life  of  the   Lord,  and 
must  dwell  in  him,  after  his  measure,  as  it  dwelt  m 
the  Man  of  the  Word,  they  will  be  shaken  in  their 
minds,  and  will  begin  to  cry  out  in  their  distress, 


iA 


Is 


11 


a 


r\ 


,98  ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 

Behold,  there  is  no  certainty!  We  have  nothing  to 
surely  g"ide  us!  So  will  men  be  troubled,  as  is  sig- 
nified by  the  lowering  roof,  and  the  broken  floor, 
and  the  overhanging  great  stone  that  thrcateneth 
them  that  would  go  any  farther  that  way. 

But  the  Lord  God  will  lead  men  as  a  shepherd 
leadeth  his  sheep.     They  will  be  brought  through 
the  season  of  their  great  fear  lest  the  foundations 
be  removed.       As  they  ean  bear  it,   they  will  be 
taught  that  the  ordinances,  the  Covenant,  the  Law, 
and  all  the  words  of  the  prophets  and  of  the  Man 
of  the  Word,  contained  not  the  chiefest  good  for 
men;  but  were  only  to  lea[d  them  in  seeking  after 
the  Lord,  himself,  that  they  might  find  him,  and 
that  their  life  might  alway  be  touched  by  the  life  of 
the  Lord,  and  that,  so,  the  very  Word  of  Life  from 
the  Lord  might  be  in  them  from    the  life  of  the 
Lord,  as  the  light  of  the  sun  is  in  every  livmg  eye. 
The  last  state  of  mankind-also  the  more  excellent, 
being  higher  than  their  first  state-is  set  forth  in 
the  last  chamber  of  all,  wherein  The  Way  of  the 
Restoration  endeth.     It  shall  be  called  The  Cham- 
ber of  the  Word.     Therein  is  the  great  stone  Laver, 
which  signifieth  that  men,  being  guided  by  ordi- 
nances and  the  Word,  will  seek  after  God  and  find 
him;  and  that,  then,  as  a  man's  body  is  cleansed  in 
a  laver,  so  by  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  their  spirits  shall 


r" 


ii 


have  nothing  to 
)ublcc],  as  is  sig- 
ic  broken  floor, 
:hat  thrcateneth 

,  way. 

[1  as  a  shepherd 

brought  through 

the  foundations 
it,  they  will  be 
^Tenant,  the  Law, 

and  of  the  Man 
;hiefest  good  for 

in  seeking  after 
lit  find  him,  and 
hcd  by  the  life  of 
rord  of  Life  from 
1  the  life  of  the 
every  living  eye. 
ic  more  excellent, 
e— is  set  forth  in 

The  Way  of  the 
called  The  Cham- 
jreat  stone  Laver, 
guided  by  ordi- 
ifter  God  and  find 
ody  is  cleansed  in 
d  their  spirits  shall 


ENOCH.  THE  IMIILISTINE. 


199 


be  cleansed  from  everything  that  makcth  them  to 
be  less  than    innocent.      The  lofty  height    of  the 
chamber,  and  the  proportions  of  one  part  to  another 
part,  and  of  the  whole  of  it  to  the  laver— as  fifty  is 
to  one,  do  show  that  men,  being  washed  from  every- 
thing that  is  not  innocent,   and    having  the    very 
Word  of  Life  from  the  Lord  abiding  and  abounding 
in  them  from  the  life  of  the  Lord,   will  grow  to 
excellent  goodness;    and    that  they    will  be  in   all 
things    proportional,   after    their    measure,    to    the 
fountain-spring  of  their  life,  which  is  in  the  Lord 

God. 

Son  of  Enoch,  I  have  now  finished  to  direct  thee 
what  thou  Shalt  do  in  building  the  memorial,  and  to 
tell  thee  the  significance  of  the  chief  parts  thereof. 
See  that  thou  grave  no  word  at  all  upon  it;  for  words 
do  change  like  the  face  of  the  sky,  and  cease  to 
mean  that  which  they  did  at  the  first.  Moreover, 
words  can  be  understood  by  none  but  those  who 
know  the  language  whereof  they  are  a  part;  and 
the  time  will  come  when  the  different  kindreds  of 
the  earth  will  have  each  a  separate  language. 

But  the  place  of  the  foundation  of  the  memorial ; 
and  the  place  of  the  stars  of  heaven  at  the  time 
when  it  shall  be  finished;  and  its  measurements,  its 
lines,  its  proportionals,  its  similitudes,  and  The  Way 
of  Mankind  within  it,  these,  being  all  wrought  in 


**fc*--^«*f  ■^^' 


•_  ^*.--«J^*:«n.''^-'^ftHJl^'*''^-*"'SK*i^*."TWi-^      t...t>^J^fc-» 


300 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


stone  without  the  use  of  any  word,  will  abide  for- 
ever, and  will  testify  the  same  things  to  men  of 
every  generation  and  of  every  speech. 

When  Salmon  ceased  reading  there  was  silence; 
for  they  were  all  amazed  at  the  things  they  had 
heard.  After  a  long  time  King  Suphis  spake,  as  one 
that  looketh  upon  the  face  of  God,  saying: 

Verily  we  are  fallen  upon  a  time  of  marvelous 
things.  This  Enoch  that  walked  with  God  before 
the  flood  hath  been  honored  above  most  men. 
But  thou,  Abraham,  of  Chaldea,  art  exalted 
above  ;him;  for,  doubtless,  thou  art  the  man 
called  out  of  an  idolatrous  kindred,  and  taken 
into  covenant  with  the  Lord  God  for  the  restor- 
ation of  mankind.  Out  of  thy  loins  shall  spring 
the  Man  of  the  Law,  and  that  greater  Man  of 
the  Word  that  shall  have  no  fellow  among  the  sons 
of  men.  Neither  the  King  of  Egypt,  nor  Enoch  the 
Builder,  nor  yet  this  elder  Enoch  that  was  taken 
from  among  men  without  death,  hath  any  honor  in 
comparison  of  thee ;  for  we  be  the  servants,  but  thou 
art  the  friend,  of  God. 

Then  Abraham  arose,  trembling  as  one  that  hath 
an  ague;  and  bowing  himself  before  the  king,  and 
before  all  present,  he  said : 

While  Salmon  the  scribe  was  yet  reading  from  the 


I  ,. 


-.t.»»J»V^.V» 


TINE. 


ENOCH,  THE  PHH.ISTINE. 


30I 


)r<J,  will  abide  for- 
things   to  men  of 
2ech. 

there  was  silence; 
e  things  they  had 
aphis  spake,  as  one 
,  saying: 

time  of  marvelous 
1  with  God  before 
above  most  men. 
Idea,  art  exalted 
lou  art  the  man 
indred,  and  taken 
rod  for  the  restor- 

loins  shall  spring 
at  greater  Man  of 
3W  among  the  sons 
ypt,  nor  Enoch  the 
ch  that  was  taken 

hath  any  honor  in 
s  servants,  but  thou 


Roll  I  knew  that  that  which  hath  been  done  unto 
me,  which  I  have  kept  secret  in  mine  heart,  had 
been  made  known  to  another  man  more  than  a 
thousand  years  before  I  was  begotten.  I  was  fain 
to  cry  out  thereat,  but  my  tongue  was  held,  as  with 
a  palsy.  Let  us  magnify  the  r>ame  of  the  Lord  God 
for  his  purpose  of  goodness  toward  the  children  of 
men,  and  for  this  so  great  a  work  that  he  hath 
ordained  to  be  made  in  our  day  as  a  memorial  of  his 
purpose.  But  as  for  honor,  let  it  not  be  so  much  as 
mentioned  among  us;  and  least  of  all  as  pertaining 
to  me ;  for  I  am  -but  a  plain  man,  and  frail,  and  do 
often  halt  under  the  burden  of  the  way  of  life  where- 
unto  I  have  been  called. 

Then  we  all  agreed  together  in  that  which  Abra- 
ham had  said;  for  the  Lord  God,  alone,  is  great,  and 
unto  him  belongeth  the  honor  and  the  glory  and  the 
majesty.  And  so  we  separated,  our  hearts  being 
filled  with  these  things. 


ig  as  one  that  hath 
efore  the  king,  and 

et  reading  from  the 


-««liw— -«;-'■% - 


-i-^^r-trr-^t 


^"^•p.o'Jiiimjj^Kts  -i 


202 


ENOCH,  THK  PHILISTINE. 


\li 


CHAPTER  XXXIII. 
As  the  time  drew  near  to  set  the  topstone  I  exam- 
ined allthe  work,  and  it  was  complete  in  every  part^ 
Beyond  all  that  was  required  by  the  Roll  of  Enoch 
we  made  at  the  top,  on  the  west  side,  a  p  atform 
whereon  the  topstone  rested  on  rollers,  ready  to  be 
moved  quickly  and  with  ease  into  its  place.      On 
the  east  side' we  made  another,  like  unto  it.  and 
called  it  the  platform  of  observation. 

And  we  sent  down  to  the  earth  all  the  timbers  of 
the  ascending  way,  as  fast  as  we  built  the  casing 
stones  into  the  angles,  from  the  top  downward. 

Wt^en  I  saw  the  sides  of  the  memorial  made 
smooth  with  the  casing  stones,  and  stripped  of  all 
the  timbers.  I  wondered,  with  great  admiration,  as 
a  man  that  seeth  a  marvelous  thing  the  first  time. 
And  I  said,  Behold,  I.  who  have  builded  it.  have 
never  seenor  conceived  ofits  greatness,  until  tmsday. 

Because  there  was  left  no  way  of  ascent,  I  set  Sal- 
mon with  two  hundred  men  to  make  a  stair,  straigh 
up  the  north  side  of  the  memorial,  to  the  top,  that 
we  might  go  up  thereon,  and  return  to  the  earth  on 
the  night  of  the  finishing.  On  a  certain  mght  while 
the  stair  was  a  building,  I  took  Job,  Melchizedek 


„ama,»^^>l^it^  .«„«<.^  «*-.»J-,t»l»***-i«»* 


r' 


ENOCH,  TllK  IMllLISTINi:. 


303 


NE. 


[. 

topstone  I  exam- 
jte  in  every  part, 
le  Roll  of  Enoch 
side,  a  platform 
lUers,  ready  to  be 
0  its  place.  On 
like  unto  it,  and 
n. 

all  the  timbers  of 
!  built  the  casing 
p  downward. 
•  memorial   made 
ad  stripped  of  all 
eat  admiration,  as 
ng  the  first  time. 
2  builded  it,  have 
ness,  until  this  day. 
af  ascent,  I  set  Sal- 
ike  a  stair,  straight 
,al,  to  the  top,  that 
irn  to  the  earth,  on 
certain  night,  while 
k  Job,  Melchizedek 


and  Abruliam,  and  went  f..rth  to  view  the  place  of 
Ihc  Pleiades  in  heaven,  taking  the  same  instruments 
we  had  used  when  1  came  first  into  Egypt.  We 
found  that  on  the  ninth  midnight  thereafter  Alcyone 
of    the    Pleiades  would    stand    straight    over    the 

memorial.  ,.     u  .1 

At  that  time  I  remembered  the  people  who  had 
wrought  with  me  so  long  a  time-some  of  them  mW 
ingly    and  some  by  constraint.     And  I  begged  of 
King'suphis  that  we  might  make  a  feast  on  the  day 
of  the  finishing,  and  bid  unto  it  all  who,  in  any  way. 
had  labored  to  build  the  memorial.     The  kmg  was 
well  pleased  so  to  do;  and  gave  of  his  own  store,  and 
I  gave  of  mine,  until  there  was  enough  and  to  spare, 
of  bread  and  flesh  and  fruit,  to  feed  many  thousands^ 
And  we  set  the  king's  butler  over  three  hundred 
men  that  were  skilled  to  seethe  in  the  pot,  and  to 
bake  in  the  oven,  and  to  portion  out  food  to  a  multi- 
tude; and  we  appointed  them  to  serve  the  guests  on 

the  day  of  the  feast. 

On  the  day  appointed  our  guests  came  in  hun- 
dreds, and  thousands,  and  tens  of  thousands,  so  that 
the  region  round  about  the  memorial  was  covered 
with  their  tents.  We  feasted  them  all  the  day;  and 
when  they  had  eaten  and  drunken  plenteously,  they 
rose  up  to  play,  and  had  music  and  dancing.  And 
they  looked  on  the  finished  memorial  with  wonder 


„.—    ••-  ~.5»i..,.<P*<>«**  - 


r- 


ao4 


^■:N0C[I,  TIIK  PHILISTINE. 


and  delight;  albeit  they  saw  nothing  at  all  ii.  it  but 
a  great  mountain  of  stones  that  would  bi  forever  a 
glory  to  Egypt,  because  that  no  other  nation  could 
ever  build  the  like  of  it  for  greatness. 

But  many  of  the  guests  wc  had  bidden  came  not, 
being  afraid  that  some  evil  thing  would  happen  to 
them.  For  there  had  been,  of  a  long  time,  a  great 
wandering  star  moving  across  the  eastern  sky,  and 
leaving  behind  it  a  stream  of  light  that  spanned  a 
third  part  of  the  vault  of  heaven.  It  was  reported 
to  me,  afterward,  that  many  of  the  more  ignorant 
feared  to  come  to  the  feast  because  of  the  star;  and 
that  they  said  among  themselves,  Behold,  is  not  this 
a  sign  that  the  wrath  of  Ptah  is  kindled?  Is  not  he 
about  to  take  vengeance  on  them  that  have  builded 
a  memorial  in  Egypt  to  a  strange  gr  d? 

And  I  came  to  know,  also,  thr^t  there  were  not 
wanting  a  few  who  had  been  of  the  Brothers  of 
Silence;  and  that  they  yet  whispered,  among  cer- 
tain of  the  people,  against  the  God  of  Heaven,  and 
against  the  king,  and  most  of  all  against  me,  as  he 
who  had  perverted  the  king  and  banished  the  gods 
of  Egypt.  Presently,  while  on  my  journey  toward 
Philistia,  I  was  to  find  that  the  shadow  of  Hanac  was 
still  upon  me,  and  that  I  must  take  the  sword  once 
more,  and  cut  off  the  last  remaining  seed  of  mine 
enemy. 


[NE. 

ii  at  all  iu  it  but 
luld  bi  forever  a 
her  nation  could 

Didden  came  not, 
would  happen  to 
)nj^  time,  a  great 
eastern  sky,  and 
t  that  spanned  a 

It  was  reported 
le  more  ignorant 

of  the  star;  and 
lehold,  is  not  this 
idled?  Is  not  he 
:hat  have  builded 
rd? 
t  there  were  not 

the  Brothers  of 
jred,  among  cer- 
1  of  Heaven,  and 
igainst  me,  as  he 
lanished  the  gods 
jr  journey  toward 
low  of  Hanac  was 
e  the  sword  once 
ing  seed  of  mine 


ENOCH,  TIIK  PHILISTINE. 


305 


All  the  day  of  the  great  feast  I  had  skilled  work- 
men laboring  at  the  top  of  the  memorial.     They  set 
up  a  post  at  the  edge  of  the  platform  on  the  east 
side.     On  the  top  of  the  post  they  put  a  beam  that 
reached  forth  from  the  post  to  a  point  straight  above 
the  memorial.     From  the  end  of  the  beam  they  hung 
a  plumb-line,  and  the  weight  at  the  end  thereof  was 
a  little  to  the  north  of  the  center  of  the  place  where 
the  topstone  would  rest.     Then  they  took  an  instru- 
ment of  brass  I  had  provided-it  was  four  cubits 
long,  and  was  round  and  hollow  and  straight-and 
they'  fastened   that    instrument  close   beside   the 
plumb-line,    and   made  it  to  hang  straight  up  and 
down.     The  bottom  was  at  the  height  of  a  man's 
head,  and  the  top  reached  a  cubit  above  the  beam. 
The  beam  was  so  that  it  could  be  turned  every  way 
by  drawing  the  plumb-line.     When,  therefore,  the 
beam  was  turned  so  that  the  plumb-line  was  over  a 
point  a  little  to  the  north  of  the  center,  the  hollow 
instrument  of  brass  was  fair  over  the  center,  point- 
ing straight  up  into  heaven.      And  I  charged  the 
workmen  to  be  strict  in  making  all  these  things  as 
I  had  instructed  them;  for  we  were  to  know  the 
moment  when  the  topstone  should  be  set,  by  look- 
ing through   the  instrument  pointing  straight   up 
trom  the  center,  until  Alcyone  would  come  into  view 
through  it. 


„  N* 


,o6  KNOCH.  TIIK  PHII.ISTINK. 

Toward  evening  T  sonl  up  lamps,  and  a  nrstlitiR  of 
my  flock,  with  wood,  for  a  burnt  <.fTerin«.  Then  I 
went  apart  to  meditate  and  prepare  for  that  which 

was  to  come. 

When  the  sun  had  lon^  fjonc  down,  and  darkness 
was  over  the  earth,  we  went  up  the  stair  to«<^ther- 
Kine  Suphis   and  Caphtor.   Melchizedek.  Job   ami 
Abraham,  Salm.m  and  T.  and  Zillah,  my  wife      Lor 
Zillah  had  entreated    that  she  mi^ht   be  wtth   me 
when  the  stone  would    be  set,   saying,   Did  not 
covenant   bcf<.re  Admon.  thy   father,  that  1  would 
not  hinder  but  help  thee,  in  this  thing?     Behold.  1 
have  not  hindered  thee;   but  neither  have  1  done 
anything  to  help  thee.     Let  me  be  with  thee  this 

night,  I  pray  thee,  and  put  to  my  hand  when  the  last 

stone  of  all  shall  be  set.  ,  ^    ,,  i 

When  we  were  come  to  the  top,   and  had  taken 
breath  and  rested  a  little  space,  I  said : 

It  is  fitting  that  we  should  take  this  place  for  an 
altar  and  offer  thereon  a  burnt  sacrifice  to  the  God 
of  Heaven,  and  call  upon  his  name.  Here  is  the 
lamb  for  the  sacrifice,  and  the  wood.  also.  Let 
Melchi.edek  be  the  first  and  only  priest,  lorever,  of 
this  memorial.  And  when  from  this  high  place  the 
smoke  of  the  offering  gocth  up  into  heaven,  let  Job 
open  his  lips  unto  Cod  in  prayer. 

So  it  was  done;  and  when  the  smoke  of  the  sacri- 


ENOCH,  THF  PTIIMSTINK. 


307 


Ni;. 

and  a  firstlinR  o{ 
fferiiiK.  Then  I 
■c  for  that  which 

wn,  and  darkness 
u«  stair  toj^cthcr— 
ii7,cdek,   J«j1)   and 
h,  my  wife.     For 
ijrht   be  with   me 
aying,   Did  not   1 
her,  that  I  wovdd 
thins?     Behold,  1 
ithcr  have  1  done 
be  with  thee  this 
hand  when  the  hist 

lip,   and  had  taken 
said : 

e  this  place  for  an 
sacrifice  to  the  God 
time.  Here  is  the 
wood,  also.  Let 
^  priest,  lorcver,  of 
this  hi^h  place  the 
into  heaven,  let  Job 

J  smoke  of  the  sacri- 


fice bc^..-^  t.,  ascend,  Job  hficd   up  his  voice  and 
called  upon  ff  ^1,  saying; 

Give  ear  unto  oi.r  words,  il  iMn\  Ood,  while  we 
now  speak  to  thee,  an.l  nttor  f.rth  the  gl  ulness  and 
joy  of  our  hearts.     We  thank  thee  for  all  thy  wofk^ 
so  great  and  marvelous  and  full   -f  goodness.     We 
thank  thee  for  that  th-.u  didst  put  it  int..  the  heart 
of  thy  servant  before  the  Hood  to  provide  for  the 
building,  at  this  time,  of  this  memorial  of  thy  former 
goodness,  and  of  the  purpose  of  everlasting  good- 
ness  toward  mankind  that  is  in  thine  heart,  to  bnng 
them  to  excellence  and  joy,  by  the  way  of  thine  own 
choosing.     We  thank  thee  for  thy  favor  and  loving 
kindness  toward  thy  servants  here  before  thee,  the 
builder   and  the  king,  in  that  thou   hast   enabled 
them  to  begin  and  to  finish  this  memorial  to  thy 
name.      And  now.  O  Lord  God,  we  beseech  thee, 
set  thine  own  seal  upon  the  work.     Fulfill  unto  us, 
and  unto  every  generation  of   men  that  shall  yet 
come  upon  the  earth,  all  that  is  signified  beforehand 
in  this  building;  that  men  may  evermore  go  upward, 
until  the  Word  of  Life  from  thee  shall  be  in  every 
man     And  grant,   we  beseech  thee,  that,  havmg 
served  thy  will  inthislandof  Egypt,  thy  servantEnoch, 
when  he  shall  go  hence  to  return  to  his  own  land, 
may  be  in  thy  keeping,  and  may  go  in  as  he  came 
out,  having  the  Almighty  for  his  shield  and  buckler. 

14 


,_.  -,,1- "^ 


308  ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 

The  prayer  of  Job  being  ended,  I  gathered  together 
all  that  remained  of  the  sacrifice,  and  of  the  wood, 
that  they  might  be  utterly  consumed.     And  when 
there  was  nothing  left  but  ashes,  I  took  the  blood 
of  the  lamb  and  mingled  it  with   the   ashes,  and 
sprinkled  it  on  the  stones  that  would  be  under  the 
topstone;  and  so,  forever,  there  will  be  a  token  of 
the  one  sacrifice  offered  thereon.     Then  we  turned 
the  overhanging  beam  until  the  hollow  instrument 
stood  over  the  center;  for  it  had  been  toward  the 
south  while  we  offered  sacrifice  and  prayer. 

When   the  time  was  near  at  hand  I   said  unto 
Melchizedek: 

It  shall  be  thy  part  to  stand  tmder  the  instrument, 
and  look  through  it  into  heaven  until  thou  shalt  see 
the  star  Alcyone  beginning  to  appear  at  the  side 
thereof.  And  when  thou  shalt  see  the  first  bright- 
ness of  the  star,  go  aside,  instantly,  to  the  platform 
of  observation,  drawing  the  overhanging  beam  with 
thee  by  the  plumb-line.  And  thou  wilt  know 
to  look  for  the  star  with  one  eye  closed,  and  the 
other  ir  line  with  that  side  of  the  instrument  whereat 
the  star  will  first  appear. 

Now,  the  hollow  in  the  brazen  instrument  was  a 
palm's'breadth  from  side  to  side,  measuring  through 
the  center;  and  I  knew  that  we  could  set  the  stone 
in  the  time  between  the  first  appearing  of  the  star  at 


riNE. 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


209 


gathered  together 
and  of  the  wood, 
tned.     And  when 

I  took  the  blood 
h  the  ashes,  and 
ould  be  under  the 
(vill  be  a  token  of 

Then  we  turned 
hollow  instrument 
[  been  toward  the 
id  prayer, 
hand  I   said  unto 

ier  the  instrument, 
until  thou  shalt  see 
ippear  at  the  side 
ee  the  first  bright- 
;ly,  to  the  platform 
hanging  beam  with 
1  thou  wilt  know 
ye  closed,  and  the 
instrument  whereat 


the  rim  and  the  moment  when  it  would  be  at  the 

center. 

I  placed  Caphtor  at  the  west  side,  and  Salmon  at 
the  east,  to  ease  the  rollers  of  the  weight  of  the 
stone,  and  then  let  it  down  gently  to  its  place.  This 
they  were  to  do  with  levers  so  shaped  that  they 
could  be  thrust  a  little  way  under  the  sides,  and  take 
the  weight,  and  settle  it  down  to  its  foundation 
without  injury  to  the  stone.  And  I  desired  Abra- 
ham and  Job  to  stand  ready  to  remove  the  rollers 
the  instant  they  would  be  relieved  of  the  weight. 

Then  I  took  Melchizedek  aside  and  gave  him  a 
word  to  cry  at  the  first  appearing  of  the  star;  and 
that  word  was  to  be  the  call  for  us  to  lay  our  hands 
to  the  stone,  to  move  it. 


a  instrument  was  a 

measuring  through 

could  set  the  stone 

>earing  of  the  star  at 


-^vm: 


3IO 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


CHAPTER   XXXIV. 

The  moment  that  would  not  come  again  for  more 
than  five  and  twenty  thousand  years  was  upon  us; 
and  we  were  ready.  The  Dragon  hung  at  its  lowest 
in  the  north.  The  Pleiades  were  about  to  pass  over 
the  center  of  the  habitable  earth,  whereon  I  had 
built  the  memorial. 

For  a  little  space  there  was  utter  silence,  in  earth 
and  in  heaven;  as  though  every  creature  did  wait 
with  us  in  expectation  of  that  which  was  near  to 

come. 

The  multitude  of  stars  shone  like  suns  in  the  fir- 
mament. 

The  broad  stream  of  light  that  was  behind  the 
wandering  great  star,  and  spanned  a  third  part  of 
the  vault  of  heaven,  seemed  a  pathway  leading  out 
from  the  throne  of  God,  with  legions  of  angels 
thereon,  coming  forth  to  behold  and  to  rejoice  with 
us  when  we  would  add  the  topstone  to  the  memorial 

of  God. 

And  thus  we  waited;  looking  upon  the  tokens  of 
the  presence  of  the  Lord  God  in  the  midst  of  his 
worlds;  and  waiting  the  call  to  be  instant  in  finish- 
ing our  work. 


'INE. 


:v. 

ne  again  for  more 
sars  was  upon  us; 
hung  at  its  lowest 
about  to  pass  over 
h    whereon  I  had 

er  silence,  in  earth 

creature  did  wait 

Arhich  was  near  to 

iikc  suns  in  the  fir- 

at  was  behind  the 
led  a  third  part  of 
ithway  leading  out 
legions  of  angels 
and  to  rejoice  with 
)ne  to  the  memorial 

upon  the  tokens  of 
in  the  midst  of  his 
be  instant  in  finish- 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 

At  last,  when  the  glory,  and  the  silence,  and  the 
expectation,  were  well-nigh  past  endurance,  Mel- 
chizedek  cried  out  in  a  loud  voice,  Elkanah- 
Merom!  Which  mcaneth.  The  Measuring  Reed  of 
God  is  in  the  height! 

Thereupon  King  Suphis,  and  Zillah,  and  I  laid 
to  our  hands  and  thrust  the  chief  corner-stone  for- 
ward to  its  place.  Salmon  and  Caphtor,  and  after 
them  Job  and  Abraham,  did  instantly  as  I  had 
desired  them  to  do;  and,  lo,  as  it  were  in  the  twink- 
ling of  an  eye,  the  topstone  and  completeness  of  the 
memorial  was  in  the  place  of  its  rest,  with  Alcyone 
of  the  Pleiades  standing  fair  above  it. 

I  had  thought  in  my  heart,  Peradventure  the  Lord 
will  give  tokens  of  acceptance  in  lightning,  and 
thunder,  and  rushing  wind,  and  trembling  of  the 
earth.       But  it   was  not  so  that  he   signified  his 

approval. 

I  had  forgotten  that  it  was  a  memorial  of  everlast- 
ing goodness,  and  not  of  wrath;  and  that  no  weapon 
of  war  had  been  in  my  hand  for  thirty  years,  because 
it  was  ordained  to  be  a  work  of  peace,  wrought  by 

a  man  of  peace. 

Howbeit,  we  were  not  without  tokens.  At  the 
moment  when  the  point  of  the  topstone  came  into 
the  line  between  the  center  of  the  upper  worlds  and 
the  center  of  the  habitable  earth,  behold,  all  the 


51        ! 


, - ,  — ■.;  -r  ■  ;-»vi>ii» anil »'■*!■''"'.■« 


If 'Wii  Wir  ~  4L'i}MJ*^-'w.**' '' Vii  ^'■*» 


^^^■•_     tr: 


axa  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

Stars  were  quenched  in  an  exceeding  light  that  was 
everywhere.  From  the  whole  circle  of  the  earth 
that  light  went  up  the  sky  in  streams  that  met,  m 
the  similitude  of  a  crown,  over  the  topstone  of  the 
memorial;   and   the  crown   was  at   the  height   of 

heaven. 

The  streams  of  light  that  went  up  were  glorious 
with  colors  that  were  tender  in  appearance;  some 
being  like  the  green  of  young  leaves  in  springtime; 
some   like  the  red  of  a  rosebud  when  thou  searchest 
into  it  before  it  has  bloomed;  some,  like  the  yellow 
of  a  topaz;  some,  like  the  purple  of  an  amethyst 
when  it  is  colored  but  a  little;  some,  like  the  blue  of 
a  clear  sky  at  noonday;  and  other  some  were  soft 
and  pale,  like  the  moon  when  it  is  full  at  midnight. 
And  for  the  brightness  of  that  light  we  could  see  no 
star  at  all,  save  the  great  star  that  wandered  in  the 
eastern  sky;  neither  did  we  any  more  need  our 

lamps. 

While  we  were  yet  overwhelmed  and  speechless, 
and  could  do  nothing  but  look  abroad  and  wonder  at 
the  glory  that  filled  all  the  heaven,  lo,  there  were 
voices  that  cried  aloud  to  one  another.  And  we 
knew  they  were  not  of  the  earth;  for  they  were 
strong,  like  an  angel's  trumpet  that  soundeth  from 
one  star  to  another;  and,  withal,  they  were  sweet 
and  pleasant  to  the  ear,  like  the  ringing  of  crystals. 


;.-*!sn* 


INE. 

ig  light  that  was 
:cle  of  the  earth 
iams  that  met,  in 
le  topstone  of  the 
It   the  height   of 

up  were  glorious 
appearance;  some 
ves  in  springtime ; 
hen  thou  searchest 
le,  like  the  yellow 
le  of  an  amethyst 
le,  like  the  blue  of 
er  some  were  soft 
s  full  at  midnight, 
fht  we  could  see  no 
at  wandered  in  the 
ay  more  need  our 

led  and  speechless, 
road  and  wonder  at 
,ven,  lo,  there  were 
another.  And  we 
rth;  for  they  were 
that  soundeth  from 
al,  they  were  sweet 
ringing  of  crystals. 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 

The  first  voice  came  from  above,  from  the  height 
of  heaven  where  the  crown  of  light  was;  and  it 

Behold,  now  is  the  memorial  of  God  in  the  midst 

of  the  earth! 

A  second  voice  answered  thereto  from  the  ground, 
from  beside  the  memorial  at  the  north,  saying: 

Yea,  and  it  shall  abide  forever;  for  it  is  the  moun- 

tain  of  the  Lord! 

Straightway  another   voice   came  upward  from 
beside  the  memorial  at  the  south;  and  it  cried: 

Rejoice;  for  herein  is  remembrance  of  the  Eternal 

Purpose  of  Goodness! 
Another  voice  answered  from  beside  the  memonal, 

at  the  east,  saying: 

Behold,  it  is  fixed  in  the  everlasting  rock;   and 

there  is  no  word! 
And  another  voice  cried  from  beside  the  memonal, 

at  the  west;  and  it  said: 

Therefore  shall  they  of  every  speech  come  hither, 
and  behold  with  understanding! 

Then  another  voice  cried  aloud-it  was  as  the 
voice  of  Enoch,  my  forefather,  but  I  saw  no  pres- 
ence.  That  voice  was  everywhere,  in  the  height, 
and  in  the  depth,  and  in  the  wide  expanse;  and  it 

said:  , 

Ye  that  watch  at  the  gates  in  the  east  and  m  the 


914 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


west,  in  the  north  and  in  the  south;  and  ye  who 
have  now  builded  unto  God;  and  thou,  the  Keeper 
of  the  Crown  of  Light;  rejoice  ye  together,  and 
sing  with  glory;  for  the  Lord  God  will  surely  restore 
his  children  by  the  way  of  his  own  choosing! 

Then  the  Keeper  of  the  Crown  lifted  up  his  voice 
and  praised  God  in  the  height,  saying: 

The  great  glory  of  the  Lord  is  his  goodness !  And 
the  four  Watchers  replied,  as  with  the  voice  of  one, 
Yea,  for  the  fruit  of  his  goodness  is  peace! 

Thereupon  all  the  voices  sang  together,  and  we 
sang  with  them ;  and  these  were  the  words  of  the 

song: 

Let  the  earth  that  shall  be  redeemed,  and  the 
holy  and  blessed  heaven,  praise  the  Lord  for  his 
goodness,  and  for  the  fruit  of  his  goodness;  for  it 
shall  give  peace  in  the  earth,  and  peace  in  the  high- 
est heaven. 

Then  the  voices  ceased.  The  light  of  many  colors 
faded  away.  The  stars  showed  again  in  heaven ;  and 
all  was  as  it  had  been  before.  And  we  went  down 
the  stair  slowly  and  in  silence,  pondering  all  these 
things,  and  giving  thanks  unto  God  that  our  work 
was  done,  and  that  he  had  given  us  such  sure  tokens 
of  its  acceptance. 


'■i(.5i^*rai:' iv*?*"-  ■ 


.'jijiBJt^  )  ^.«*»*  s!--' 


■^-.s^    •»  ■*;u  ^    -  ■- 


m,„ 


'>  t 


?INE. 

uth;  and  ye  who 
thou,  the  Keeper 

ye   together,  and 

will  surely  restore 
choosing! 

lifted  up  his  voice 

ing: 

;s  goodness !    And 

a  the  voice  of  one, 

is  peace ! 
together,  and  we 
the  words  of  the 

edeemed,  and  the 
the  Lord  for  his 

is  goodness;  for  it 
peace  in  the  high- 

ight  of  many  colors 
;ain  in  heaven ;  and 
k.nd  we  went  down 
)ondering  all  these 
3od  that  our  work 
as  such  sure  tokens 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


215 


h 


CHAPTER  XXXV. 

When  my  kinsmen.  Job  and  Melchizedek,  and 
Abraham  the  Chaldean,  were  gone  each  to  his  own 
land,  I  went  unto  King  Suphis  concerning  my 
return  to  Philistia.  But  when  I  was  brought  into 
his  presence  I  could  not  speak  as  I  had  purposed,  for 
when  he  perceived  me  the  king  cried  out  as  one  in 
distress : 

It  needeth  not,  O  Enoch,  it  needeth  not  that  thou 
shouldst  say  wherefore  thou  art  come!  Thy  work 
being  done,  thine  heart  turneth  again  to  thine  own 
people !  And  he  looked  on  me  with  tears,  and  was 
silent.    Then  I  answered: 

It  is  even  so,  as  my  lord  the  king  hath  said. 
There  hath  been  tender  love  between  us  two,  and 
we  have  wrought  a  great  and  notable  work  together. 
But  now  that  it  is  finished,  I  pray  thee,  let  me  go 
with  goodwill.  I  would  fain  return  to  mine  own 
land,  where  my  father,  and  all  my  kindred,  are 
buried.  There  would  I  live  out  the  residue  of  my 
days,  and  die  there,  and  there  be  buried  among 
mine  own  people. 

Then  the  king  wept  sore ;  and  he  embraced  me ; 
and  when  he  had  recovered  his  speech,  he  said : 


r 


r 


„6  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

Would  God  that  1  could  prevail  »ith  thee,  to  keep 
thee  in  Egypt  until  1  go  hence  by  the  way  of  death^ 
Thou  seest  I  an,  now  very  old,  and  stncken.    The 
government  will  be  a  burden  to  me.  """'-^W^" 
be  borne.     My  brother  who,  in  name,  hath  ^en 
with  me  in  the  kingdom,  is  a  broken  reed     These 
Iny  years  I  have  had  no  son.    What  shall  I  do  for 
Tb^to  keep  thee  here,     Behold,  it  would  be  a 
righteous  thing,  and  for  the  good  of  the  kmgdom  to 
set  my  brother  aside,  and  make  thee  my  fellow. 
Then    at  my  death,  thou  wouldst  reign  over  al 
Tg^;;.    As  the  Lord  liveth  I  will  do  this  for  thee! 
Already  the  people  honor  thee  as  they  honor  me; 
"y  would  "urely  uphold  thee  in  the  k  ngdom. 
:;!  my  death.     Moreover,  if  thou  remam  here 
thou  wilt  confirm  the  people  in  the  worsh.p  of  thy 
L.  so  that  they  will  return  no  more,  forever,  to 
the  false  gods  they  have  forsaken. 

The  king  would  have  gone  on  to  press  me  above 
measure;  but  my  heart  was  fixed,  and  I  ened: 

Entreat  me  no  more,  I  beseech  thee,  O  Suphis^  I 
.„  persuaded  that  my  way  lieth.  even  as  my  heart 
tumeth,  toward  Philistia.  Far  be  it  from  me  «.  «. 
^h  as  think  of  reigning  over  Egypt  m  thy  steady 
A  country  and  a  people  that  are  mme  own.  as  they 
trm^  father's  before  me.  await  my  commg. 
Th?re£o«  I  pray  the  king  to  dismiss  me  now  « 


1., 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


217 


TINE. 

with  thee,  to  keep 
r  the  way  of  death, 
ind  stricken.    The 

me,  intolerable  to 
I  name,  hath  been 
oken  reed.    These 
What  shall  I  do  for 
aid,  it  would  be  a 
I  of  the  kingdom,  to 
:e  thee  my   fellow, 
ildst  reign  over  all 
rill  do  this  for  thee! 

as  they  honor  me; 
thee  in  the  kingdom, 
;  thou  remain  here, 
1  the  worship  of  thy 
no  more,  forever,  to 

jn. 

m  to  press  me  above 

jd,  and  I  cried: 

:h  thee,  O  Suphis!    I 

th,  even  as  my  heart 

r  be  it  from  me  to  so 

sr  Egypt  in  thy  stead. 

,re  mine  own,  as  they 

await  my   coming. 

3  dismiss  me  now  in 


peace,  that  I  may  [go  forth  with  all  that  is  mine; 
lest,  if  I  wait,  there  arise  another  to  reign  who  may 
not' love  me  as  thou  dost,  and  who  may  covet  my 
possessions,  and,  peradventure,  slay  me,  that  he  may 
keep  them  in  Egypt. 

Then  King  Suphis  ceased  to  entreat  me,  and  said : 
God  forbid  that  thou  shouldst  be  in  any  peril  of  such 
evils!  Verily,  if  thou  wilt  not  reign  thou  must  go; 
for  my  life  is  a  vapor  that  is  ready  to  vanish.  At 
the  time  of  thine  own  choosing  thou  shalt  depart; 
and  whatsoever  is  thine  thou  shalt  take,  and  I  will 
add  thereto  because  of  thy  wisdom  and  thy  faithful- 
ness. 

The  next  day  after  the  king  gave  me  leave  to  go 
when  I  would,  I  began  to  prepare.  I  set  men  to 
bring  down  to  the  earth  all  the  timbers  of  the  plat- 
forms at  the  top  of  the  memorial,  and  of  the  stair 
leading  thereto.  And  I  charged  Caphtor  to  make  a 
new  levy  of  men  to  fill  up  the  trenches,  and  the 
chamber  in  the  rock,  and  to  remove  every  sign  of 
the  way  and  the  means  whereby  we  had  brought  the 
stones  from  the  river,  and  raised  them  to  the  height 
of  the  foundation. 

While  these  things  were  being  done  there  came 
unto  me  a  messenger,  that  I  looked  not  for,  from 
Gomer,  whom  I  had  left  to  keep  the  palace  and  all 
my  possessions  in  Philistia.     Now,  Gomer  had  sent 


r 


2,8  ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE, 

unto  mc  twice  every  year  of  my  sojourn  in  Egypt, 
that  I  might  know  how  it  fared  with  h.m  and  all  m 
his  charge,  and  that  he  might  learn  my  wtU.     But 
this  last  messenger  came  out  of  due  time,  and  tn 
great  haste,  bringing  tome,  from  Gomer,  this  letter: 
Gomer,  the  Chief  Captain,  to  the  Lord  Enoch,  of 
Philistia.    sendeth    greeting.      My  lord,   all  thmgs 
here  remain  as  they  were  when  I  last  sent  thee  word 
of  our  state.     But  I  have  come  to  know  that  which 
it  concerneth  thee  to  know  before  thou  settest  forth 

to  return  hither. 

A  third  Hanae  hath  arisen.     He  was  born  unto 
the  second  Hanae  while  he  was  yet  with  his  kin- 
dred   the  Amorites-before  he  followed  thee  into 
Egypt,  and  there  died.     This  last  of  the  evil  seed  is 
known  as  Amor-Hanae,  for  he  is  a  great  man  with  his 
kifdred,     Like  his  fathers  he  is  a  giant,  and  fierce ; 
and  he  Amembereth  against  thee  the  blood  of  his 
father  and  .£  his  grandfather.       Moreover    there 
have  been  with  him  certain  that  were  of  the  Broth- 
ers  of  Silence,  and  they   have  told   how,  for  thy 
sake,  the  second  Hanae,  and  all  his  kindred  in  the 
Lib;an  desert,  were  slaughtered.     Therefore  are  all 
the   Amorites  incensed   against  thee;   and  Amor- 
Hanae  hath  gathered  a  force  of  full  five  hundred 
men  and  thinketh  to  take  thee  unawares,  when  thou 
wilt  be  without  weapons,  on  thy  journey  homeward. 


TINE. 

sojourn  in  Egypt, 
vith  him  and  all  in 
am  my  will.     But 
[  due  time,  and  in 
Gomer,  this  letter: 
the  Lord  Enoch,  of 
^y  lord,   all  things 
last  sent  thee  word 
:o  know  that  which 
re  thou  settest  forth 

He  was  born  unto 
IS  yet  with  his  kin- 
followed  thee  into 
ist  of  the  evil  seed  is 
a  great  man  with  his 
i  a  giant,  and  fierce ; 
hee  the  blood  of  his 
Moreover,  there 
at  were  of  the  Broth- 
e  told   how,  for  thy 
ill  his  kindred  in  the 
;d.     Therefore  are  all 
ist  thee;    and   Amor- 
of  full  five  hundred 
I  unawares,  when  thou 
ny  journey  homeward. 


KNOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


319 


It  is  his  purpose  to  set  an  ambush  for  thee  in  the 
passage  between  the  desolate  mountains.     One  half 
of  his  men  will  lie  in  wait  at  the  north  end  of  the 
passage;  and  when  they  receive  warning  that  thou 
art  coming  up  from  the  south,  they  will  press  into 
the  valley  to  meet  thee.     The  other  half  will  be  con- 
cealed near  to  the  south  end  of  the  valley;  and  when 
they  see  thee  go  in  with  all  thy  people,  and  thy 
beasts,  they  will  rise  up  and  pursue  after  thee.     So 
they  think  to  snare  thee  in  the  valley,  and  slaugh- 
ter thee  and  all  that  are  with  thee  with  ease  and 
safety  to  themselves,  since  thou  wilt  be  unarmed, 
and   to  make  a  spoil  of  thy  possessions. 

But  so  shall  it  not  be,  my  lord.  I  can  gather 
together,  of  our  own,  and  of  thy  wife's  kindred,  two 
hundred  fighting  men.  Thou,  also,  wilt  have  with 
thee  two  hundred;  but,  alas,  how  valorous  soever 
they  may  be,  they  will  know  not  anything,  seeing 
that  for  these  thirty  years  they  have  had  no  weap- 
ons, nor  any  privilege  of  battle.  But  thou  wilt 
know  what  to  do. 

Command  me,  I  pray  thee,  what  thou  wouldst 
have  me  to  do;  and  tell  me  how  thou  wilt  order  the 
fight.  I  beseech  thee,  give  me  instant  word.  It  is 
Gomer,  thy  father's  servant  and  thine,  that  entreat- 

eth  thee. 

That  night  I  went  unto  the  king,  and  besought 


1 


J30 


HNDCII.  TUB  rllM.TSTINK. 


Wm  .0  scncl  ror  Ca,.h.or:  whkh,  when  ho  ha.l  ,..mc 
„o  had  lohK  conference  tOKcther  coneern.nK  my 
rurney  and  how  «  would  disappoint  .he  expeCa- 
"„  of  the  man  of  blood  that  waited  fo.  mo  m 
Z  way.  In  the  morning  I  »on.  the  me»»en. 
Z  "  retnm  in  all  haste  to  Gomer,  carrymR  th„ 

'° Tn'och  of  fhilistia  unto  Corner  the  Chief  Captain 
sendeth  .reetine,  and  all  goodwill.     Thou  ha«  done 
well  to  forewarn  me.    U  i»  now  fonrteen  days  to  the 
Iw  moon,    on  each  of  those  days  Caphtor.  the  cap- 
::  Jtho  king's  guard,  will  put  armor  on  two  h.,„. 
dred  of  my  men,  and  will  teach  thorn  how  to  use  .._ 
Each  man  will  have  a  breastplate  and  sh.eld  and 
L"rd  with  a  bow  of  steel  and  a  quiver  of  arrows. 

aL  fourteen  day,  «o  will  set  forth  and  ,ourney 
at  our  ease  throngh  the  conntry  of  the  Ebentos  so 
that  we  will  come  within  a  day's  purney  of  the 
ol  end  of   the  passage   between  the  desoao 
..^..ina  ono  day  before  the  moon  will  bo  full. 
Th  :Xi  1  Trest  until  the  night  of  the  full  moo. 
on   LTnigh.  1  will  go  forward  all  the  night,  w,  h 
?^o  hundr^  fighting  men,  and  come  to  the  south 
Z  of  the  valley  before  daybreak.    ;•>- J' "^ 
with  me  one  hundred  chariots  of  war,  from  the  army 
Tt Tng  Suphis;  and  each  chariot  will  carry  three 
men  led  with  swords  and  shields  and  bows  and 


It 
1  1 


'L_. 


-3) 


riNK. 

when  he  had  done. 

jr   conccrninR   my 

ppoint  the  expccta- 
waited  for  mc  in 
sent  the   mcssen- 

amer,  carrying  this 

r  the  Chief  Captain 
11.     Thou  hast  done 
fourteen  days  to  the 
lys  Caphtor,  the  cap- 
t  armor  on  two  hun- 
them  how  to  use  it. 
(late  and  shield  and 
I  quiver  of  arrows, 
iet  forth  and  journey 
y  of  the  Eberites,  so 
lay's  journey  of  the 
etween  the   desolate 
e  moon  will  be  full, 
ight  of  the  full  moon, 
•d  all  the  night,  with 
id  come  to  the  south 
3reak.     There  will  be 
of  war,  from  the  army 
iiriot  will  carry  three 
shields  and  bows  and 


ENOCH,  THIi  I'HILISTINE. 


aai 


arrows.    Thus  shall  it  be  at  the  south  end  of  the 
valley,  at  daybreak : 

Before  the  mouth  of  the  valley,  about  a  furlong 
from  the  opening,  I,  with  two  hundred  men;  two 
furlongs  to  the  west,  fifty  chariots  facing  eastward; 
two  furlongs  to  the  cast,  fifty  chariots  facing  west- 
ward. 

If  the  battle  be  in  our  favor,  the  chariots  will  take 
no  part  in  it,  other  than  to  keep  Amor-Hanac  and 
his  men  from  fleeing  either  to  the  east  or  to  the 
west.  But  if  we  prevail  not,  then  the  chariots  will 
join  in  the  battle;  for  our  old  men,  and  our  women 
and  children,  must  not  fall  '.nto  the  hands  of  Amor- 
Hanac. 

Now,  this  is  what  thou  shalt  do,  O  Gomer: 

Take  thy  two  hundred  men  and  so  move  that  thou 
wilt  come  within  one  day's  journey  of  the  north  end 
of  the  valley  the  night  before  the  full  moon.  The 
next  day  thou  mayest  go  within  ten  furlongs  of  the 
north  end,  if  thou  go  quietly;  for  they  who  will  be 
lying  in  wait  there  will  not  be  vigilant  to  watch  the 
way  of  thy  coming.  At  midnight  make  an  onslaught, 
with  loud  shouting,  and  sound  of  trumpets.  Then 
they  will  believe  that  I  knew  of  their  ambush,  and 
fetched  a  compass  in  my  journey,  and  have  fallen 
upon  them  from  behind,  and  with  a  great  force. 
And  they  will  be  fain  to  flee  before  thee,  that  they 


■*- 


222 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


..y  i„i„  themselves  to  their  ''«*-»"  «';^ff^ 
end  of  the  valley  before  they  give  battle.     That  .s 
What  1  would  have  them  do.     Slay  as  many  as  *ou 
overtakest;  but  be  careful  tor  nothmg  but  to  keep 
them  in  fear,  and  fleeing  toward  the  south     It  ,s 
„;"--  that  they  shall  issue  from  ^e  valley  a 
The  south  end,  a  little  before  sunrise;  and  tha    the 
Irm  of  their  coming  shall  call  forth  from  the  r  h,d- 
tag  places  their  brethren  who  will  keep  watch  there : 
Td  that  they  shall  all  stand  together  before  me  on 
1  Plain  of  Eber.    Then  thou  Shalt  come  up  and 
Z  up  n  them  in  the  rear;  and  I  -»™"»  *™ 
!n  fit;   and  the   God  of    Heaven  shaU   decde 

T^reT  the  elder  Hanac  and  Slew  him  in  the 
mountains  of  Philistia.    The  second  Hanac  I -^ed 
anddrove  himbefore  me  with  the  --*  """"f^'^^' 
in  these  same  desolate  mountains.     But  the  th.rd 
Halac  shall  sund  up  before  me,  -"■•>-*f  - 
^e  plain  of  Eber;  and  there  will  we  m^e  a  last 
*«  between  the  seed  of  Admon  and  the  seed 

°'  ZZ  thou  in  anything  I  have  ^ven  ^ee^odo- 
It  is  Enoch  of  Philistia  that  commandeth  Gomer, 
the  Chief  Captain. 

Fourteen  days  d.d  Caphtor  «-* '7»'" 'f'^; 
wear  and  to  use  the  armor  provided  for  them  by 


r 


;tine. 

jtliren  at  the  south 
ve  battle.     That  is 
ay  as  many  as  thou 
lothing  but  to  keep 
•d  the  south.     It  is 
from  the  valley,  at 
inrise;  and  that  the 
Eorth  from  their  hid- 
111  keep  watch  there ; 
gether  before  me  on 
1  Shalt  come  up  and 
id  I  will  smite  them 
leaven  shall    decide 

md  slew  him,  in  the 
icond  Hanac  I  scared, 
he  sound  of  trumpets, 
tains.  But  the  third 
me,  even-handed,  on 
I  will  we  make  a  last 
f  Admon  and  the  seed 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


223 


the  king.  Moreover,  King  Suphis  sent  unto  me  his 
own  armor-his  sword  and  shield  and  helmet  and 
breastplate— and   with   them    a   written   message, 

saying : 

Wear  thou  these,  my  lord  Enoch,  when  thou  meet- 
est  thine  enemy  in  the  way.  And  afterward,  let 
them  be,  down  to  old  age,  a  memorial  and  pledge  of 
the  tender  love  that  is  between  me  and  thee. 

On  the  day  of  the  new  moon  we  took  leave  of  the 
king,  and  of  Egypt,  and  departed  toward  the 
borders  of  Eber. 


have  given  thee  to  do. 
t  commandeth  Gomer, 

teach  my  men  both  to 
provided  for  them  by 


16 


i    ) 


1.    ' 


1" 


234 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


CHAPTER    XXXVI. 

The  night  before  the  full  moon,  we  pitched  our 
tents  a  day's  journey  from  the  south  end  of  the  val- 
ley that  is  between  the  desolate  mountains.  It  was 
my  purpose  that  the  flocks  and  herds  and  all  my 
people,  save  the  fighting  men,  should  abide  there 
until  after  the  battle. 

The  next  day,  toward  evening,  the  chariots  of 
King  Suphis  came  unto  us,  from  the  south.  For  we 
would  not  journey  together  from  Egypt,  lest  spies 
should  carry  warning  to  Amor-Hanac  that  I  was 
coming  with  a  force  too  great  for  him  to  meet,  and 
he  should  flee  out  of  my  way. 

As  soon  as  the  sun  went  down  we  who  were  to  be 
in  the  battle,  went  forward  in  companies,  very 
swiftly;  and  we  came  within  twenty  furlongs  of  the 
place  a  great  while  before  day.  There  we  halted, 
and  sent  fifty  chariots  to  the  west  and  fifty  to  the 
east,  to  go  quietly  into  place.  When  they  were 
well  on  their  way  we  who  were  on  foot  went  for- 
ward to  about  a  furlong  from  the  opening  of  the 
valley;  and  we  laid  down  on  the  ground  with  our 
swords  in  our  hands,  awaiting  the  morning.  And  I 
could  see,  for  the  moon  gave  light,  that  Caphtor  had 


.•3-t3ras«<«~i. 


TINE. 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


aaS 


:vi. 

on,  we  pitched  our 
uth  end  of  the  val- 
nountains.  It  was 
herds  and  all  my 
should  abide  there 

ig,  the  chariots  of 
the  south.  For  we 
n  Egypt,  lest  spies 
-Hanac  that  I  was 
)r  him  to  meet,  and 

I  we  who  were  to  be 
in  companies,  very 
enty  furlongs  of  the 

There  we  halted, 
'est  and  fifty  to  the 

When  they  were 
re  on  foot  went  for- 
the  opening  of  the 
;he  ground  with  our 
he  morning.  And  I 
rht,  that  Caphtor  had 


placed  the  chariots  as  we  had  determined,  and  that 
the  driver  of  each  stood  before  his  horses  to  soothe 
them,  lest,  by  neighing,  they  should  wake  our 
enemies  before  the  time. 

The  light  of  day  was  strengthening  in  the  sky 
when  we  heard  the  first  tumult  from  the  north. 
There  came,  from  afar,  the  noise  of  shouting 
mingled  with  the  sound  of  trumpets;  and  we  knew  it 
was  Gomer,  pursuing.  Presently,  and  very  near 
unto  the  opening,  we  heard  cries,  as  of  men  in  great 
consternation,  sounding  an  alarm,  and  calling, 
Awake!  Awake!  Behold,  Enoch  is  upon  us,  com- 
ing from  the  north! 

The  Amorites  that  were  hidden  at  the  south  end  of 
the  valley  came  awake  at  the  sound  of  the  crying, 
and  were  confounded.  Amor-Hanac  gathered  them 
together  in  haste,  facing  the  opening;  and  awaited 
the  coming  of  his  men  from  the  north,  that  they 
might  be  together  on  the  open  plain,  and  give 
battle,  as  he  supposed,  to  me,  when  1  would  issue 
from  the  valley. 

The  Amorites  that  fled  before  Gomer  came  forth 
and  joined  with  those  that  stood  on  the  plain;  and 
when  they  were  all  expecting  battle  from  the  north, 
I  rose  up  from  the  ground,  and  all  my  men  did  like- 
wise. The  drivers  of  the  chariots,  when  they  saw 
us  standing,  went  up  into  their  chariots  and  drove 


2  26  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

Straight  forward,  from  the  east  and  from  tae  west, 

very  slowly. 

Then  I  caused  my  trumpet  to   sound  behmd  the 
Amorites;  and  the  trumpet  of  Gomer  answered  it 
from  out  the  valley,  as  though  he  did  scent  the  bat- 
tle with  joy.     At  the  sound  of  my  trumpet  Amor- 
Hanac  turned,  and  looked   toward  the  south,  and 
toward  the  east,  and  toward  the  west;  then  he  knew 
that  it    was  not   I   that  had    been  caught  m   an 
ambush.     An  host-but  he  knew  not  how  great- 
pursued  from  the  north;  over  against  him,  at  the 
south,  were  two  hundred  fighting  men;  on  the  right 
hand  and  on  the  left  were  the  chariots  of  Egypt. 

Then  Amor-Hanac  gave  some  charge  to  his  men, 
and  they  divided,  one  half  of  them  facing  toward 
me  and  the  other  half  toward  the  valley;  and  they 
stood  still  where  they  were. 

When  his  men  were  so  placed,  Amor-Hanac  drew 
his  sword,  and  ran  some  way  toward  me,  and  stood, 
and  cried  unto  me.  Art  thou  Enoch  of  Philistia?     I 
said  Yea  I  am  Enoch,  whom  thou  hast  desired  to 
meet  when  he  would  have  no  sword  to  oppose  to 
thine     Then  he  cried,  I  would  fain  treat  with  thee 
before  there  shall  be  any  battle.     So  I  caused  the 
trumpet  to  sound  again,  and  when  they  heard  it 
Gomer  and  his  men  came  no  nearer  to  the  Amorites, 
but  stood  still  where  they  were. 


TINE. 

md  from  tae  west, 

sound  behind  the 
jomer  answered  it 

2  did  scent  the  bat- 
ny  trumpet  Amor- 
ird  the  south,  and 
Arest;  then  he  knew 
jeen  caught  in  an 
w  not  how  great— 
igainst  him,  at  the 
g  men ;  on  the  right 
lariots  of  Egypt. 

3  charge  to  his  men, 
them  facing  toward 
;he  valley;  and  they 

I,  Amor-Hanac  drew 
»ward  me,  and  stood, 
noch  of  Philistia?  I 
thou  hast  desired  to 
,  sword  to  oppose  to 

fain  treat  with  thee 
le.     So  I  caused  the 

when  they  heard  it 
sarer  to  the  Amorites, 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


237 


Because  Amor-Hanac  desired  K)  treat  with  me  I 
went  toward  him  alone,  with  my  sword  naked  in  my 
hand.  But  I  went  not  too  near,  for  I  was  minded 
that  he  should  speak  aloud  in  the  hearing  of  many. 
And  I  said  imto  him,  I  will  stand  here ;  and  thou 
Shalt  stand  where  thou  art,  and  say  wherefore,  and 
whereof,  thou  wouldst  treat  with  me.  Then  he 
lifted  up  his  voice  and  cried  unto  me  • 

Thou  art  a  subtle  fox!  Thou  hast  snared  me  as 
thou  didst  my  father's  father !  But  wherefore  should 
thy  people  and  my  people  fight?  Behold,  I  am  the 
last  of  the  seed  of  Hanac,  and  thou  art  the  last  of 
the  seed  of  Admon;  for  thy  wife  is  an  empty  vine. 
Let,  therefore,  the  battle  be  between  thee  and  me 
alone;  and  afterward  let  the  people,  thine  and 
mine,  go  each  their  own  way.  Surely,  now,  thou 
wilt  come  to  me,  and  let  the  fight  be  between  us 
two,  unless  thine  heart  is  the  heart  of  a  sheep! 

Then,  in  a  loud  voice  that  all  might  hear,  I 
answered  Amor-Hanac: 

There  shall,  indeed,  be  battle  between  us  two ;  for 
I  purpose  to  slay  thee  with  mine  own  hand,  this 
hour.  But  thy  people  shall  stand  up  before  my 
people  and  fight ;  and  we  will  make  an  utter  end  of 
you  all ;  for  it  is  an  evil  seed,  working  all  manner  of 
unspeakable  abominations,  even  to  the  eating  of 
men.     They  shall  not  escape  battle  because  we  are 


;  '.i 


„8  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

ready  therefor  instead  of  being,  as  ye  thought   so 
Iny  sheep  for  the  slaughter.     Wherefore  should 
^e  L  to  meet  us.  since  ye  are  five  ^-dr^^ -^ 
we  are  but  four  hundred?    These  chanots  of  Egypt 
shall  do  nothing  at  all  to  you  but  to  turn  you  back 
when  ye  flee.    Come  now.  gird  up  your  loms.  and 
play  the  men!    For.  as  the  Lord  liveth.  ye  shaU 
fight'    Or,  if  ye  resist  not.  we  will  slay  you.  not- 
Sstand^ng.  to  the  last  man.     And  if.  after  ^h. 
day.  there  shall  be  left  anywhere  in  the  earth  a  sma 
remnant  of  the  Amorites.  they  shall  be  afraid  to  Uft 
up  the  hand  against  Enoch  of  Philistia. 

Then   I  made  a  sign  with  my   sword,  and  the 
trumpet  sounded  for  battle,  and  Vomer's  trumpet 
answered  thereto.     I  thought  to  engage  with  Amor- 
Hanac,  instantly,  but  he  gave  way  before  me  until 
Te  was  in  the  midst  of  his  men;  and  I  heard  him  cry 
unto  them.  Stand  fast  where  ye  are.  and  fight  each 
way'  It  is  for  your  lives!    For  the  space  of  an  hour 
there  was  furious  battle.     At  the  first  we  shot  them 
through  with  arrows.     When  the  arrows  were  all 
pent  we  took  the  sword  and  smote  them  from  the 
north  and  from  the  south.     If  any  turned  to  flee 
cither  way  the  chariots  kept  them  in. 

When  the  fight  was  at  the  hottest  I  came  f  a  e  to 
face  with  Amor-Hanac.  Gomer  was  pressing  them 
sore  from  the  north,  and  was  slaughtering  them. 


,  £ ;-i-tr.-^^g^«^' 


;>'y»«fc-- 


■c;'"  irf^.rtfp-**-' 


^  .^t  .-,-.wS»*«*',  ">-■'  ■  'f'^'*' 


TINE. 

as  ye  thought,  so 
Wherefore  should 
!  five  hundred  and 
!  chariots  of  Egypt 
tto  turn  you  back 
up  your  loins,  and 
rd  liveth,  ye  shall 
will  slay  you,  not- 
And  if,  after  this 
in  the  earth  a  small 
ihall  be  afraid  to  lift 
lilistia. 

my   sword,  and  the 
id  Gomer's  trumpet 
)  engage  with  Amor- 
way  before  me  until 
and  I  heard  him  cry 
!  are,  and  fight  each 
the  space  of  an  hour 
16  first  we  shot  them 
the  arrows  were  all 
smote  them  from  the 
[f  any  turned  to  flee 
icm  in. 

lottest  I  came  face  to 
er  was  pressing  them 
s  slaughtering  them; 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


239 


and  they  were  fain  to  break  through  at  the  south, 
where  I  withstood   them,   and  so  escape  into  the 
open  plain.     When   he  saw  me  in   the  way  they 
would  flee,  Amor-Hanac  came  upon  me  like  a  raging 
storm,  pointing  his  great  sword  at  my   throat  to 
thrust  me  through  the  neck.     But  I  dropped  on  one 
knee,  and  let  it  pass  over  my  head.     Amor-Hanac 
came  on— not  being   able  to  stay   himself— and  I 
pointed  my  sword  upward  into  his  body;  and  the 
force  wherewith  he  was  coming  was  so  great,  and  so 
much  aided  the  thrust  of  my  sword,  that  the  point 
came  out  on  the  other  side  of  his  body,  and  its 
way  was  through  his  heart.     Then  he  tottered  and 
fell  to  the  earth  as  a  great  tree  falleth  when  it  is 
smitten  by  a  thunderbolt. 

After  Amor-Hanac  was  slain  the  Amorites  had  no 
longer  any  heart  in  them.  We  smote  them  as  we 
would,  and  spared  not  until  they  all  lay  dead  on 
the  plain  of  Eber. 

When  the  slaughter  was  ended  Gomer  made  haste 
to  come  unto  me,  and  bowing  himself,  he  kissed  my 
hands,  and  cried.  At  last,  my  lord,  mine  eye  seeth 
thee!  Is  it  well  with  thee?  Art  thou  in  any  wise 
hurt?  I  lifted  him  up,  and  embraced  him,  and  said. 
Yea,  I  am  safe,  and  unhurt;  and  I  do  not  forget 
that  I  owe  it  to  thy  watchfulness,  and  thy  valor. 
But  thou  art  hurt,  and  bleeding!     Is  thy  wound 


'i-.W^*^       ' 


ajo  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE, 

grievous?  And  he  answered,  with  laughter,  Nay,  it 
is  nothing  that  will  not  heal,  since  my  lord  is  safe, 
and  his  enemies  dead. 

I  sent  Salmon,  straightway,  to  the  encampment, 
with  tidings  of  the  battle,  that  ZiUah  and  all  my 
people  might  be  of  good  comfort.  Then  we  made 
search  over  the  plain,  and  found  thirty  of  my  men 
among  the  dead,  and  five  and  fifty  more  that  were 
wounded.  So  we  ministered  unto  them  that  were 
hurt,  and  when  they  were  a  little  recovered  we 
removed  them  to  the  encampment,  in  chariots. 

Thereafter  I  took  counsel  with  Gomer  and  Caph- 
^or   and  determined  that  I  would  not  go  forward 
aglin  toward  Philistia  until  after  ten  days,  so  that 
the  wounded  might  recover  strength  for  the  journey. 
And    because   we   must  needs    pass  through    the 
valley  with  our  women  and  children,  we  sent  men 
to  bury  the  dead,  and  to  blot  out  every  remammg 
sign  of  the  battle. 

When  all  was  done,  and  we  were  again  at  ease  in 
our  encampment,  Caphtor,  with  the  hundred  char- 
iots of  war,  departed  to  go  again  into  Egypt.  I 
grieved  exceedingly,  as  one  grieveth  for  the  dead, 
when  Caphtor  went  from  me.  For  he  was  great 
above  other  men,  so  that  there  was  none  like  him  for 
uprightness  and  for  valor;  moreover,  he  loved  me 
next  to  his  master  the  king,  and  delivered  me  out  of 


a%si3£ii*xcf-.zSSi^ 


«*i-**«i.>)»jr«M*''~';*«»*^"'^ 


a,  j»  ywer-V'  ^^*"*"  ^ 


I  laughter,  Nay,  it 
3  my  lord  is  safe, 

the  encampment, 

Zillah  ann  all  my 

Then  we  made 

thirty  of  my  men 
ty  more  that  were 
to  them  that  were 
ttle  recovered  we 
t,  in  chariots. 

Gomer  and  Caph- 
Id  not  go  forward 
sr  ten  days,  so  that 
gth  for  the  journey. 

pass  through  the 
Idren,  we  sent  men 
ut  every  remaining 

rere  again  at  ease  in 
1  the  hundred  char- 
;ain  into  Egypt.  I 
ieveth  for  the  dead. 
For  he  was  great 
vas  none  like  him  for 
reover,  he  loved  me 
i  delivered  me  out  of 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


331 


the  teeth  of  the  Libyan  robbers,  when  they  would 
have  devoured  mc  as  a  wolf  devoureth  his  prey. 
When  I  had  given  him  presents,  and  charged  him 
with  greetings  to  King  Suphis,  I  embraced  him,  and 
kissed  him,  and  blessed  him  in  the  name  of  my  God; 
and  I  was  sorrowful,  unto  tears,  that  I  should  .see 
his  face  no  more. 

The  day  after  Caphtor  departed,  Gomer  and  Sal- 
mon came  unto  me,  saying : 

It  is  now  thirty  years  since  thy  servants  on  the 
pasture  lands  and  in  the  palace  have  seen  thy  face. 
Let  us  go  before  thee,  we  pray,  that  we  may  prepare 
them  for  thy  coming,  and  to  receive  thee  with  due 
honor.  So  I  gave  them  leave,  and  the  next  day 
they  went  forward  toward  Philistia. 

Ten  days  after  the  battle  we  all  set  forth  from  the 
encampment;  and  after  journeying  at  ease  fifteen 
days  we  came  within  one  day's  march  of  the  palace. 


!  \ 


.'  if 


93> 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


CHAPTER  XXXVII. 

n    that  evening  when  we  pitched  a  day's  journey 
.I\rpra::cLe  salmon  nnton.e.Cron.Go.er. 

^'^y^"^"  .u       «,v  lord    let  the  march  be  so 

to-morrow^     i  xpe  have  bidden  many  beside 

the  feast  be  ^P-"'  J;^";    ,,„,  ^„  be  «Uh  us, 

""""Tlotr  the  hLs  of  six  tribes  that  be 
to  do  thee  h™"--'  *%'"  „f  ^^^  sidonites,  Heth 
neighbor.  --^TrT^r^ot^.  Hamathi.es,  Elah 
»'  'he  ^-'-"■'fvlran  of  the  Kittimites  and  Kena. 
It  rrtes  AnXse  si.  desire  audience  ^th 
:  eta"-d  the  evening,  -saving  —at 

'-r^redT-rintrU- 

srrd::dTore:i::rUets,,ed. 


.^-■»«irjfcafti»**" ' 


"^1 


i  * 


ENOCH.  THE  PHH.ISTINE. 


933 


INE. 


ed  a  day's  journey 

0  me,  from  Gomer, 

t  the  march  be  so 
,wly,  thy  coming  to 
on  the  day  after 
ts  be  gathered,  and 
Didden  many  beside 
lere  will  be  with  us, 
E  six  tribes  that  be 
the  Sidonites,  Heth 
le  Hamathites,  Elah 
ECittimites  and  Kenaz 
desire  audience  with 
,g,  having  somewhat 

1  and  to  thee. 

ling,  about  thirty  and 
;  and  in  the  morning 
Irew  near  at  noonday, 
md  about  was  covered 
A  great  concourse  of 
to  meet  us.  Gomer, 
indten  trumpets,  led; 


after  them  rode  the  six  chiefs,  clad  in  rich  apparel, 
and  each  attended  by  fifty  of  his  own  men;  after 
them  came  a  multitude  of  mine  own  people. 

As  we  came  near,  they  who  had  come  out  to  meet 
us  separated,  half  of  them  standing  on  one  side  of 
the  way,  and   half  on    the  other,  and  we   passed 
between    them.       As    wc     passed    the    trumpets 
sounded,  and  many  played  on  cymbals ;  and,  led  by 
Gomer,  the  people  shouted.  Hail  to  our  lord!     Hail 
to  Enoch  the  son  of   Admon,   whose  memory  is 
blessed!    And  the  six  chiefs  who  were  our  guests, 
with  their  followers,  answered,  Hail  to  the  slayer  of 
Hanac  and  his  seed !    And  many  waved  palms  as  we 
passed,  and  cried.  Thou  art  well  come  to  thine  own. 
Lord  Enoch! 

At  the  palace  gate  I  turned,  and  stretched  forth 
my  hand  to  signify  that  Iwould  fain  speak.  When 
there  was  silence,  I  said  unto  them : 

It  is  of  the  Lord's  mercy  that  I  am  come  again, 
after  so  many  years,  to  the  home  and  to  the  people 
of  my  father  Admon.  I  count  not  myself  worthy  of 
the  honor  ye  have  shown  me  this  day.  But  I  have 
suffered  it,  nevertheless,  well  knowing  that  ye  think 
not  so  much  of  me  as  ye  do  of  my  father,  and  that  ye 
honor  me  for  his  sake.  I  am  debtor  to  you  all  for 
the  exceeding  love  ye  have  manifested  toward  me 
and  mine;  and  not  least  to  the  chiefs  and  principal 


1  .^ 


„4  ENOCH.  THK  PHlllSTINB. 

„.„  „,  .he  tribe,  th«  -i^'-'''-;;^-:"  :;t::; ;, 

„„.p„«.  to  dwell  .mon«  y..».  - '"'  "^;;;;  ■„ ,,, 

Udwill,  and  to  requite  you.  ™ J^^^^^^^,,  „, 
kincmess  of  your  hearts  toward  me  and  tow 

P^"!'''-'-  i„.  ihcrc  be  no  delay  In 

^^'."""■^CSZZ:  been  provided, 
partaking   ol   the  feast   .1  ^^._^^  ^^^^^.^^^ 

rrar;\i:et::iv:Vlta'ca^.ofyouall,and 
:LeetLno»a„shan.aaa^^^^^^^^^^^^^ 

;n:n":rmrrdif-ant,.oin« 

D^nVaieNhe  servants... ad, en^^^ 

«ent  into  Egypt  ""^«"™"   .'^rir us   with 
rtey    waited    our   com.ng,   and    greeted 

'"n^ytdtUTe'srhClHearlthe 

"'r  """'hrdtftshed  ourselves  a  little,  and  had 

After  we  ^'^'^^^^  „„,  ;„,„  the  banqueting 

changed  our  apparel,  we  ^^^^  ^^ 

hall,  and  sat  down  to  -  •  ^  jf^^,,,  .„„e  to 
ZiUah's  kinsmen,  and  the  six  en 
Honor  n,e,  and  Oo™er  -d  Sal-n^  ^^^^  ^^^  ^^^^ 
We  feasted  and  mad^merry  ^^_^^  ^^^^ 

S;hl=:ie-Canaanites,  and  said.  My  lord 


riNK. 

lon  our  borders.     I 
id  my  father,  in  all 
measure,  for  the 
nc  and  toward  my 

;re  be  no  delay  in 
ith  been   provided. 
^  my  chief  captain, 
care  of  you  all,  and 
nything. 

le  going  aside  to  the 
our   servants,  going 
we  had  left  when  we 
old  and  feeble;  but 
^d    greeted   us    with 
ng,  Let  this  day  be 
them,  and  heard  the 
tiearts  were  over-full, 

lelves  a  little,  and  had 
It  into  the  banqueting 
nd  there  were  with  us 
:hiefswhohadcometo 

Imon. 

y  with  music  and  danc- 
evening.  Then  arose 
tiites,  and  said,  My  lord 


KNOCII.  THK  I'HIMSTINK. 


Rnoch,  we  who  arc  chiefs  of  the  tribes  that  are  thy 
neighbors  have  somewhat  to  say  unto  thee.  When 
will  it  please  thee  to  hear  us?  And  I  answered,  It 
shall  be  now. 

Thereupon  I  took  them  apart  into  the  audience- 
room  of  the  palace,  where  it  was  my  father's  wont 
to  receive  and  to  hear  all  who  came  to  him  for 
counsel,  or  for  judgment.  When  we  were  seated  I 
said  unto  Hcth,  Thou  maycst  now  speak.  But  he 
answered,  Nay;  I  am  but  a  plain  man,  and  slow  of 
speech.  We  be  all  of  one  mind  concerning  the 
matter  we  desire  thee  to  consider.  Let  Ethan,  of 
Sidon,  be  our  spokesman,  for  he  can  set  it  forth  in 
order.     Then  Ethan  stood  up  before  me  and  said: 

Lord  Enoch,  of  Philistia,  when  we  were  bidden  by 
thy  servants  to  this  feast,  and  to  honor  thee  at  thy 
home-coming,  wc   consented   gladly,   for    thou    art 
worthy.     Wc  have  heard  the  fame  of  thy  wisdom, 
and  thy  righteousness,  and    the  marvelous   great 
work  thou  hast  made  in  the   land  of  Egypt— sur- 
passing anything  that  hath  ever  been  made  by  man. 
And  we  know  thy  valor,  also,  for  thou  hast  cut  off 
the  Amorites,  and  three  generations  of  the  house  of 
Hanac,  who  did    lead  the  Amorites  to   work  evil 
against  thee,  and  against  us,  and  against  all  men. 
And  we  know  that  thou  hast  now  brought  out  of 
Egypt  a  still  greater  treasure  to  add  to  the  riches 


936 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


gathered  by  Admon,  thy  father.     Moreover,  we  have 
seen  that,  because  of  thee,  Philistia  prcspereth,  and 
is  strong:  so  that  it  knowethnot  when  there  is  a  day 
of  evil,  as  a  tree  that  is  planted  by  the  river  knoweth 
not  when  there  is  drought.     But  we,  of  the  six  tnbes 
whose  chiefs  we  are,  are  severally  weak,  and  cannot 
defend  ourselves  against  the  strong,  because  we  are 
separate  from  one  another,  and  from  Philistia 

Therefore,    after    many     conferences    with    one 
another,  and  with  thy  servants  Gomer  and  Salmon, 
we  are  come  unto  thee  ready,  if  thou  wilt  have  it  so. 
to  confederate  into  one  kingdom  the  seven  tribes- 
Philistia,    Sidon.    Canaan,  Hamath,  Aram,  Kittim 
and  Lud,  with  their  present  holding  of  lands-and  to 
„.ake  thee  king  over  all.     We  will  be  sublet  unto 
thee  in  all  matters  that  shall  concern   the  whole 
kingdom;  but  we  will  remain  chiefs,  as  we  now  are. 
each  of  his  own  tribe.     And  thou  shalt  have  power 
to  take  tribute  of  every  tribe  to  pay  the  charges  of 
government  and  defense;  and  to  call  out  of  each 
Tribe  so  many  men  of  war,  as  may  be  determined 
hereafter,  when  there  shall  be  occasion  to  enforce 
thy  decrees  within  the  kingdom,  or  to  defend  any 

^  We^^are  the  more  earnest  to  do  this  because  of 
the  skill  in  governing  thou  hast  manifested  in 
Egypt;  and  because  thou  art  in  such  favor  with  the 


L. 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


337 


"INE. 

loreovei ,  we  have 
la  prcspereth,  and 
■hen  there  is  a  day 
the  river  knoweth 
le,  of  the  six  tribes 
•  weak,  and  cannot 
ig,  because  we  are 
rom  Philistia. 
erences    with    one 
romer  and  Salmon, 
hou  wilt  have  it  so, 
the  seven  tribes— 
ath,   Aram,   Kittim 
ing  of  lands— and  to 
nil  be  subject  unto 
concern   the  whole 
iefs,  as  we  now  are, 
ou  Shalt  have  power 
.  pay  the  charges  of 
to  call  out  of  each 
may  be  determined 
occasion  to  enforce 
m,  or  to  defend  any 

,  do  this  because  of 

hast   manifested  in 

1  such  favor  with  the 


kin;  oL  Egypt  that  thou  couldst  make  alliance  with 
him  -^  he  great  advantage  of  thy  kingdom.  More- 
over, thou  hast  here  thy  palace,  where  thou  mayest 
dwell  in  royal  estate,  and  sit  in  the  gate  and  judge 
between  us  when  there  shall  be  any  matter  of  dis- 
pute; and  from  this  place  thou  mayest  govern  to  the 
uttermost  part  of  the  kingdom  that  is  to  be. 

When  Ethan,  of  Sidon,  ceased  speaking  I  consid- 
ered, for  a  little  space,  what  answer  I  ought  to 
make,  and  then  I  said : 

Ye  do  me  too  much  honor.  I  have  not  coveted  to 
reign  over  any  but  the  people  who  were  subject  to 
my  father.  I  refused  to  remain  in  Egypt  as  the 
fellow  of  King  Suphis,  with  the  promise,  also,  that, 
after  his  death,  I  should  reign  alone. 

Howbeit,  that  whereof  ye  have  spoken  is  of  great 
moment  unto  us  all.  Doubtless,  if  we  were  con- 
federated in  one  kingdom,  the  evil-minded  would  be 
afraid  to  lift  up  the  hand  against  us;  and  we  would 
dwell  together,  within  our  own  borders,  in  the  greater 
peace  and  goodwill. 

But  such  a  matter  must  not  be  determined  in  a 
moment.  After  ten  days,  if  it  shall  seem  right  unto 
me  to  be  your  king,  I  will  send  unto  you  to  meet  me 
here  on  a  certain  day,  bringing  with  you  the  prin- 
cipal men  of  your  tribes.  And  I  will  bring  hither 
my  kinsman,  Melchizedek,  the  priest  of  the   Most 


;    1 


I 


,38       ■  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 

High  5J«  and  he  sfall  be  with  you  on  that  day  to 
TnoTnt  me  as  youv  king  in  the  name  of  the  God  of 
HLen,  and  in  his  name  to  receive  yonr  snbm.ss.on 
For  ye  must  know  beforehand  that,  while  I  wU  not 
IZ  the  strong  hand  to  compel  any  of  you  to  wor- 
ship my  God,  neither  will  I  reign  over  you,  nor  do 
any  least  thing  among  you  as  king,  e:ccept  .t  be  m 
Z  name  and  by  the  authority  of  my  God,  who  .s 
the  supreme  of  all  principalities  and  powers  of  gov- 
ZZi.    If  this  seem  intolerable  .0  you,  there  ,s 
y"  time  to  draw  back  and  leave  all  things  as  they 
lere  before  ye  thought  to  do  me  this  honor.     I  w.l 
now  go  out,  and,  presently,  I  will  return;  and,  afte 
!e  h!ve  conferred  together  in  my  absence,  ye  shaU 
Ly  whether  ye  will,  or  will  not,  have  me  to  retgn 
over  you  as  the  servant  of  the  God  of  Heaven. 
Is  I  was  turning  to  go  out.  Ethan  of  Sidon  spake 

'"Ser:tmylo,d:  Wehaveconsid.red.at 
matter,  already.  Knowing  the  spirit  of  thy  fa  her^ 
Td  thy  spirit,  concerning  the  God  ye  worsh.p  m 
nmX  we  determined  beforehand  that  thou 
"•serve  thy  G.^  in  the  «n.^-.  ^^^  *- - 
should  be  free  to  honor  our  own  gods  after  the  man 
tr  of  our  fathers,  without  let  or  hindrance  from 

*'so  it  was  agreed  between  us  that  I  would  consider 


INE. 

rou  on  thai  day  to 
itne  of  the  God  of 
2  your  submission, 
it,  while  I  will  not 
my  of  you  to  wor- 
1  over  you,  nor  do 
ng,  except  it  be  in 
3f  my  God,  who  is 
ind  powers  of  gov- 
)le  to  you,  there  is 
e  all  things  as  they 
I  this  honor.     I  will 
il  return;  and,  after 
ly  absence,  ye  shall 
t,  have  me  to  reign 
od  of  Heaven, 
than  of  Sidon  spake 

have  considered  that 
:  spirit  of  thy  father, 
s  God  ye  worship  in 
forehand  that  thou 
dngdom,  and  that  we 
ti  gods  after  the  man- 
!t  or  hindrance  from 

that  I  would  consider 


ENOCH.  THI?  PHILISTINE. 


239 


the  matter  ten  days,  and  thereafter  would  call  them 
again  to  Philistia  if  it  seemed  right  unto  me  that  I 
should  be  their  king. 

That  night,  as  I  lay  waking  on  my  bed,  and  medi- 
tating on  many  things,  my  forefather  Enoch  came 
unto  me  as  he  had  done  aforetime;  and  he  again 
called  my  spirit  out  of  my  body  by  passing  his 
hands  over  my  face.  When  we  had  gone  out  under 
the  heaven,  and  were  floating  like  clouds  in  the  air, 
he  turned  unto  me,  and  said : 

My  son,  this  is  the  last  time  of  my  coming  unto 
thee  while  thou  remainest  in  the  body.  Thou  art 
greatly  beloved  of  thy  God.  Thou  hast  done  thy 
work  in  the  way,  and  in  the  time,  appointed;  and  it 
hath  been  accepted. 

But  thou  must  know,  for  thy  profit  in  the  years  to 
come,  that  there  was  somewhat  against  thee. 
Because  thou  wast  to  be  blamed,  thou  hast  had  two 
afflictions  that  were  very  grievous  unto  thee,  though 
thou  hast  endured  them  in  silence.  Thy  wife  hath 
borne  thee  no  children ;  and,  for  a  season.thou  wast  left 
in  the  power  of  thine  enemy,  and  in  fear  of  the  teeth 
of  the  eaters  of  men— these  were  thy  afflictions. 
They  came  upon  thee  for  that,  in  two  things,  thou 
didst  fail  to  obey  and  to  trust  in  the  Almighty. 
When  Hanac  the  Younger  pursued  after  thee  thou 


16 


.i 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


340 

aidst  not  «ait  ior  God  to  defend  thee    bnt  didst 
scare  him  wth  thine  own  devices.     And  when  tn 
ta^  of  Egypt  constrained  thee  to  have  a  guard  of 
to  n.el  ofTar,  when  thou  wentest  to  and  from  the 
ouaX    Hon  didst  not  utterly  refuse,  but  wentest 
oTSe'ded  and  bnOered  in  the  ^^f-es  »  -^^ 

.or  thesethy  -— trdir::^^- " 

death,  and  thou  art,  unto  this  day,  w 

come  after  thee  and  multiply  thy  seed  m  the  earthy 

But  the  condemnation  was  not  heavy,  and  it  hath 
But  tne  ^.uu  ^ggjj 

passed  away   from  «>'  ;^'°'  *;' J,,  ,,,„  ^e  no 

'"'""'  '"elyX  tt  shIiiC  thee  sons  and 

ISZ  Tn  Chan  he  the  stay  and  comfort 
daughters,  an         y  ^^^^  ^  ^^^^^ 

rrUshlhavfp^w'er  in  the  earth,  asHngof 
the  s^'ven  tribes  that  have  chosen  thee  to  re.gn  over 
n  ta  the  hand  of  thy  God  wi«  be  with  thee  to 

nr/arered  Enoch  my  forefather,  for^.  was 
out  of  the  body  and  could  hold  converse  w,th  h.m, 

"l^f  Umnation  was  just;  and  the  afllictlons 

^re  no  more  than  just-albeit,  they  were  he^y 

T  how  mv  head  before  thee,  and  before 

Toot  and'S^-hat  he  hath  a,wayde« 

Z  in  wisdom  and  in  love.     Hast  thou  any  further 


[NE. 

thee,  but  didst 
And  when  the 
3  have  a  gx^ard  of 
t  to  and  from  the 
fuse,  but  wentest 
;  defenses  of  men. 
peril  of  an  horrible 

,  without  a  son  to 
seed  in  the  earth, 
leavy,  and  it  hath 
It  thou  hast  been 
r  wife  shall  be  no 
bear  thee  sons  and 
J  stay  and  comfort 
lalt  come  to  great 
he  earth,  as  king  of 
ti  thee  to  reign  over 
will  be  with  thee  to 

forefather,  for  I  was 
I  converse  with  him, 

;  and  the  afflictions 
It,  they  were  heavy 
ore  thee,  and  before 
lath  alway  dealt  with 
[ast  thou  any  further 


.  ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


241 


charge  to  give  me  before  thou  leavest  me  forever? 
He  answered,  I  have  none. 

Then,  as  it  were  in  an  instant,  we  were  at  my  bed- 
side ;  my  spirit  returned  into  my  body,  and  Enoch 
vanished  out  of  my  sight. 

I  had  taken  ten  days  to  consider  the  desire  of  the 
six  chiefs.  When  the  days  were  fulfilled  I  deter- 
mined that  I  would  be  their  king.  For  I  saw  that  it 
would  be  for  the  great  good  of  all  the  tribes;  and  I 
remembered  the  last  words  of  my  forefather  Enoch 
—that  the  hand  of  my  God  would  be  with  me  in 
the  kingdom,  to  give  me  power  in  the  earth,  and 
great  honor. 

So  I  sent  unto  the  six  chiefs,  and  unto  Melchizedek 
the  Priest,  desiring  them  to  come  to  me  at  the  palace 
in  Philistia  in  five  and  twenty  days.  And  I  wrote 
Melchizedek  fully,  concerning  that  which  he  was  to 
do  on  that  day  as  the  Priest  of  the  Most  High  God. 

Then  I  took  Nebal,  the  armorer,  and  other  three 
that  were  skillful  to  work  in  gold,  and  gave  into 
their  hands  wedges  of  gold,  and  seven  precious 
stones— an  adamant,  a  sapphire,  a  ruby,  an  emerald, 
a  topaz,  an  amethyst  and  a  chrysoprasus— and  the 
stones  were  large,  and  were  polished  to  an  exceed- 
ing brightness.     And  I  said  unto  Nebal: 

There  is  to  be  a  king-,   but  there  is  no  crown. 


242  ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 

Take,  therefore,  the  gold  and  the  precious  stones 
and  fashion  them  into  a  crown  of  such  size  that  I 
may  wear  it.      Adorn  the  band  with  gravings  of 
vines,  and  leaves,  and  fruit.     From  the  top  of  the 
band  let  there  go  up  seven  points  one  handbreadth 
in  height,  and  let  the  spaces  between  the  pomts  be 
equal  one  to  another.     In  the  top  of  each  point  set 
one  of  the  stones,  putting  the  adamant  and  the  sap- 
phire on  the  points  at  the  front  of  the  crown.     Put 
an  arch  of  gold,  thin  and  without  graving,  from  the 
front  to  the  back  of  the  band,  and  on  the  height  of 
the  arch  put  a  figure,  in  solid  gold,  of  a  lion  couched, 
and  ready  to  spring.     Let  all  the  work  be  of  excel- 
lent beauty;  and  let  the  stones  be  so  set  that  their 
glory  shall  appear;    for  the  seven  points  adorned 
with  the  seven  precious   stones  signify  the  seven 
tribes  to  be  confederated  under  me  as  their  king. 

Among  my  father's  treasures  I  found  a  cham  of 
gold,  and  a  purple  robe,  and  whatsoever  else  would 
be  needful  for  me  to  put  on  when  the  Priest  of  God 
would  anoint  me  king. 


•m:r.:%i^^z 


'INE. 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


243 


e  precious  stones 
[  such  size  that  I 
with  gravings  of 
)m  the  top  of  the 
,  one  handbreadth 
veen  the  points  be 
)  of  each  point  set 
mant  and  the  sap- 
f  the  crown.     Put 

graving,  from  the 
d  on  the  height  of 
,  of  a  lion  couched, 
i  work  be  of  excel- 
»e  so  set  that  their 
en  points  adorned 

signify  the  seven 
le  as  their  king. 
I  found  a  chain  of 
itsoever  else  would 
n  the  Priest  of  God 


CHAPTER    XXXVIII. 

Three  days  before  the  time  I  had  set  for  the 
anointing,  the  chiefs  came  unto  me,  with  the  prin- 
cipal men  of  their  tribes,  and  pitched  their  tents  on 
the  plain,  round  about  the  palace. 

The  next  day  I  called  them  into  the  palace,  and, 
together  with  Gomer  and  Salmon,  we  considered  and 
agreed   upon   everything  that    seemed  needful    to 
accord  between  us  as  to  the  government  of  the  king- 
ilom— what  tribute  I  should  take  of  each  tribe ;  how 
many  men  of  war  I  might  call  out  of  every  hundred 
in  each  tribe;   that  the  whole  kingdom  should  be 
called  Philistia;  that  I,  alone,  should  have  power  to 
make  treaty  and  alliance  with  other  nations;   and 
that  I  should  do  all  my  acts  in  the  government  in 
the  name  of  the  God  of  Heaven,  but  would  leave 
the  people  of  the  other  tribes  to  honor  their  own 
gods  after  the  manner  of  their  fathers. 

I  caused  Salmon  to  write  all  these  things  on  a 
great  parchment,  and  after  them  a  covenant,  bind- 
ing me  and  the  other  chiefs  to  observe  them  faith- 
fully ,  but  we  signed  not  our  names  to  the  covenant 
until  the  time  of  the  anointing. 

The  day  after  we  prepared  the  parchment,  Mel- 


(^•ttiiSf***-' 


J44  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE, 

chizedek  came  from  Salem,  and  I  rehearsed  unto 
him  the  whole  matter,  and  showed  h,m  the  laws  and 
the  covenant  we  had  prepared.  Melchizedek  was 
pleased  to  commend  all  I  had  done;  and  we  consid- 
ered and  determined  how.  and  in  what  order,  we 
v^ould  proceed  on  the  morrow  at  the  anointing  and 
ImadeGomerthemasterofceremonies  ortha  day^ 

At  noontide,  on  the  appointed  day,  I  went  out 
upon  the  plain,  about  half  a  furlong,  to  a  platform 
that  had  been  built  under  the  open  vault  of  heaven, 
and  on  the  platform  was  an  altar  ^or  sacrifice^ 
Melchizedek  and  Gomer  and  Salmon  went  with  me 
to  the  place.  Of  mine  own  people  and  those  who 
had  come  with  the  chiefs  there  were  thousands 
standing  round  about  the  platform,  in  readmess  for 

the  ceremony.  j  t   ..  „^ 

The  six  chiefs  stood  next  the  platform,  and  I  stood 
with  them ;  but  Melchizedek  and  Gomer  went  up  the 
steps  and  stood  beside  the  -^^ar,  and  Jason  the 
trumpeter  went  up.  also,  and  stood  behmd  them^ 
When  all  was  in  readiness  Gomer  caused  Jason  to 
sound  the  trumpet.  Then  the  multitude  became 
silent-  and  Melchizedek  asked,  in  a  loud  voice, 
Wherefore  are  ye  people  gathered  here  at  the  altar 

^'^Ettl,  the  chief  of  the  Sidonites.  answered,  and 
said : 


iliiwl'tiii 


NE. 

rehearsed  unto 
him  the  laws  and 
Melchizedek  was 
j;  and  we  consid- 
i  what  order,  we 
he  anointing,  and 
onies  for  that  day. 
day,  I  went   out 
ng,  to  a  platform 
1  vault  of  heaven, 
Itar    for  sacrifice, 
tion  went  with  me 
»le  and  those  who 
;   were  thousands 
n,  in  readiness  for 

itform,  and  I  stood 
Gomer  went  up  the 
ar,  and  Jason  the 
tood  behind  them, 
er  caused  Jason  to 
multitude  became 
in  a  loud  voice, 
ed  here  at  the  altar 

lites,  answered,  and 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


MS 


We  be  gathered  here  to  choose  us  a  king  to  reign 
over  Philistia,  Sidon,  Canaan,  Hamath,  Aram,  Kit- 

tim  and  Lud. 

Then  Melchizedek  asked,  Whom  will  ye  have  to  be 
your  king?  And  Ethan  with  the  other  five  chiefs 
answered,  together,  Enoch  of  Philistia,  and  none 
other,  shall  reign  over  us. 

Thereupon  Melchizedek  called  to  me,  and  I  went 
up  the  steps,  and  stood  with  him  beside  the  altar. 
And  he  said  unto  me,  in  a  voice  that  all  the  people 
might  hear,  Lord  Enoch  of  Philistia,  thou  hast  heard 
the  desire  of  this  people  to  have  thee,  and  none 
other,  to  reign  over  them.  What  is  thy  pleasure? 
Then   I  answered  to   Melchizedek,  and  to  all  the 

people,  saying: 

Without  my  seekin?  the  chiefs  of  the  six  tribes 
that  neighbor  upon  my  borders  came  unto  me,  mak- 
ing request  that  their  tribes  might  be  confederated 
with  Philistia,  and  thM  1  would  reign  over  the  whole 
as  king.     After  ten  days,  wherein  I  pondered  the 
matter,  with  much  prayer  to  my  God  for  guidance,  I 
determined  that  it  should  be  as  they  desired;  fori 
came  to  see  that  good  to  all  the  tribes  would  come  of 
it.     The  other  chiefs  have  been  with  me  these  two 
days,  and  we  have  already  agreed  upon  the  laws  and 
the  covenant  whereunder  we  think  to  dwell  together 
in  concord,  and  to  be  united  in  our  strength  against 


:■  A '-^i  *w-LVv.t'-r-'*' 


■^^^^^Jl-"^- 


24^ 


ENOCH,  THE  PHILISTINE. 


any  nation  that  would  oppress  us.  If,  now,  the 
people  here  assembled  will  accept  the  laws  and  the 
covenant  prepared  by  their  chiefs,  and  desire  me  to 
reign  over  them  in  accordance  therewith,  behold,  I 
am  willing  to  be  their  king. 

Then  I  drew  back,  and  Melchizedek  went  to  the 
front  of  the  platform,  and  read  in  the  hearing  of  all 
the  people  the  laws  and  the  covenant.      And  he 
demanded   of  them.  Are   ye  willing  to   abide   by 
these?   and  the  people   answered.  We  are  willing. 
And  he  demanded,  further,  Is  it  your  will  that  the 
chiefs  of  the  seven  tribes  to  be  confederated  under 
these  laws  and  this  covenant  shall  sign  their  names 
thereto  as  a  witness  against  any  who  may,  hereafter, 
refuse  to  be  governed  thereby?  and  the  people  said. 

It  is  our  will. 

Then  Melchizedek  spread  the  parchment,  whereon 
the  laws  and  the  covenant  were  written,  upon  the 
altar,  and  I  signed  my  name  thereto,  and  the  other 
chiefs,  one  by  one,  came  up  the  steps  and  signed 
each  his  name  under  my  name. 

When  the  parchment  was  signed  and  delivered 
into  the  keeping  of  Salmon,  my  scribe,  we  went 
down  the  steps,  all  but  Melchi.edek,  the  priest.  He 
remained  beside  the  altar,  alone,  and  placed  wood 
thereon,  and  kindled  it,  and  laid  upon  the  fire  the 
parts  of  a  firstling  of  the   flock.     And  when  the 


IE, 

Tf,  now,  the 
he  laws  and  the 
nd  desire  me  to 
ewith,  behold,  I 

dek  went  to  the 
he  hearing  of  all 
nant.  And  he 
ig  to  abide  by 
We  are  willing. 
3ur  will  that  the 
ifederated  under 
sign  their  names 

0  may,  hereafter, 

1  the  people  said, 

•chment,  whereon 
written,  upon  the 
;to,  and  the  other 
steps  and  signed 

led  and  delivered 

r  scribe,  we  went 

k,  the  priest.     He 

and  placed  wood 

upon  the  fire  the 

And  when  the 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


347 


smoke  of  the  sacrifice  began  to  ascend,  he  lifted  up 
Thands  toward  heaven,  and  opened  his  lips  unto 

God  in  prayer,  saying: 

Lord  God   Almighty,  .ho«   »rt  h,gh  above  .. 
thrones,  and   prindpaUties,  and   P"""^^-  J""^   ^^ 
earth,  and  all  people  that  be  upon  the  earth,  v,ere 

%r  r:e„  hoWhe.  peop.  berore  thee  ^ 
thrir  ehieh  and  their  elders,  have  eonfederated  the.r 
tril  into  one  kingdom;  and  have  chosen  thy  serv- 
ant  Enoeh  to  be  their  king;  and  that  he  hath  con- 
sented,  having  fixed  it  in  the  -enant  that  he  haU 
honor  thee,  the  God  of  Heaven,  ,n  all  h,s  ac.s  as 
king  over  these  tribes. 

Now,  therefore,  remake  supplieation  unto  thee 
O  Lord  God,  in  behalf  of  all  who  are  -neemed  m 
the  things  done,  and  to  be  done,  here  at  ,h.ne  altar 
his  day      May  the  people,  with  the,r  ehiefs  and 
heir  elders,  and  thy  servant  whom  they  have  ^o^en 
to  be  their  king,  be  faithful  to  the  -venant  whereto 
they  have  affixed  their  names.     G.ve  to  the  krng 
wUdom  to  govern,  and  valor,  as  it  shall  be  needed 
for  the  defense  of  the  kingdom.    May  he  remember, 
alway.  that  he  ruleth  for  thee,  and  in  all  his  acts  may 
he  manifest  thy  righteousness,  and  thy  majes^y^ 
May  the  kingdom  now  brought  into  bemg  at  the 
alti  of  God  abide  in  peaee  and  prosperity,  and  have 


248 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINK. 


strength,  through  thy  favor,  to  turn  back  any  who 
may  come  up  against  it  to  spoil  it  wUh  the  strong 

^  men  Mclchizedck  finished  to  make  prayer  and 
supplication  for  us  all.  he  again  called  me  to  the 
platform;  and  he  caused  me  to  kneel  before  the 
altar,  and  poured  upon  my  head  the  holy  o. .  saymg : 
Enoch,  I  anoint  thee  king  in  the  name  of  the  God 
of  Heaven  and  Earth. 

While  I  yet  remained  kneeling  Salmon  came  up 
the  steps,  and  Mekhizedek  took  from  his  hand  the 
chain  of  gold  and  put  it  about  my  neck;  and  he  took 
the  purple  robe  and  put  it  on  my  shoulders,  lettmg 
it  fall  over  my  feet;  and  he  took  the  crown  and  set 
it  upon  my  head,  and  said  unto  me: 

Enoch,  son  of  Admon,  rise  up  king  of  Phthstia! 
and  when  I  had  arisen,  he  cried  unto  the  people. 
Behold,  your  king  standeth  in  the  midst  ot  you! 

Then  the  trumpets  sounded;  and,  led  by  Gomer, 
once,  and  again,  and  n.any  times  the  people 
shouted.  Hail  to  Enoch,  our  king!  God  save  the 
king'    Long  live  the  king! 

Presently,  when  they  were  a  little  quieled,  we 
sent  the  multitude  to  the  place  of  the  feast,  under 
the  palm-trees;  and  they  ate  and  drank  and  made 
merry  until  evening. 

I  took  the  six  chiefs,  with  Melchizedek  and  Gomer 


1 


1  back  any  who 
with  the  strong 

lakc  prayer  and 
:alled  me  to  the 
tnecl  before  the 
!  holy  oil,  saying : 
name  of  the  God 

Salmon  came  ap 
•om  his  hand  the 
icck ;  and  he  took 
shoulders,  letting 
the  crown  and  set 

king  of  Philistia! 
unto  the  people, 
midst  of  you! 
tid,  led  by  Gomer, 
imes,  the  people 
g!     God  save  the 

little  quieted,  we 
of  the  feast,  under 
i  drank  and  made 

ihizedek  and  Gomer 


ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE. 


> 


149 


and  Salmon,  and  we  went  into  the  i)alace  together, 
and  sat  down  to  a  royul  banf|uct.  Zilluh,  attired  as 
becomctha  queen,  being  seated  on  my  left,  and  Mcl- 
chizedek  on  my  right. 

After  the  banquet  I  had  conference  with  the  men; 
and  wc  ordained  that  Gomer  should  be  Chief  Cap- 
tain over  all  the  men  of  war  in  the  kingdom,  and 
that  the  chiefs  should  serve  under  him,  each  havmg 
command  of  the  men  of  his  own  tribe.  And  we 
made  Salmon  Chief  Counselor,  and  directed  each 
chief  to  choose  out  a  wise  man  from  the  elders  of  his 
tribe,  to  be  counselor  to  his  chief,  and  to  be  joined 
with  Salmon  in  the  counsels  of  the  kingdom. 

When  our  guests  departed  we  began  to  set  the 
palace  in  such  order  as  would  be  answerable  to  the 
royal  estate  we  must  henceforth  maintain. 

But  wherefore  should  I  write  more?  After  I  was 
anointed  king  of  Philistia  there  was  nothing  at  all 
but  peace  and  prosperity  in  my  life-save  one  event. 
The  kingdom  flourished  and  grew  strong.  My  wife 
bore  me  sons  and  daughters.  I  was  given  power  in 
the  earth,  and  great  honor. 

There  was  one  event;  and  it  is  continually  before 
my  sight,  like  a  great  and  dark  mountain  that  thou 
must  alway  see,  go  whither  thou  wilt,  because  it 
standeth  alone  in  the  midst  of  the  plain.  When  she 
had  reigned  by  my  side  twenty  and  three  years  my 


250  ENOCH.  THE  PHILISTINE, 

wife  died.      For  long  I  looked  not  with  any  pleasure 
upon  aught  that  was  in  earth  or  heaven:   for  the 
light  and  the  desire  of  mine  eyes  had  been  taken 
from  me.     Unto  this  present,  continually  every  day, 
my  soul  reacheth  after  and  crieth  out  for  its  wonted 
rest  and  completeness  in  Zillah.  and  findeth  it  not. 
and  mourneth  like  a  dove  for  its  mate  that  is  dead. 
I  am  now  old  and  stricken,  and  wait  in  daily  expec 
tation  of  that  which  is  near  to  come.     Behold,  after 
an  hundred  and  four  score  years  wherein  I  have  been 
journeying  toward  it,  my  feet  are  now  at  the  mouth 
of  my  sepulchre,  and  I  rejoice  thereat;  for,  pres- 
ently I  shall  be  enlarged  into  the  mystery  that  is 
beyond  death.     I  fear  no  evil,  being  fully  persuaded 
of  the  Eternal  Purpose  of  Goodness  that  I  set  forth, 
by  command,  in  the  Memorial  of  God. 


THE  END. 


r'^^sMlffl^^S^- 


..yiyr 


riNE. 

with  any  pleasure 
r  heaven:  for  the 
s  had  been  taken 
tinually  every  day, 

out  for  its  wonted 
and  findeth  it  not, 
mate  that  is  dead, 
wait  in  daily  expec 
me.  Behold,  after 
irherein  I  have  been 
2  now  at  the  mouth 

thereat;  for,  pres- 
he  mystery  that  is 
iing  fully  persuaded 
less  that  I  set  forth, 

God. 


I 


I 


^immmmm^sm;^:rm'^T;;^m^.«xs^- 


